Digital PDFs
Documents
Guest
Register
Log In
AA-5514H-BC
August 1990
582 pages
Original
65MB
view
download
Document:
RSTS-E Software Dispatch Review
Order Number:
AA-5514H-BC
Revision:
0
Pages:
582
Original Filename:
RSTS-E_Software_Dispatch_Review.pdf
OCR Text
RSTS/E™ Software Dispatch Review August 1990 RSTS/E™ Software Dispatch Review August 1990 Order Number: AA-5514H-BC RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review Published by Corporate User Publications (MR01-3/LP7) Digital Equipment Corporation Post Office Box 1001 Marlborough, MA 01752-9840 The prerequisite to using Digital software is the appropriate license. The standard Terms and Conditions and Digital Business Agreement (DBA) contain the license terms for all software other than DECsystem™-10. Patricia Callahan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1990. All Rights Reserved. The material in this document is for informational purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is sub¬ ject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital field of¬ fice. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation: DECsupport, DECsystem, DECUS, DECUS Logo, PDP-11, RMS-11, RSTS/E, VAX, and the DIGITAL Logo. Contents PDP-11 C V1.0 for RSTS/E Announcing PDP-11 C for RSTS/E Version 1.0 Sequence Number Page 33.0.1 N 1 RSTS/E V10.0 Cumulative Index 3 Software Performance Report Submissions for U.S. Software Contract Customers 7 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) 9 DECUS Subscription Service 13 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990 Hi Seq. No. 33.0.1 N Announcing PDP-11 C for RSTS/E Version 1.0 RSTS/E PDP-11 C V1.0 Micro Systems Development (MSD) Languages and Tools announces the release of its first ver¬ sion of the popular C compiler for the PDP-11™ computer family with support for RSTS/E™ operating systems. Product Description PDP-11 C for RSTS/E is a reliable C language processor for Digital’s major proprietary oper¬ ating systems on the PDP-11. It is highly compatible with the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard X3J11/90-014, dated February 14, 1990. PDP-11 C can be used for writing operating system code, system software, and computation-intensive data modeling applications. The product consists of a compiler, a run-time library, and documentation. The PDP-11 C compiler runs on RSTS/E operating systems. The compiler produces PDP-11 object modules that can be finked with operating system-specific libraries to create programs that run on the RSTS/E PDP-11 systems. Product Features PDP-11 C is highly compatible with the ANSI standard and has several extensions beyond the ANSI requirements designed for the PDP-11 family of central processors. It is also highly compatible with VAX C. PDP-11 C supports instruction and data (I&D) space, extended instruction set (EIS), or floating-point unit (FPU) code generation, integrated preprocessor, and access to RMS-11,™ FCS-11, and operating system services. PDP-11 C is an alternative to MACRO-11. PDP-11 C can be used to program system appli¬ cations that allow users to develop code for inclusion into resident libraries, device drivers, and other low-level system routines. PDP-11 C facilitates writing programs for international markets by meeting key Digital stan¬ dards for software product internationalization. PDP-11 C provides an Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) to verify the installation of PDP-11 C and its run-time libraries. The tests include compile-time error reporting. PDP-11 C protects application programming investments. Applications written using PDP11 C will run on PDP-11 systems, will be easy to maintain, and will be easy to migrate onto VAX™ systems now or in the future. Additional Information For additional product information, refer to Software Product Description (SPD) No. 09.32.00, PDP-11 C for RSTS/E, Version 1.0. RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990 1 Seq. No. 33.0.1 N Ordering Information PDP-11 C follows the established PDP-11 layered product pricing tiers. PDP-11 C Licenses Model No. QYV66-UZ, PDP-11 C, RSTS/E, Class L, single CPU. Model No. QJV66-UZ, PDP-11 C, RSTS/E, Class H, single CPU. Software Product Services Available services include Software Revision Right-to-Copy, Documentation-Only, Installation Service, the traditional DECsupport,™ Basic, and Self-Maintenance Services, and the new portfolio Layered Product Services. Availability PDP-11 C Version 1.0 is available now. 2 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index This section is an index to all articles included in the original RSTS/E Maintenance Notebook. This index will be updated monthly as new articles are published in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • - Article appeared in RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990. • * Article appeared in RSTS/E V10.0 Maintenance Notebook, August 1990. Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr RSTS/E VI 0.0 Component Summary VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * General Notes System Notes 0.1.1 N Initialization INIT.SYS Notes 1.2.1 N Unnecessary Error Message When Booting 800 bpi Tape on TM02 INIT.SYS Restrictions 1.3.1 R First TMSCP Drive on System Must Be Unit 0 1.3.2 R MT/MM Tapes Must Be Booted From Unit 0 System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N Installation Flag Files Executive Monitor Restrictions 3.3.1 R DCL Log File Corruption on Full Disk RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990 3 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index Released Corrected Mon/Yr Terminal Service Patches Changing Special Login Terminal 3.4.1 F Input Escape Sequence Handling 3.4.2 F VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N'A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Terminal Service Notes Modem Support on RSTS/E 3.5.1 N Unexpected Abort from Captive Command File Will Not 3.5.2 N Hang Up Dialup Line VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Device Driver Restrictions DB/DR Driver May Log Errors for Wrong Unit 3.12.1 R Swapping MSCP/TMSCP Unit Numbers May Cause 3.12.2 R Crash VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Sequence Title BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches Special PRINT-USING Characters 4.1.1 F Default SCALE Factor 4.1.2 F Omitting SCALE Factor Warning Message 4.1.3 F Default to NOEXTEND Mode 4.1.4 F Immediate Mode from .BAS File 4.1.5 F Disabling the CCL SYS Call 4.1.6 F Optional BASIC-PLUS Features The BASIC-PLUS DEBUG Facility 4.11.1 N The BASIC-PLUS DUMP Facility 4.11.2 N Enabling DUMP from Compiled Files for Nonprivileged 4.11.3 F Users 4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Auxiliary Library (AUXLIB$) Library Restrictions 11.2.1 R ODT Displays Large Addresses Incorrectly VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Error Logging Package (ERRORS) Package Restrictions 12.2.1 R ANALYS Incorrectly Shows Virtual Disk as Locked Out VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSERS) Package Notes 14.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Print/Batch Services Package (PBS$) Package Notes 15.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * RSTS/E Utilities System Library ($) Library Restrictions 10.2.1 R PIP Sometimes Loops When Copying Files into Themselves RMS-11 V2.0 (RMS$) Package Restrictions 22.2.1 R RMS-11 Does Not Correctly Handle Underscores 22.2.2 R RMS-11 May Incorrectly Report Error on Remote Access of Indexed File Run-Time Systems Support DCL Run-time System and Utilities Package Notes 27.1.1 N Attributes Are Lost When RMS File Is Copied to DOS Format Tape 27.1.2 N Exclamation Marks in BROADCAST Commands VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Package Restrictions 27.2.1 R MOUNT Command with /OVERRIDE Qualifier VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * RSX-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 28.1.1 N Using the RSX-11 CRF Utility VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Package Restrictions 28.2.1 R RSX-11 Utilities Do Not Handle All RSTS/E File Specifications RT-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 29.1.1 N Use of Underscore in RT-11 Utilities Package Restrictions 29.2.1 R Disk Unit Numbers Greater Than Nine May Not Be Displayed Correctly RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990 5 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * N/A Aug 90 - Optional Software DECnet/E Utilities V4.1 (DECNET$) Package Restrictions SET EXECUTOR SEGMENT BUFFER SIZE May Fail 31.2.1 R Without Warning SHOW NODE Command May Fail 31.2.2 R Network Parameter File Will Not Hold More Than 26,000 31.2.3 R 31.2.4 R 31.2.5 R Nodes SET HOST May Give Erroneous Error Message Network File Transfers May Not Correctly Preserve Protection Codes PDP-11 C VI .0 Announcing PDP-11 C for RSTS/E Version 1.0 33.0.1 N 6 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990 Software Performance Report Submissions for U.S. Software Contract Customers As part of Digital’s continuing effort to improve customer satisfaction, U.S. Software Product Services (SPS) has changed the process for U.S. customers to submit Software Performance Reports (SPRs). These customers should report their software problems by railing their Customer Support Center (CSC) or by accessing the Digital Software Information Network (DSIN). The CSCs have the technical expertise to quickly respond to many of our customers’ problems without requiring Engineering intervention. Because many SPRs are duplicates of problems that have already been addressed by Engineering, the CSCs can immediately respond to many inquiries. If you do not have access to a CSC, submit an SPR by following the instruction page attached to the front of the SPR form. RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990 7 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide (Continued) DECUS Norway Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Portugal do Digital Equipment Portugal Lda. Empreendimento Torres das Amoreiras Av. Eng. Duarte Pacheco, Ibrre 1-9 andar P-1000 Lisbon Portugal DECUS Spain do Digital Equipment Corporation SA Cerro del Castanar 72, Mirasierra E-28034 Madrid Spain DECUS Sweden Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden DECUS Switzerland DECpark Uberlandstrasse 1 Postfach CH-8600 Dubendorf 1 Switzerland DECUS U.K., Ireland, and Middle East Queen’s House Forbury Road GB-Reading, Berks RG1 3JH U.K. DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS GIA Headquarters 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. DECUS South Pacific Chapter Australia Office Locked Bag 26 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia DECUS New Zealand Office P.O. Box 8610 Symonds Street Auckland 3 DECUS Canada 505 University Avenue, 15th Floor Toronto, Ontario M5G 2H2 Canada DECUS Far East Digital Equipment Corporation 19-21 Fleet House 38 Gloucester Road Wanchai, Hong Kong DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1. Higashi Ikebukuro 3 - chome Toshima-ku Tokyo Japan 170 DECUS South America Digital Equipment do Brasil Ltda. Industria Ltda. Caixa Postal 220 20000 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brazil DECUS General International Chapter 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. 12 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990 » DECUS SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE SIGs NEWSLETTER U.S. Chapter Proceedings (U.S. Chapter Members Only) As a member of the DECUS U.S. Chapter, you are entitled to contribute and subscribe to the DECUS monthly publication, SIGs Newsletter. You also have the opportunity to subscribe to the Symposia Proceedings which are a compendium of the reports from various speakers at the U.S. National DECUS Symposia. • The order form below must be used as an invoice • All checks must be made payable to DECUS • All orders must be paid in full • $25.00 minimum for credit card orders • No refunds will be made • symposiaeSS pr0vided below wil1136 used for 3,1 DECUS mailings, e.g., membership, subscription service, and • SIGs Newsletter price is for a one-year subscription beginning the month following receipt of payment Name_ DECUS Member No. Company. AddressCity_ State_ Zip Phone — Subscription Service Offering SIGs Newsletter Spring ’90 Proceedings (SPO) Fall ’90 Proceedings (FAO) Spring ’91 Proceedings (SP1) Fall ’91 Proceedings (FA1) Qty Unit Price Total - $40.00 _ - 15.00 _ - 15.00 _ - 15.00 _ _ 15.00 _ Total Cost of Subscription □MasterCard® DVISA® □ DINERS CLUB ® Card No. □CARTE BLANCHE ® □American Express® Exp. Date I understand that there will be no refunds, even if I decide to cancel my subscription. Signature____ For Digital Employee Use Only Badqe No. r.r- For DECUS Office Only Check No. CC Mgr Name_ Bank No CC Mgr Signature Amount $ Send to: Subscription Service, DECUS, 219 Boston Post Road (BP02), Marlboro, MA 01752, (508) 480-3446. Note: DECUS Europe and DECUS GIA members should contact their local DECUS office. Itm SD891205 MR-4011-RA 1 RSTS/E Software Dispatch September 1990 RSTS/E Software Dispatch September 1990 Order Number: AD-5514H-B1 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Published by Corporate User Publications (MR01-3/LP7) Digital Equipment Corporation Post Office Box 1001 Marlborough, MA 01752-9840 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions (SPDs), programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is de¬ veloped from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supplement the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). Distribution The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest Digital field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. The prerequisite to using Digital software is the appropriate license. The standard Terms and Conditions and Digital Business Agreement (DBA) contain the license terms for all software other than DECsystem-10. Patricia Callahan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1990. All Rights Reserved. The material in this document is for informational purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is sub¬ ject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital field of¬ fice. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation: ADE/RSTS, DATATRIEVE, DECdx, DECmail, DECnet/E, DECsystem, DECtap, DECUS, DECUS Logo, DECword/DP, DMS, FMS-11, GIGI, Message Router, MicroPDP-11/83, MicroPDP-11/93, Micro/RSTS, MicroPDP-11/73, MSV11, PDP-11, PDP-11/84, PDP-11/94, RSTS/E, UNIBUS, VAX Notes, and the DIGITAL Logo. Contents Sequence Number Product Availability Dates Page v General Notes Announcing RSTS/E Version 10.0 0.1.42 N 3 DCL Run-time System and Utilities DCL May Overflow Its Stack — Mandatory Patch 20.1.12 M 7 31.5.1 M 9 DECnet/E Utilities V4.1 for RSTS/E V9.7 Inserting Duplicate Records into New RMS-11 File from VMS Can Erase File — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index 11 Software Performance Report Submissions for U.S. Software Contract Customers 15 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) 17 DECUS Subscription Service 21 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 ill Product Availability Dates The following list contains the date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who have a Software Product Services (SPS) agreement during the month the product becomes available are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible cus¬ tomers who have not received the new release should contact their local Digital office. % Product Version 2.4 RETIRED ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for 2.6 RSTS/E,PDP-11 4.4 RETIRED COBOL,PDP-11 3.0 COBOL-81/RSTS/E 3.3A DATATRIEVE-11 1.0 DECdx/RSTS 3.1 DECmail-11 for RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS 4.1 DECnet/E 1.5A RETIRED DECtap 1.2 RETIRED DECWORD/DP 2.1 RETIRED DMS-500 2.1 FMS-ll/RSTS 2.8 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E 2.1 PDP-11 SYMBOLIC DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) PDP-11 C for RSTS/E 1.0 5.3 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 1.0 RETIRED GIGI Software 1.4 RETIRED INDENT 2.0 MENU-ll/RSTS 1.0 RETIRED Message Router for RSTS/E 8.8 RETIRED RPG II, PDP-11 1.1 RETIRED RSTS Smart Mailer 9.7 RSTS/E 1.2 RETIRED RSTS/E DECgraph-11 6.1 RSTS/E DIBOL 1.1 RETIRED RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator G RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE 2.1 RETIRED RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 Available Apr 87 Aug 89 Sep Apr Feb Nov Dec 88 89 90 84 87 Jan Jun Apr Aug Jan Dec Dec 89 88 89 87 88 88 88 Jun Oct Feb Oct Dec Mar Jan Dec Aug Aug Aug Mar 90 88 86 87 83 87 87 85 89 87 89 86 Apr 85 Mar 86 v Seq. No. 0.1.42 N Announcing RSTS/E Version 10.0 RSTS/EV9.7 General Notes System Notes Digital announces its continued commitment in providing quality PDP-11 software to enhance your investment with the release of RSTS/E Version 10.0 (Q*430). This latest version supports the new Micro PDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 processors as well as adding features that enhance the capability and reliability of RSTS/E. Product Description RSTS/E Version 10.0 is a new release that updates and supports the hardware and software features of RSTS/E Version 9.7. This release contains corrections to known problems that were found in Version 9.7 and prior versions, plus the addition of several new features. New Features for Version 10.0 Command Line Editing and Command Recall RSTS/E Version 10.0 provides VMS-compatible Command Line Editing and Command Recall. Command Line Editing allows full editing of your current command line, while Command Recall allows you to recall your most recently entered commands. Both features are available from DIGITAL Command Language (DCL), from other run-time systems, or from within a user program. The combination of these two features significantly improves productivity by reducing the keystrokes required to enter commands or correct typing errors. Operator/Message Services The Operator/Message Services (OMS) package represents a significant enhancement to the overall management of RSTS/E systems. Combined with the Print/Batch Services (PBS) pack¬ age and the BACKUP/RESTORE package, OMS functionally replaces the OPSER package. (The OPSER package will still be included for customers that need to continue using it.) BACKUP/IMAGE BACKUP/IMAGE is a new feature that allows for asynchronous copying of a file-structured RSTS/E disk to a newly-initialized disk. You can use this feature to perform disk-to-disk backups or to copy a disk’s data to a newer disk when upgrading your hardware. A related new command, BACKUP/COPY, allows users to perform high-speed file or account transfers from one disk to another. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 3 Seq. No. 0.1.42 N Improved Terminal Server Support RSTS/E Version 10.0 supports host-initiated local area transport (LAT) connections. With this feature, system programs such as PBS, and user applications can now access printers, modems, or other devices connected to LAT Terminal Servers. PBS Enhancements Several enhancements to PBS make the package easier to use and also help achieve the goal of replacing the OPSER package. DCL Enhancements Many new DCL commands have been added to support the new features and capabilities introduced with Version 10.0. Most enhancements center around VMS compatibility. Extended Logicals Version 10.0 lifts several longstanding restrictions around the use of logicals. Users can now define significantly more user logicals than before. In addition, both system and user logical names can now be up to 15 characters long and can include underscore characters. Key Benefits of Version 10.0 The key benefits of RSTS/E Version 10.0 include the following: • Better productivity through Command Line Editing and Command recall • Easier system management through OMS, improvements to the BACKUP/RESTORE package, and enhancements to PBS • Simpler installation, especially when performing upgrades from earlier versions • Improved performance and reliability in areas such as LOGIN and MSCP disk in¬ put/output (I/O) • Many new features and enhancements • Revised documentation, plus a new RSTS/E Version 10.0 Internals and Data Structures Manual included in the documentation set Documentation The documentation for RSTS/E Version 10.0 consists of a new RSTS/E Version 10.0 Internals and Data Structures Manual. This is a significant addition to the RSTS/E documentation set, as it provides excellent technical information about the internal data structures and operation of the RSTS/E operating system. This manual will prove invaluable to RSTS/E technical support people and system programmers. Version 10.0 includes new versions of the most commonly used manuals in the RSTS/E doc¬ umentation set. 4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 Seq. No. 0.1.42 N New binders and dividers are also included with Version 10.0 to give your RSTS/E documen¬ tation set a new look. Availability/Ordering RSTS/E Version 10.0 is available now. For specific service availability and ordering informa¬ tion, contact your local Business Account Specialist. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 5 Seq. No. 20.1.12 M DCL May Overflow Its Stack—Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V9.7 DCL Run-time System and Utilities DCL.RTS Problem Under certain circumstances, DCL may print "??Stack overflow" upon execution of a com¬ mand that does not accept any qualifiers. An example of this type of command is the SET NOVERIFY command. After DCL’s stack has overflowed, several other problems may result, including problems with DCL’s symbol table. These problems will often result in "??Odd address trap" errors in DCL. Solution The following patch procedure corrects this problem in RSTS/E Version 9.7. This problem was corrected for RSTS/E Version 10.0. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to the DCL run-time system. 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? DCL.RTS 3. (DCL run-time system name) This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> File to patch? [0,1]DCL.RTS File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) (DCL run-time system name) 4. The patch is as follows: » Base address? CUIPAR Offset address? 412 Base Offest Old 005712 ?????? 000412 ?????? 000414 001435 ?????? 000416 016246 ?????? 000420 000000 004567 ?????? 000422 Offset address? 506 Base Offest Old 000741 ?????? 000506 ?????? 000510 005000 New? ? 1436 ? 5712 ? 1434 ? 11246 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) New? ? 742 ? AC RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 (up-arrow/C to exit; CTRL/C for INIT) 7 Seq. No. 20.1.12 M 5. If the patch was installed using ONLPAT, it will take effect the next time the run-time system is reloaded. Execute the following command to reload the run-time system: $ UNLOAD/RUNTIME SYSTEM DCL NOTE The UNLOAD command will not remove the run-time system, but simply instructs the monitor to reload it the next time a job requests it. 8 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 Seq. No. 31.5.1 M Inserting Duplicate Records into New RMS-11 File from VMS Can Erase File—Mandatory Patch RSTS/EV9.7 DECnet/E Utilities V4.1 for RSTS/E V9.7 FAL.TSK Problem If you run a program on a VMS system to create an RMS-11 indexed file on a RSTS/E system, then insert duplicate records and immediately close the file, the file will be erased. This problem lies within the File Access Listener utility (FAL.TSK) on RSTS/E. When a duplicate record is inserted into an indexed file, RMS-11 reports the operation’s status to be "conditional success." FAL misinterprets this exit status as a serious failure. If no other successful record operations are performed before the file is closed, then FAL erases the file. Solution The following patching procedure corrects the problem. Procedure 1. This is a mandatory patch to FAL.TSK 2. This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program: $ RUN $ONLPAT Command file name? <CR> (RETURN for manual installation) File to patch? DECNET$:FAL.TSK File found in account [0,12] Base address? PUTDAT Offset address? 116 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000116 001402 ? 101402 ?????? 000120 000167 ? AC (up-arrow/C to exit) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 9 * RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.7 and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • - = Article is being republished. Sequence General Notes System Notes 0.1.35 N 0.1.37 N 0.1.38 N 0.1.39 N 0.1.40 N 0.1.41 N 0.1.42 N Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Cooperative Promotional Agreement Signed with Northwest Digital Software, Inc. Announcing New Hardware Support for RA70 Disks Announcing New Hardware Support for RA90 Disks RSTS/E Version 9.6 Support Termination Notice Announcing Support for MicroPDP-11/93 Processors Announcing Support for PD P-11/94 Processors Announcing RSTS/E Version 10.0 V9.7 N/A Jun 90 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Dec 89 Dec 89 Feb 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Sep 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Oct 89 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Nov 89 V9.7 N/A Jan 90 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.15 M DEQNA/DELQA Vector Address of 400 or Greater Will Cause System Crash 1.1.16 F Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 Systems System Installation and Update Installation/Update .COM files 2.2.1 R Installation Procedure Does Not Use Reassigned Package Logicals 2.2.2 R Online Monitor Installation May Get Unexpected Error RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 11 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.9 M Enhanced Hardware Fault Tolerance 3.1.10 M Problem with CTRL/C While Using Supervisor Mode RMS 3.1.11 M Crash Code Does Not Save MMU Registers Correctly — Mandatory Patch 3.1.12 F Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 Systems Terminal Sen/ices Patches 3.3.25 M Infinite Loop May Occur When Processing LOGIN.COM — Mandatory Patch 3.3.26 M Fix Memory Corruption Problem When Using AUTOPROMPT Suppression — Mandatory Terminal Service Patch 3.3.27 M Spawning a Logged In Job May Cause System to Crash — Mandatory Patch 3.3.28 M Failure to Autobaud on Dialup Lines — Mandatory Patch 3.3.29 M System May Crash When Reattaching — Mandatory Patch File Processor Patches 3.5.17 M KMCUT Status Command Will Corrupt Memory 3.5.18 M Asynchronous I/O May Cause File to Grow Too Large — Mandatory Patch 3.5.19 M Detach from Dynamic Keyboard May Cause System to Crash — Mandatory Patch 3.5.20 M Issuing the Swap Console Directive May Crash System — Mandatory Patch Print/Batch Services Package (PB$) PBS.TSK 15.3.6 M START/SERVER/PAGE Does Not Start on New Page — Mandatory Patch 15.3.7 M Possible Security Problem in PBS — Mandatory Patch Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.7 V9.7 N/A N/A Sep 89 Nov 89 V9.7 VI 0.0 Jul 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Jan 90 V9.7 N/A Mar 90 V9.7 N/A Apr 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.6/V9.7 V9.6/V9.7 N/A N/A Oct 89 Dec 89 V9.7 N/A May 90 - V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 V9.7 May 90 V9.7 VI 0.0 Jun 90 V9.7 VI 0.0 Sep 90 V9.7 N/A Sep 90 Run-Time Systems Support DCL Run-Time System and Utilities DCL.RTS 20.1.12 M DCL May Overflow Its Stack — Mandatory Patch DECnet/E V4.1 Utilities FAL.TSK 31.5.1 M 12 Inserting Duplicate Records into New RMS-11 File from VMS Can Erase File — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr NFT May Hang During Wildcard Copy in Block Mode V9.7 N/A Oct 89 N/A N/A Apr 90 DECnet/E V2.n Utilities NFT.TSK 31.11.1 M DATATRIEVE for RSTS/E V9.7 44.2.1 M DATATRIEVE V3.3 DDMF Fails on Non-Supervisor Mode Systems — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 13 t Software Performance Report Submissions for U.S. Software Contract Customers As part of Digital’s continuing effort to improve customer satisfaction, U.S. Software Product Services (SPS) has changed the process for U.S. customers to submit Software Performance Reports (SPRs). These customers should report their software problems by calling their Customer Support Center (CSC) or by accessing the Digital Software Information Network (DSIN). The CSCs have the technical expertise to quickly respond to many of our customers’ problems without requiring Engineering intervention. Because many SPRs are duplicates of problems that have already been addressed by Engineering, the CSCs can immediately respond to many inquiries. If you do not have access to a CSC, submit an SPR by following the instruction page attached to the front of the SPR form. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 15 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Benefits of Belonging The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Membership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, affords the individual user information and services not found anywhere else. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with Digital. Members can find out the latest news on Digital’s hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with Digital allows the users of Digital’s products a voice in the direction the company takes in the future. Founded in 1961, DECUS has three autonomous chapters worldwide—DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, and DECUS General International Area (GIA). DECUS services and activities are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. All DECUS services promote the exchange of information in a commercial-free environment. These services include: Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, op¬ erating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows contact among fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the area of most interest to the user. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do these people share professional interest, but they also share geographic and cultural ties. Often, Digital representatives attend these meetings to discuss new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide unique opportunities for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five intensive days of technical exchange. Included in symposia activities are work¬ shops, clinics, panels, tutorials, and formal paper presentations. Digital participates in sym¬ posia by sending product group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 17 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide (Continued) DECUS Norway Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Portugal do Digital Equipment Portugal Lda. Empreendimento Torres das Amoreiras Av. Eng. Duarte Pacheco, Torre 1-9 andar P-1000 Lisbon Portugal DECUS Spain do Digital Equipment Corporation SA Cerro del Castanar 72, Mirasierra E-28034 Madrid Spain DECUS Sweden Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden DECUS Switzerland DECpark Uberlandstrasse 1 Postfach CH-8600 Dubendorf 1 Switzerland DECUS U.K., Ireland, and Middle East Queen’s House Forbury Road GB-Reading, Berks RG1 3JH U.K DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS GIA Headquarters 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. DECUS South Pacific Chapter Australia Office Locked Bag 26 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia DECUS New Zealand Office P.O. Box 8610 Symonds Street Auckland 3 DECUS Canada 505 University Avenue, 15th Floor Toronto, Ontario M5G 2H2 Canada DECUS Far East Digital Equipment Corporation 19-21 Fleet House 38 Gloucester Road Wanchai, Hong Kong DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1. Higashi Ikebukuro 3 - chome Toshima-ku Tokyo Japan 170 DECUS South America Digital Equipment do Brasil Ltda. Industria Ltda. Caixa Posted 220 20000 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brazil DECUS General International Chapter 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. 20 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1990 >V DECUS SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE SIGs NEWSLETTER U.S. Chapter Proceedings (U.S. Chapter Members Only) As a member of the DECUS U.S. Chapter, you are entitled to contribute and subscribe to the DECUS monthly publication, SIGs Newsletter. You also have the opportunity to subscribe to the Symposia Proceedings which are a compendium of the reports from various speakers at the U.S. National DECUS Symposia. • The order form below must be used as an invoice • All checks must be made payable to DECUS • All orders must be paid in full • $25.00 minimum for credit card orders • No refunds will be made • The address provided below will be used for all DECUS mailings, e.g., membership, subscription service, and symposia • SIGs Newsletter price is for a one-year subscription beginning the month following receipt of payment Name--- DECUS Member No._ Company.___ Address___ City__State_ Zip Phone___ Subscription Service Offering Qty Unit Price SIGs Newsletter _ $40.00 _ Spring ’90 Proceedings (SPO) Fall ’90 Proceedings (FAO) _ _ 15.00 15.00 _ _ Spring’91 Proceedings (SP1) _ 15.00 _ Fall ’91 Proceedings (FA1) _ 15.00 _ Total Total Cost of Subscription □MasterCard® □ VISA® DDINERS CLUB® □CARTE BLANCHE® □ American Express® Card No._ Exp. Date_ I understand that there will be no refunds, even if I decide to cancel my subscription. Signature__ For Digital Employee Use Only For DECUS Office Only Badge No_CC:_ Check No_ CC Mgr Name_ Bank No. _ CC Mgr Signature_ Amount $_ Send to: Subscription Service, DECUS, 219 Boston Post Road (BP02), Marlboro, MA 01752, (508) 480-3446. Note: DECUS Europe and DECUS GIA members should contact their local DECUS office. SD891205 MR-4011-RA m BDSDDSD h r€) \-\~\ { [ | ~f"j| v IPs PI Fractal by Peter Van Roy Dynamic Software Digital Equipment Corporation Printed in U.S.A j r4- RSTS/E Software Dispatch October 1990 X 1N mmm cr c - o I RSTS/E Software Dispatch October 1990 Order Number: AD-5514H-B2 t Seq. No. 11.10.1 R OODT Hangs Accessing RA82 and RA90 Disks in Non-File-Structured Mode RSTS/E V9.7 Auxiliary Library Package (AUXLIB$) ODT Restriction ODT.TSK will stay in a run state when accessing RA82 and RA90 disks in non-file-structured mode. If you experience this problem, you can type CTRL/C to exit from ODT.TSK. ODT.TSK will work correctly in file-structured mode when used to access the contents of individual files on RA82 or RA90 disks. The problem on RA82 disks is corrected in RSTS/E Version 10.0 and later. The problem on RA90 disks may be corrected in a future release of RSTS/E. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1990 3 ' ' ( \ e ■ Software Performance Report Submissions for U.S. Software Contract Customers As part of Digital’s continuing effort to improve customer satisfaction, U.S. Software Product Services (SPS) has changed the process for U.S. customers to submit Software Performance Reports (SPRs). These customers should report their software problems by calling their Customer Support Center (CSC) or by accessing the Digital Software Information Network (DSIN). The CSCs have the technical expertise to quickly respond to many of our customers’ problems without requiring Engineering intervention. Because many SPRs are duplicates of problems that have already been addressed by Engineering, the CSCs can immediately respond to many inquiries. If you do not have access to a CSC, submit an SPR by following the instruction page attached to the front of the SPR form. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1990 11 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Benefits of Belonging The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today Membership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, affords the individual user information and services not found anywhere else. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with Digital. Members can find out the latest news on Digital’s hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with Digital allows the users of Digital’s products a voice in the direction the company takes in the future. Founded in 1961, DECUS has three autonomous chapters worldwide—DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, and DECUS General International Area (GIA). DECUS services and activities are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. All DECUS services promote the exchange of information in a commercial-free environment. These services include: Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, op¬ erating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows contact among fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the area of most interest to the user. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do these people share professional interest, but they also share geographic and cultural ties. Often, Digital representatives attend these meetings to discuss new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide unique opportunities for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five intensive days of technical exchange. Included in symposia activities are work¬ shops, clinics, panels, tutorials, and formal paper presentations. Digital participates in sym¬ posia by sending product group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1990 13 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Communications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and Digital, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications are published by DECUS to support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also publishes the Special Interest Groups SIGs Newsletter on a monthly basis. The newsletter is divided into Special Interest Group sections and provides specialized information pertaining to specific Digital products. The monthly newsletter and The Proceedings are available through the DECUS Subscription Service. Seminars DECUS recognizes the need for ongoing training opportunities that help members keep pace with the changing technologies of the computer industry. To that end, DECUS sponsors 1-day technical seminars throughout the year in various locations. These seminars are developed and presented by DECUS members who are experienced industry professionals. Program Library The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of public domain software among users of all Digital systems. The library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submitted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The library publishes a software catalog on an annual basis that lists and describes all the DECUS programs. DECUServe DECUServe is an electronic conferencing system based on VAX Notes. The network is avail¬ able to all U.S. members 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for an annual subscription fee. Joining DECUS You are cordially invited to join with over 100,000 other users of Digital products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both the successes and problems. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS Chapter Office. 14 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1990 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide decus u.s. DECUS U.S. 219 Boston Post Road (BP02) Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 Tel. (508) 480-3635 DECUS Europe DECUS Europe Headquarters 1-3 Chemin Annevelle Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1 Switzerland DECUS At-Large Chapter 1-3 Chemin Annevelle Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1/GE Switzerland DECUS BELUX Luchtschipstraat 1 1, Rue de l’Aeronef B-1140 Evere (Brussels) Belgium DECUS Denmark do Digital Equipment Corporation A/S Aadalsvej 99 DK-2970 Horsholm Denmark DECUS Finland Niittymaentie 7, PL 16 SF-02201 Espoo Finland DECUS France Parc du Bois Briard 9/13 avenue du Lac, BP 235 F-91007 Evry Cedex France DECUS Holland Europalaan 44 P.O. Box 9212 NL-3526 KS Utrecht The Netherlands DECUS Iceland do DECUS Denmark DECUS Ireland do Digital Equipment Ireland Ltd. Park House, North Circular Road IRL-Dublin 7 Ireland DECUS Israel do Digital Equipment Acadia Junction, P.O. Box 2033 IL-46120 Herzliya Israel DECUS Italia Viale Monza 338 1-20128 Milano Italy DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91, Postfach 810247 D-8000 Muenchen 81 Federal Republic of Germany f « RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1990 15 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide (Continued) DECUS Norway Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Portugal do Digital Equipment Portugal Lda. Empreendimento Torres das Amoreiras Av. Eng. Duarte Pacheco, Torre 1-9 andar P-1000 Lisbon Portugal DECUS Spain DECUS Sweden Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden do Digital Equipment Corporation SA Cerro del Castanar 72, Mirasierra E-28034 Madrid Spain DECUS Switzerland DECpark Uberlandstrasse 1 Postfach CH-8600 Dubendorf 1 Switzerland DECUS U.K, Ireland, and Middle East Queen’s House Forbury Road GB-Reading, Berks RG1 3JH U.K DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS GIA Headquarters 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. DECUS South Pacific Chapter Australia Office Locked Bag 26 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia DECUS New Zealand Office P.O. Box 8610 Symonds Street Auckland 3 DECUS Canada 505 University Avenue, 15th Floor Toronto, Ontario M5G 2H2 Canada DECUS Far East Digital Equipment Corporation 19-21 Fleet House 38 Gloucester Road Wanchai, Hong Kong DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1. Higashi Ikebukuro 3 - chome Toshima-ku Tokyo Japan 170 DECUS South America Digital Equipment do Brasil Ltda. Industria Ltda. Caixa Postal 220 20000 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brazil DECUS General International Chapter 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. 16 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1990 DECUS SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE SIGs NEWSLETTER U.S. Chapter Proceedings (U.S. Chapter Members Only) As a member of the DECUS U.S. Chapter, you are entitled to contribute and subscribe to the DECUS monthly publication, SIGs Newsletter. You also have the opportunity to subscribe to the Symposia Proceedings which are a compendium of the reports from various speakers at the U.S. National DECUS Symposia. • The order form below must be used as an invoice • All checks must be made payable to DECUS • All orders must be paid in full • $25.00 minimum for credit card orders • No refunds will be made • The address provided below will be used for all DECUS mailings, e.g., membership, subscription service, and symposia • SIGs Newsletter price is for a one-year subscription beginning the month following receipt of payment Name---DECUS Member No._ Company___ Address___ City__State_ Zip Phone___ Subscription Service Offering Qty Unit Price SIGs Newsletter Spring ’90 Proceedings (SPO) Fall ’90 Proceedings (FAO) Spring ’91 Proceedings (SP1) _ _ _ _ $40.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 _ _ _ _ Fall’91 Proceedings (FA1) _ 15.00 _ Total Total Cost of Subscription □MasterCard® □ VISA® □ DINERS CLUB ® DCARTE BLANCHE ® □American Express® Card No-Exp. Date_ I understand that there will be no refunds, even if I decide to cancel my subscription. Signature ____ For Digital Employee Use Only For DECUS Office Only Badge No_CC:_ Check No_ CC Mgr Name_ Bank No. _ CC Mgr Signature_ Amount $_ Send to: Subscription Service, DECUS, 219 Boston Post Road (BP02), Marlboro, MA 01752, (508) 480-3446. Note: DECUS Europe and DECUS GIA members should contact their local DECUS office. SD891205 MR-4011-RA l 1 \ T 4 4 ^ ~ ■ 5* RSTS/E Software Dispatch November 1990 # m Order Number AD-5514H-B3 • * RSTS/E Software Dispatch November 1990 Order Number: AD-5514H-B3 ■ ’ ' ' Product Availability Dates The following list contains the date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who have a Software Product Services (SPS) agreement during the month the product becomes available are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible cus¬ tomers who have not received the new release should contact their local Digital office. Product Version ADE/RSTS 2.4 RETIRED BASIC-PLUS-2 for 2.6 RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 4.4 RETIRED COBOL-81/RSTS/E 3.0 DATATRIEVE-11 3.3 A DECdx/RSTS 1.0 DECmail-11 for RSTS/E 3.1 and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E 4.1 DECtap 1.5A RETIRED DECWORD/DP 1.2 RETIRED DMS-500 2.1 RETIRED FMS-ll/RSTS 2.1 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E 2.8 PDP-11 SYMBOLIC 2.1 DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) PDP-11 C for RSTS/E 1.0 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 5.3 GIGI Software 1.0 RETIRED INDENT 1.4 RETIRED MENU-ll/RSTS 2.0 Message Router for RSTS/E 1.0 RETIRED RPG II, PDP-11 8.8 RETIRED RSTS Smart Mailer 1.1 RETIRED RSTS/E 9.7 RSTS/E DECgraph-11 1.2 RETIRED RSTS/E DIBOL 6.1 RSTS/E High Performance 1.1 RETIRED 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE G RSTS/E 3271 Protocol 2.1 RETIRED Emulator Available Apr 87 Aug 89 Sep Api; Feb Nov Dec 88 89 90 84 87 Jan Jun Apr Aug Jan Dec Dec 89 88 89 87 88 88 88 Jun Oct Feb Oct Dec Mar Jan Dec Aug Aug Aug Mar 90 88 86 87 83 87 87 85 89 87 89 86 Apr 85 Mar 86 « RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1990 v Seq. No. 0.1.43 N c Micro/RSTS V2.2 Support Termination Notice RSTS/E V9.7 General Notes Digital’s support policy for retired products is to maintain support for an 18 month period after retirement. Micro/RSTS Version 2.2 and its layered products were officially retired on March 6, 1989. Support for these products ended on October 30, 1990. Micro/RSTS is a subset of RSTS/E and, therefore, customer applications designed for Micro/RSTS can, in most cases, be ported to RSTS/E with no changes. Micro/RSTS customers are automatically granted a Class L license for RSTS/E. Those cus¬ tomers need only order the appropriate media kit for their system. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1990 3 S . WC- • .• ■ / i' .. ’ ■ , ' • i: 1 " »V* •'>, «.. % ' '.: : r‘- -hvv .vs - '*>•. ' RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.7 and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent ’ user level” unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • - = Article is being republished. Sequence General Notes System Notes 0.1.35 N 0.1.37 N 0.1.38 N 0.1.39 N 0.1.40 N 0.1.41 N 0.1.42 N 0.1.43 N Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Cooperative Promotional Agreement Signed with Northwest Digital Software, Inc. Announcing New Hardware Support for RA70 Disks Announcing New Hardware Support for RA90 Disks RSTS/E Version 9.6 Support Termination Notice Announcing Support for MicroPDP-11/93 Processors Announcing Support for PDP-11/94 Processors Announcing RSTS/E Version 10.0 Micro/RSTS Version 2.2 Support Termination Notice V9.7 N/A Jun 90 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Dec 89 Dec 89 Feb 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Sep 90 Nov 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Oct 89 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Nov 89 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.15 M DEQNA/DELQA Vector Address of 400 or Greater Will Cause System Crash 1.1.16 F Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 Systems System Installation and Update Installation/Update .COM files 2.2.1 R Installation Procedure Does Not Use Reassigned Package Logicals RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1990 11 ■ c ■'* 'i ■ • - : r:; *- ■ -■ '.’m ■ ■ 'I ■ to' ► ■ . j - :»;■ • >l: • < . fisc: i : ■ i ' • ■ Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Benefits of Belonging The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today Membership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, affords the individual user information and services not found anywhere else. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with Digital. Members can find out the latest news on Digital’s hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with Digital allows the users of Digital’s products a voice in the direction the company takes in the future. Founded in 1961, DECUS has three autonomous chapters worldwide—DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, and DECUS General International Area (GIA). DECUS services and activities are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. All DECUS services promote the exchange of information in a commercial-free environment. These services include: Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, op¬ erating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows contact among fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the area of most interest to the user. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGrs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do these people share professional interest, but they also share geographic and cultural ties. Often, Digital representatives attend these meetings to discuss new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide unique opportunities for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five intensive days of technical exchange. Included in symposia activities are work¬ shops, clinics, panels, tutorials, and formal paper presentations. Digital participates in sym¬ posia by sending product group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1990 17 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide (Continued) DECUS Norway Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Portugal c/o Digital Equipment Portugal Lda. Empreendimento Torres das Amoreiras Av. Eng. Duarte Pacheco, Torre 1-9 andar P-1000 Lisbon Portugal DECUS Spain do Digital Equipment Corporation SA Cerro del Castanar 72, Mirasierra E-28034 Madrid Spain DECUS Sweden Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden DECUS Switzerland DECpark Uberlandstrasse 1 Postfach CH-8600 Dubendorf 1 Switzerland DECUS U.K., Ireland, and Middle East Queen’s House Forbury Road GB-Reading, Berks RG1 3JH U.K DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS GIA Headquarters 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.SA. DECUS South Pacific Chapter Australia Office Locked Bag 26 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia DECUS New Zealand Office PO. Box 8610 Symonds Street Auckland 3 DECUS Canada 505 University Avenue, 15th Floor Toronto, Ontario M5G 2H2 Canada DECUS Far East Digital Equipment Corporation 19-21 Fleet House 38 Gloucester Road Wanchai, Hong Kong DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1. Higashi Ikebukuro 3 - chome Toshima-ku Tokyo Japan 170 DECUS South America Digital Equipment do Brasil Ltda. Industria Ltda. Caixa Postal 220 20000 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brazil DECUS General International Chapter 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.SA. 20 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1990 DECUS SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE SIGs NEWSLETTER U.S. Chapter Proceedings (U.S. Chapter Members Only) As a member of the DECUS U.S. Chapter, you are entitled to contribute and subscribe to the DECUS monthly publication, SIGs Newsletter. You also have the opportunity to subscribe to the Symposia Proceedings which are a compendium of the reports from various speakers at the U.S. National DECUS Symposia. • The order form below must be used as an invoice • All checks must be made payable to DECUS • All orders must be paid in full • $25.00 minimum for credit card orders • No refunds will be made • The address provided below will be used for all DECUS mailings, e.g., membership, subscription service and symposia ’ • SIGs Newsletter price is for a one-year subscription beginning the month following receipt of payment Name- DECUS Member No._ Company______ Address____ City---State_ Zip Phone___ Subscription Service Offering SIGs Newsletter Spring ’90 Proceedings (SPO) Fall ’90 Proceedings (FAO) Spring ’91 Proceedings (SP1) Qty Unit Price _ _ _ $40.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 _ _ _ _ Fall ’91 Proceedings (FA1) _ 15.00 _ Total Total Cost of Subscription □MasterCard® □ VISA® □ DINERS CLUB ® DCARTE BLANCHE ® □ American Express® Card No----- Exp. Date_ I understand that there will be no refunds, even if I decide to cancel my subscription. Signature__ For Digital Employee Use Only For DECUS Office Only Badge No-CC:_ Check No._ CC Mgr Name- Bank No. _ CC Mgr Signature_ Amount $ __ Send to: Subscription Service, DECUS, 219 Boston Post Road (BP02), Marlboro, MA 01752, (508) 480-3446. Note: DECUS Europe and DECUS GIA members should contact their local DECUS office. SD891205 MR-4011-RA . • rw* ~■ : r: J _ J ¥ -P ] T: u I" a ru 11 p 1 "TT T1 ~j~j d nr C_ _T“ JU ±i a c Fractal by Peter Van Roy Dynamic Software Digital Equipment Corporation Printed in U.S.A. p nr u jp n RSTS/E Software Dispatch December 1990 Order Number AD-5514H-B4 1 RSTS/E Software Dispatch December 1990 Order Number: AD-5514H-B4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Published by Corporate User Information Products (MR01-3/LP7) Digital Equipment Corporation Post Office Box 1001 Marlborough, MA 01752-9840 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions (SPDs), programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is de¬ veloped from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supplement the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). Distribution The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest Digital field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. The prerequisite to using Digital software is the appropriate license. The standard Terms and Conditions and Digital Business Agreement (DBA) contain the license terms for all software other than DECsystem-10. Patricia Callahan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1990. All Rights Reserved. The material in this document is for informational purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is sub¬ ject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital field of¬ fice. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation: ADE/RSTS, DATATRIEVE, DECdx, DECmail, DECnet/E, DECsystem, DECtap, DECUS, the DECUS logo, DECword/DP, DMS, FMS-11, GIGI, Message Router, Micro/RSTS, PDP-11, RSTS/E, VAX Notes, and the DIGITAL logo. Contents Sequence Number Product Availability Dates Executive Swap Console and Attach Directives May Crash System — Mandatory Patch V 3.5.20 M Executive Host-Initiated LAT Connections May Crash System — Mandatory Patch Attaching to a Detached Job May Crash System — Mandatory Patch 3 5 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index System Installation and Update RSTS/E Version 10.0 Installation Procedure Restrictions Page 2.3.1 R 11 3.4.3 M 13 3.7.1 M 15 RSTS/E V10.0 Cumulative Index 17 Attention U.S. Software Contract Customers Submitting Software Problems 21 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) 23 DECUS Subscription Service 27 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 iii Product Availability Dates The following list contains the date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who have a Software Product Services (SPS) agreement during the month the product becomes available are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible cus¬ tomers who have not received the new release should contact their local Digital office. Product Version ADE/RSTS 2.4 RETIRED BASIC-PLUS-2 for 2.6 RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 4.4 RETIRED COBOL-81/RSTS/E 3.0 DATATRIEVE-11 3.3A DECdx/RSTS 1.0 DECmail-11 for RSTS/E 3.1 and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E 4.1 DECtap 1.5A RETIRED DECWORD/DP 1.2 RETIRED DMS-500 2.1 RETIRED FMS-ll/RSTS 2.1 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E 2.8 PDP-11 SYMBOLIC 2.1 DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) PDP-11 C for RSTS/E 1.0 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 5.3 GIGI Software 1.0 RETIRED INDENT 1.4 RETIRED MENU-ll/RSTS 2.0 Message Router for RSTS/E 1.0 RETIRED RPG II, PDP-11 8.8 RETIRED RSTS Smart Mailer 1.1 RETIRED RSTS/E 9.7 RSTS/E DECgraph-11 1.2 RETIRED RSTS/E DIBOL 6.1 RSTS/E High Performance 1.1 RETIRED 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE G 2.1 RETIRED RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 Available Apr 87 Aug 89 Sep Apr Feb Nov Dec 88 89 90 84 87 Jan Jun Apr Aug Jan Dec Dec 89 88 89 87 88 88 88 Jun Oct Feb Oct Dec Mar Jan Dec Aug Aug Aug Mar 90 88 86 87 83 87 87 85 89 87 89 86 Apr 85 Mar 86 v RSTS/E V9 Seq. No. 3.5.20 M 4. The patch is as follows: Module name? OVR Base address? LOG2 Offset address? 402 New? Offset Old Base 999999 999999 ? 4737 000402 999999 ? FIPPAT 000404 ?????? 999999 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for 010446 000406 Offset address? 742 New? Offset Old Base 999999 ? 4737 000742 105261 999999 000744 000006 ? FIPPAT+34 999999 077014 ? Az (CTRL/Z for 000746 (CTRL/Z for Offset address? AZ (CTRL/Z for Base address? A z Module name? FIP Base address? FIPPAT0OVR Offset address? 0 New? Old Base Offset 999999 ? 16502 999999 000000 999999 ? JOBTBL0OVR 999999 000002 999999 ? 4537 999999 000004 999999 ? REGSCR0OVR 999999 000006 999999 ? 10401 999999 000010 999999 ? 14302 999999 000012 999999 999999 ? 16604 000014 999999 ? 4 999999 000016 999999 9 12700 999999 000020 999999 ? 20 999999 000022 ? 5005 999999 999999 000024 999999 ? 4737 999999 000026 999999 ? 120734 999999 000030 999999 ? 207 999999 000032 999999 ? 5705 999999 000034 999999 999999 ? BEQ+2 000036 999999 ? 105261 999999 000040 999999 000042 000000 ? 6 ? 207 999999 000044 000000 999999 ? AZ 999999 (CTR1 000046 (CTR] Offset address? Az (CTRL/Z for Base address? AZ Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0305 Offset address? 2 New? Old Base Offset ? Q! 10 000002 ?????? ?????? 999999 999999 (up-arrow/C 000004 ? AC 4 new offset) new offset) new base) new module) new module) to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.7 and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • - = Article is being republished. Sequence General Notes System Notes 0.1.35 N 0.1.37 N 0.1.38 N 0.1.39 N 0.1.40 N 0.1.41 N 0.1.42 N 0.1.43 N Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Cooperative Promotional Agreement Signed with Northwest Digital Software, Inc. Announcing New Hardware Support for RA70 Disks Announcing New Hardware Support for RA90 Disks RSTS/E Version 9.6 Support Termination Notice Announcing Support for MicroPDP-11/93 Processors Announcing Support for PDP-11/94 Processors Announcing RSTS/E Version 10.0 Micro/RSTS Version 2.2 Support Termination Notice V9.7 N/A Jun 90 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Dec 89 Dec 89 Feb 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Sep 90 Nov 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Oct 89 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Nov 89 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.15 M DEQNA/DELQA Vector Address of 400 or Greater Will Cause System Crash 1.1.16 F Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 Systems System Installation and Update Installation/Update .COM files 2.2.1 R Installation Procedure Does Not Use Reassigned Package Logicals RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 5 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr 2.2.2 R Online Monitor Installation May Get Unexpected Error V9.7 N/A Jan 90 V9.7 V9.7 N/A N/A Sep 89 Nov 89 V9.7 VI 0.0 Jul 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Jan 90 V9.7 N/A Mar 90 V9.7 N/A Apr 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.6/V9.7 V9.6/V9.7 N/A N/A Oct 89 Dec 89 V9.7 N/A May 90 - V9.7 N/A Dec 90 - V9.7 VI 0.0 Nov 90 V9.7 VI 0.0 Oct 90 V9.7 V9.7 May 90 V9.7 VI 0.0 Jun 90 V9.7 VI 0.0 Sep 90 Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.9 M Enhanced Hardware Fault Tolerance 3.1.10 M Problem with CTRL/C While Using Supervisor Mode RMS 3.1.11 M Crash Code Does Not Save MMU Registers Correctly — Mandatory Patch 3.1.12 F Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 Systems Terminal Services Patches 3.3.25 M Infinite Loop May Occur When Processing LOGIN.COM — Mandatory Patch 3.3.26 M Fix Memory Corruption Problem When Using AUTOPROMPT Suppression — Mandatory Terminal Service Patch 3.3.27 M Spawning a Logged In Job May Cause System to Crash — Mandatory Patch 3.3.28 M Failure to Autobaud on Dialup Lines — Mandatory Patch 3.3.29 M System May Crash When Reattaching — Mandatory Patch File Processor Patches 3.5.17 M KMCUT Status Command Will Corrupt Memory 3.5.18 M Asynchronous I/O May Cause File to Grow Too Large — Mandatory Patch 3.5.19 M Detach from Dynamic Keyboard May Cause System to Crash — Mandatory Patch 3.5.20 M Swap Console and Attach Directives May Crash System — Mandatory Patch 3.5.21 M Terminal Modes, Delimiters, Input Lost on Reattach — Mandatory Patch Auxiliary Library Package (AUXLIB$) ODT Restriction 11.10.1 R ODT Hangs Accessing RA82 and RA90 Disks in Non-File-Structured Mode Print/Batch Services Package (PB$) PBS.TSK 15.3.6 M START/SERVER/PAGE Does Not Start on New Page — Mandatory Patch 15.3.7 M Possible Security Problem in PBS — Mandatory Patch Run-Time Systems Support DCL Run-Time System and Utilities DCL.RTS 20.1.12 M DCL May Overflow Its Stack — Mandatory Patch 6 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Inserting Duplicate Records into New RMS-11 File from VMS Can Erase File — Mandatory Patch V9.7 VI 0.0 Nov 90 - NFT May Hang During Wildcard Copy in Block Mode V9.7 N/A Oct 89 N/A N/A Apr 90 DECnet/E V4.1 Utilities FAL.TSK 31.5.1 M DECnet/E V2.n Utilities NFT.TSK 31.11.1 M DATATRIEVE for RSTS/E V9.7 44.2.1 M DATATRIEVE V3.3 DDMF Fails on Non-Supervisor Mode Systems — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 7 Seq. No. 2.3.1 R RSTS/E Version 10.0 Installation Procedure Restrictions RSTS/E V10.0 System Installation and Update Installation / Update Restrictions Problem The following restrictions exist in the RSTS/E Version 10.0 installation procedure: 1. During installation, if you answer NO to any of the "Do you want to proceed" prompts, when you do proceed, the installation will assume that the installation kit is on the device that was used to originally install RSTS/E on your system. It will override the device you may have already specified to the installation procedure. If you know that you will be answering NO to any of the "Do you want to proceed" prompts, then ensure that the installation kit is on the device used to originally install RSTS/E on your system. This device will be the default for the "Installation device" prompt. 2. If you are installing the SORT/MERGE package to a target disk, that is, a disk other than the system disk, the system logical LB: will be assigned to the target disk. The logical will be reassigned back to its original assignment after SORT/MERGE is installed, but it can cause problems for the other users on the system during the installation. Also, if the installation is aborted, then the logical may not be reassigned back to its original assignment. If you are going to install the SORT/MERGE package to a target disk, inform your users that the system logical LB: will not be available. After the installation is complete, ensure that the logical is assigned to its original assignment. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 11 Seq. No. 3.4.3 M Host-Initiated LAT Connections May Crash System - Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V10.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches Problem An attempt to establish a LAT connection from your RSTS/E system (a Host-Initiated Con¬ nection) to a busy port on a terminal server may crash the system. Solution The following patch procedure corrects the problem. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E Version 10.0 executive. It must be installed in all target monitor save image libraries (SILs). 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <CR> 3. (RETURN for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> (RETURN for patch installation) File to patch? <CR> (RETURN for installed monitor SIL) File found in account [0,1] 4. The patch is as follows: Module name? LAT Base address? LATAPP@OVR Offset address? 2200 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 002200 077067 ? 77072 ?????? 002202 000137 ? AZ Offset address? AZ Base address? AZ Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0304 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000000 ?????? ? Q!4 ?????? 000002 ?????? ? AC RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 13 Seq. No. 3.7.1 M Attaching to a Detached Job May Crash System - Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V10.0 Executive File Processor Patches Problem An attempt to attach to a detached job that originated from a LAT connection may crash the system. Solution The following patch procedure corrects the problem. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E Version 10.0 executive. It must be installed in all target monitor save image libraries (SILs). 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <CR> 3. (RETURN for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program. Note, however, if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will take effect immediately unless you installed the overlay file. If you installed the overlay file, then you must remove and reinstall the file for the patch to take effect. (See step 5.) RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> (RETURN for patch installation) File to patch? <CR> (RETURN for installed monitor SIL) File found in account [0,1] 4. The patch is as follows: Module name? OVR Base address? LOG3 Offset address? 410 Base Offset Old 999999 000410 016146 999999 000412 000006 999999 000414 014302 Offset address? 426 Base Offset Old 999999 000426 012661 999999 000430 000006 999999 000432 016502 Offset address? 750 Base Offset Old 999999 000750 105261 999999 000752 000006 999999 000754 077014 New? ? 10546 ? 5005 ? (CTRL/Z for new New? ? 12605 ? 240 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new New? ? 4767 ? 760-754 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 15 Seq. No. 3.7.1 M Offset address? 760 Offset Old Base 999999 000000 000760 999999 000762 000000 999999 000764 000000 ?????? 000766 000000 999999 000770 000000 999999 ?????? 000772 Offset address? Az Base address? LOG3SI Offset address? 0 Old Base Offset 999999 000760 000000 999999 000002 ?????? Offset address? Az Base address? AZ Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0307 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? New? ? 5705 ? BEQ+2 ? 105261 ? 6 ? 207 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 772 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? Q! 1 ? AC (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) If you used the $ INSTALL/OVERLAY command, then you must issue the following commands for the patch to take effect: $ REMOVE/OVERLAY<CR> $ INSTALL/OVERLAY filespec<CR> 16 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V10 and layered products. Missing se¬ quence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • * = Article appeared in the RSTS/E V10.0 Maintenance Notebook, August 1990. • + = Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990. • - = Article is being republished. Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr General Notes System Notes 0.1.1 N RSTS/E VI 0.0 Component Summary VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * INIT.SYS Restrictions 1.3.1 R First TMSCP Drive on System Must Be Unit 0 1.3.2 R MT/MM Tapes Must Be Booted From Unit 0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N Installation Flag Files VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Dec 90 Initialization INIT.SYS Notes 1.2.1 N Unnecessary Error Message When Booting 800 bpi Tape on TM02 Installation/Update Restrictions 2.3.1 R RSTS/E Version 10.0 Installation Procedure Restrictions RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 17 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index Released Corrected Mon/Yr VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 Terminai Service Patches 3.4.1 F Changing Special Login Terminal 3.4.2 F Input Escape Sequence Handling 3.4.3 M Host-Initiated LAT Connections May Crash System — Mandatory Patch VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Dec 90 Terminai Service Notes 3.5.1 N Modem Support on RSTS/E 3.5.2 N Unexpected Abort from Captive Command File Will Not Hang Up Dialup Line VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 File Processor Patches 3.7.1 N Attaching to a Detached Job May Crash System — Mandatory Patch VI 0.0 N/A Dec 90 Device Driver Restrictions 3.12.1 R DB/DR Driver May Log Errors for Wrong Unit 3.12.2 R Swapping MSCP/TMSCP Unit Numbers May Cause Crash VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Sequence Title Executive Monitor Restrictions 3.3.1 R DCL Log File Corruption on Full Disk BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches 4.1.1 F Special PRINT-USING Characters 4.1.2 F Default SCALE Factor 4.1.3 F Omitting SCALE Factor Warning Message 4.1.4 F Default to NOEXTEND Mode 4.1.5 F Immediate Mode from .BAS File 4.1.6 F Disabling the CCL SYS Call Optional BASIC-PLUS Features 4.11.1 N The BASIC-PLUS DEBUG Facility 4.11.2 N The BASIC-PLUS DUMP Facility 4.11.3 F Enabling DUMP from Compiled Files for Nonprivileged Users 18 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Auxiliary Library (AUXLIB$) Library Restrictions 11.2.1 R ODT Displays Large Addresses Incorrectly VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Error Logging Package (ERRORS) Package Restrictions 12.2.1 R ANALYS Incorrectly Shows Virtual Disk as Locked Out VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSERS) Package Notes 14.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Print/Batch Services Package (PBS$) Package Notes 15.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Package Restrictions 27.2.1 R MOUNT Command with /OVERRIDE Qualifier VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * RSX-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 28.1.1 N Using the RSX-11 CRF Utility VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * RSTS/E Utilities System Library ($) Library Restrictions 10.2.1 R PIP Sometimes Loops When Copying Files into Themselves RMS-11 V2.0 (RMS$) Package Restrictions 22.2.1 R RMS-11 Does Not Correctly Handle Underscores 22.2.2 R RMS-11 May Incorrectly Report Error on Remote Access of Indexed File Run-Time Systems Support DCL Run-time System and Utilities Package Notes 27.1.1 N Attributes Are Lost When RMS File Is Copied to DOS Format Tape 27.1.2 N Exclamation Marks in BROADCAST Commands Package Restrictions 28.2.1 R RSX-11 Utilities Do Not Handle All RSTS/E File Specifications RT-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 29.1.1 N Use of Underscore in RT-11 Utilities Package Restrictions 29.2.1 R Disk Unit Numbers Greater Than Nine May Not Be Displayed Correctly RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 19 . ■ smdf smaldottj:> aa* ^ riqr ...! Ked (8 >"> < ^3 foloaO .h-oqqtB . ’> ■:&& :/uU.ao yd amoMcnq wwiUm ti&rfi *• iqsn bI.u-.tU s-tam sMdiJmq '.•ns?- ■'•■, 'jtf '{ster .$ hMih’m x.ht&p'oba.Jrw.i w • rwfuiwjJVdJ Sv «ri aO^O <«!? ftfriBoMqut' ■insi.Smq'-yv ■ am atsjiMfi ^otecmulni $mta@rhs«8 yrhio^ towitiw «-!> Nk#-,fdh»ac:!i>9' ft' ’jf'fsrdb-.r-ir yi yjowibrim."'' haft w mtokfp: . y a, foccqaa*. <r moaoCt *-:»mqiupl tottytO T»rt we xw* T3i f M&QG wfcjrwaD . j ■ • v ■■■ r-: . ■ ■ v d> ■ > bno :t \\ rsrru.-j ■ ' , Sea . tT jr.wt CJ*$B) iioqo;'.' oaMsrvefl ■ Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Benefits of Belonging The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Membership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, affords the individual user information and services not found anywhere else. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with Digital. Members can find out the latest news on Digital's hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with Digital allows the users of Digital’s products a voice in the direction the company takes in the future. Founded in 1961, DECUS has three autonomous chapters worldwide—DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, and DECUS General International Area (GIA). DECUS services and activities are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. All DECUS services promote the exchange of information in a commercial-free environment. These services include: Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, op¬ erating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows contact among fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the area of most interest to the user. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do these people share professional interest, but they also share geographic and cultural ties. Often, Digital representatives attend these meetings to discuss new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide unique opportunities for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five intensive days of technical exchange. Included in symposia activities are work¬ shops, clinics, panels, tutorials, and formal paper presentations. Digital participates in sym¬ posia by sending product group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 23 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Communications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and Digital, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications are published by DECUS to support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also publishes the Special Interest Groups SIGs Newsletter on a monthly basis. The newsletter is divided into Special Interest Group sections and provides specialized information pertaining to specific Digital products. The monthly newsletter and The Proceedings are available through the DECUS Subscription Service. Seminars DECUS recognizes the need for ongoing training opportunities that help members keep pace with the changing technologies of the computer industry. To that end, DECUS sponsors 1-day technical seminars throughout the year in various locations. These seminars are developed and presented by DECUS members who are experienced industry professionals. Program Library The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of public domain software among users of all Digital systems. The library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submitted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The library publishes a software catalog on an annual basis that lists and describes all the DECUS programs. DECUServe DECUServe is an electronic conferencing system based on VAX Notes. The network is avail¬ able to all U.S. members 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for an annual subscription fee. Joining DECUS You are cordially invited to join with over 100,000 other users of Digital products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both the successes and problems. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS Chapter Office. 24 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide decus u.s. DECUS U.S. 219 Boston Post Road (BP02) Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 Tel. (508) 480-3635 DECUS Europe DECUS Europe Headquarters 1-3 Chemin Annevelle Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1 Switzerland DECUS At-Large Chapter 1-3 Chemin Annevelle Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1/GE Switzerland DECUS BELUX Luchtschipstraat 1 1, Rue de l’Aeronef B-1140 Evere (Brussels) Belgium DECUS Denmark do Digital Equipment Corporation A/S Aadalsvej 99 DK-2970 Horsholm Denmark DECUS Finland Niittymaentie 7, PL 16 SF-02201 Espoo Finland DECUS France Parc du Bois Briard 9/13 avenue du Lac, BP 235 F-91007 Evry Cedex France DECUS Holland Europalaan 44 P.O. Box 9212 NL-3526 KS Utrecht The Netherlands DECUS Iceland do DECUS Denmark DECUS Ireland do Digital Equipment Ireland Ltd. Park House, North Circular Road IRL-Dublin 7 Ireland DECUS Israel do Digital Equipment Acadia Junction, P.O. Box 2033 IL-46120 Herzliya Israel DECUS Italia Viale Monza 338 1-20128 Milano Italy DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91, Postfach 810247 D-8000 Muenchen 81 Federal Republic of Germany RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 25 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide (Continued) DECUS Norway Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Portugal do Digital Equipment Portugal Lda. Empreendimento Torres das Amoreiras Av. Eng. Duarte Pacheco, Torre 1-9 andar P-1000 Lisbon Portugal DECUS Spain do Digital Equipment Corporation SA Cerro del Castanar 72, Mirasierra E-28034 Madrid Spain DECUS Sweden Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden DECUS Switzerland DECpark Uberlandstrasse 1 Postfach CH-8600 Dubendorf 1 Switzerland DECUS U.K, Ireland, and Middle East Queen’s House Forbury Road GB-Reading, Berks RG1 3JH U.K DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS GIA Headquarters 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. DECUS South Pacific Chapter Australia Office Locked Bag 26 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia DECUS New Zealand Office P.O. Box 8610 Symonds Street Auckland 3 DECUS Canada 505 University Avenue, 15th Floor Toronto, Ontario M5G 2H2 Canada DECUS Far East Digital Equipment Corporation 19-21 Fleet House 38 Gloucester Road Wanchai, Hong Kong DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1. Higashi Ikebukuro 3 - chome Toshima-ku Tokyo Japan 170 DECUS South America Digital Equipment do Brasil Ltda. Industria Ltda. Caixa Posted 220 20000 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brazil DECUS General International Chapter 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. 26 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1990 DECUS SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE SIGs NEWSLETTER U.S. Chapter Proceedings (U.S. Chapter Members Only) As a member of the DECUS U.S. Chapter, you are entitled to contribute and subscribe to the DECUS monthly publication, SIGs Newsletter. You also have the opportunity to subscribe to the Symposia Proceedings which are a compendium of the reports from various speakers at the U.S. National DECUS Symposia. • The order form below must be used as an invoice • All checks must be made payable to DECUS • All orders must be paid in full • $25.00 minimum for credit card orders • No refunds will be made • The address provided below will be used for all DECUS mailings, e.g., membership, subscription service, and symposia • SIGs Newsletter price is for a one-year subscription beginning the month following receipt of payment Name. DECUS Member No.. Company. Address. City_ State. Zip Phone. Subscription Service Offering Qty Unit Price SIGs Newsletter Spring ’90 Proceedings (SPO) Fall ’90 Proceedings (FAO) Spring’91 Proceedings (SP1) $40.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 Fall ’91 Proceedings (FA1) 15.00 Total Total Cost of Subscription □MasterCard® DVISA® □ DINERS CLUB® Card No.. DCARTE BLANCHE ® □ American Express® Exp. Date. I understand that there will be no refunds, even if I decide to cancel my subscription. Signature. For Digital Employee Use Only For DECUS Office Only Badge No_CC:_ Check No.. CC Mgr Name_ Bank No. . Amount $, CC Mgr Signature, Send to: Subscription Service, DECUS, 219 Boston Post Road (BP02), Marlboro, MA 01752, (508) 480-3446. Note: DECUS Europe and DECUS GIA members should contact their local DECUS office. SD891205 MR-4011-RA I f Fractal by Peter Van Roy Dynamic Software Digital Equipment Corporation Printed in U.S.A. RSTS/E Software Dispatch January 1991 mm RSTS/E Software Dispatch January 1991 Order Number: AD-5514H-B5 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Published by Corporate User Information Products (MR01-3/LP7) Digital Equipment Corporation Post Office Box 1001 Marlborough, MA 01752-9840 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions (SPDs), programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is de¬ veloped from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supplement the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). Distribution The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest Digital field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. The prerequisite to using Digital software is the appropriate license. The standard Terms and Conditions and Digital Business Agreement (DBA) contain the license terms for all software other than DECsystem-10. Patricia Callahan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1991. All Rights Reserved. The material in this document is for informational purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is sub¬ ject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital field of¬ fice. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation: ADE/RSTS, DATATRIEVE, DECdx, DECmail, DECnet/E, DECsystem, DECtap, DECUS, the DECUS logo, DECword/DP, DMS, FMS-11, GIGI, Message Router, Micro/RSTS, PDP-11, RSTS/E, VAX Notes, and the DIGITAL logo. Contents Sequence Number Page From the Editor v Product Availability Dates vii Initialization INIT Can Fail During Some RQDX Controller Accesses — Mandatory Patch 1.1.17 M 3 3.5.22 M 5 44.2.2 N 7 Executive Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System — Mandatory Patch DATATRIEVE-11 for RSTS/E V9.7 Instructions Missing in DATATRIEVE V3.3 Installation Guide RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index 9 Initialization INIT Can Fail During Some RQDX Controller Accesses — Mandatory Patch 1.1.1 M 15 3.7.2 M 17 4.1.7 M 19 49.1.1 N 21 Executive Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System — Mandatory Patch BASIC-PLUS DATE% Is Now a Reserved Keyword — Mandatory Patch DATATRIEVE-11 for RSTS/E V10.0 Instructions Missing in DATATRIEVE V3.3 Installation Guide RSTS/E V10.0 Cumulative Index 23 Attention U.S. Software Contract Customers Submitting Software Problems 27 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) 29 DECUS Subscription Service 33 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 iii From the Editor Dear Readers, In December, we sent you a questionnaire regarding the quality and usefulness of the RSTS/E Software Dispatch. If you have not already, please take a few minutes to complete the ques¬ tionnaire and return it in the envelope provided. Thank you, CPcrf* C'./'hc' Patricia Callahan Editor, RSTS/E Software Dispatch RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 v Product Availability Dates The following list contains the date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who have a Software Product Services (SPS) agreement during the month the product becomes available are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible cus¬ tomers who have not received the new release should contact their local Digital office. Product Version ADE/RSTS 2.4 RETIRED BASIC-PLUS-2 for 2.6 RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 4.4 RETIRED COBOL-81/RSTS/E 3.0 DATATRIEVE-11 3.3A DECdx/RSTS 1.0 DECmail-11 for RSTS/E 3.1 and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E 4.1 DECtap 1.5A RETIRED DECWORD/DP 1.2 RETIRED DMS-500 2.1 RETIRED FMS-ll/RSTS 2.1 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E 2.8 PDP-11 SYMBOLIC 2.1 DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) PDP-11 C for RSTS/E 1.0 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 5.3 GIGI Software 1.0 RETIRED INDENT 1.4 RETIRED MEND-11/RSTS 2.0 Message Router for RSTS/E 1.0 RETIRED RPG II, PDP-11 8.8 RETIRED RSTS Smart Mailer 1.1 RETIRED RSTS/E 9.7 RSTS/E DECgraph-11 1.2 RETIRED RSTS/E DIBOL 6.1 RSTS/E High Performance 1.1 RETIRED 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE G RSTS/E 3271 Protocol 2.1 RETIRED Emulator RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 Available Apr 87 Aug 89 Sep Apr Feb Nov Dec 88 89 90 84 87 Jan Jun Apr Aug Jan Dec Dec 89 88 89 87 88 88 88 Jun Oct Feb Oct Dec Mar Jan Dec Aug Aug Aug Mar 90 88 86 87 83 87 87 85 89 87 89 86 Apr 85 Mar 86 vii RSTS/E V9 Seq. No. 1.1.17 M INIT Can Fail During Some RQDX Controller Accesses — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V9.7 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches Problem During some accesses of disks on RQDX controllers, INIT can hang. This can occur during the DSKINT option, during rebuilding of a disk, or after a power failure. Solution The following patching procedure corrects the problem. This problem will be corrected in a future release. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E INIT.SYS Program. Since patching the distri¬ bution medium is not recommended, the patch must be installed every time the COPY option is used to copy INIT.SYS from the distribution medium. Any copy of the patched INIT.SYS will propagate the fix. 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? INIT.SYS 3. This patch can also be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> File to patch? INIT.SYS File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) 4. The patch is as follows: Base address? GETPAC Offset address? 44 Base Offset Old 127422 000044 004770 127422 000046 000006 127422 000050 103021 Offset address? AZ Base address? PATCH Offset address? 20 Base Offset Old 044306 000020 000000 044306 000022 000000 044306 000024 000000 044306 000026 000000 044306 000030 000000 044306 000032 000000 044306 000034 000000 New? ? 4737 ? PATCH+20 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 4770 ? 6 ? 103005 ? 4537 ? REGSCR ? 4737 ? GETCLK RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 3 Seq. No. 1.1.17 M 000000 000036 044306 000040 000000 044306 000000 044306 000042 000000 000044 044306 000000 000046 044306 000000 000050 044306 000000 044306 000052 000000 044306 000054 000000 044306 000056 000000 000060 044306 000000 044306 000062 000000 044306 000064 000000 044306 000066 000000 044306 000070 000000 044306 000072 000074 044306 Offset address? AZ Base address? INIDSK Offset address? 2010 Offset Old Base 116405 002010 120620 002012 000002 120620 116404 120620 002014 Offset address? 2244 Offset Old Base 004767 002244 120620 002246 000116 120620 004737 120620 002250 Offset address? AZ Base address? $$0101 Offset address? 2 Base Offset Old 151264 000002 ?????? 151264 000004 ?????? 4 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 ? 7 7 7 261 207 TST+04 BNE+2 MOV+6504 24 MOVB+6405 2 207 TST+66 6 BEQ+2 137 INIDSK+2366 207 AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? 7 4737 7 PATCH+42 7 AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) New? 7 4737 7 PATCH+60 7 *Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? Q!1 ? AC (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 Seq. No. 3.5.22 M Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V9.7 Executive File Processor Patches Problem Use of the UU.RTS directive to create a dynamic region can cause a memory corruption that will, at some later time, cause the system to crash. Solution The following patching procedure corrects the problem. This problem will also be corrected in a future release. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E Version 9.7 executives. It must be installed in all target monitor save image libraries (SILs). 2. The patch described in step 4 below can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <CR> 3. (RETURN for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program. Note, how¬ ever, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will take effect immediately (see step 5). RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> (RETURN for patch installation) File to patch? <CR> (RETURN for installed monitor SIL) File found in account [0,1] 4. The patch is as follows: Module name? OVR Base address? RTS1 Offset address? 440 Base Offset Old 000440 016246 999999 000442 000006 999999 000444 042726 999999 000446 174000 999999 000450 001005 New? ? 42762 ? 174000 ? 6 ? 240 ? AC (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 5 Seq. No. 3.5.22 M File to patch? Module name? OVR Base address? RTS6 Offset address? 154 Old Offset Base 999997 103001 000154 999999 000420 000156 999999 032762 000160 Offset address? 702 Old Offset Base 999999 000000 000702 999999 000000 000704 999999 000000 000706 999999 000000 000710 999999 000000 000712 999999 000000 000714 999999 000000 000716 999999 000000 000720 999999 000000 000722 999999 000000 000724 999999 000000 000726 999999 000000 000730 999999 000000 000732 999999 000000 000734 999999 000000 000736 999999 000000 000740 999999 999999 000742 Base address? RTS6SI Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 000702 ?????? 000002 ?????? Offset address? AZ Base address? AZ Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0305 Offset address? 2 Base Offset Old ?????? 000002 ?????? ?????? 000004 ?????? 5. (same as step 2/3 above) New? ? 4767 9 522 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) (Cl New? ? BHIS+12 ? 5737 ? TYPCRE ? BEQ+12 ? 160537 ? REGMAX+2 ? 13705 ? REGMAX ? 163705 ? REGMAX+2 ? BLE+3 ? 10562 ? 6 ? 207 9 5126 ? 207 ? AZ {Cr. New? ? 742 ? AZ New? ? Q!40 ? AC (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) If you used the $ INSTALL/OVERLAY command, then you must issue the following commands for the patch to take effect: $ REMOVE/OVERLAY<CR> $ INSTALL/OVERLAY filespec<CR> 6 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 Seq. No. 44.2.2 N Instructions Missing in DATATRIEVE-11 V3.3 Installation Guide DATATRIEVE-11 for RSTS/E V9.7 DDMF Problem There are no instructions in the DATATRIEVE-11 V3.3 Installation Guide that describe the procedure to restart the DTR-11 task DDMF after a system shutdown. Solution The DATATRIEVE-11 task images will reside in the directory [1,2]. If your system shuts down, make sure DECnet is running on your system, then you can restart the DDMF task image with the following commands: $ RUN DECNET$:NCP NCP> DEFINE OBJECT 30 FILE SY:[1,2]DDMF.TSK NAME DDMF NCP> SET OBJECT 30 FILE SY:[1,2]DDMF.TSK NAME DDMF You can include these commands in the startup file, [0,1]START.COM, along with the com¬ mand in Section 4.3.5, Restart After Shutdown, in the Installation Guide: $ DEFINE/COMMAND/SYSTEM DTR $DTR.TSK RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 7 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.7 and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent ’’user level” unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • - = Article is being republished. Sequence General Notes System Notes 0.1.35 N 0.1.37 N 0.1.38 N 0.1.39 N 0.1.40 N 0.1.41 N 0.1.42 N 0.1.43 N Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Cooperative Promotional Agreement Signed with Northwest Digital Software, Inc. Announcing New Hardware Support for RA70 Disks Announcing New Hardware Support for RA90 Disks RSTS/E Version 9.6 Support Termination Notice Announcing Support for MicroPDP-11/93 Processors Announcing Support for PDP-11/94 Processors Announcing RSTS/E Version 10.0 Micro/RSTS Version 2.2 Support Termination Notice V9.7 N/A Jun 90 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Dec 89 Dec 89 Feb 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Sep 90 Nov 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Oct 89 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Jan 91 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.15 M DEQNA/DELQA Vector Address of 400 or Greater Will Cause System Crash 1.1.16 F Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 Systems INIT Can Fail During Some RQDX Controller Accesses 1.1.17M — Mandatory Patch System Installation and Update Installation/Update .COM files RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 9 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr 2.2.1 R Installation Procedure Does Not Use Reassigned Package Logicals Online Monitor Installation May Get Unexpected Error V9.7 N/A Nov 89 V9.7 N/A Jan 90 V9.7 V9.7 N/A N/A Sep 89 Nov 89 V9.7 V10.0 Jul 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Jan 90 V9.7 N/A Mar 90 V9.7 N/A Apr 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.6/V9.7 V9.6/V9.7 N/A N/A Oct 89 Dec 89 V9.7 N/A May 90 - V9.7 N/A Dec 90 - V9.7 V10.0 Nov 90 V9.7 N/A Jan 91 V9.7 V10.0 Oct 90 V9.7 V9.7 May 90 V9.7 V10.0 Jun 90 2.2.2 R Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.9 M Enhanced Hardware Fault Tolerance 3.1.10 M Problem with CTRL/C While Using Supervisor Mode RMS 3.1.11 M Crash Code Does Not Save MMU Registers Correctly — Mandatory Patch 3.1.12 F Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 Systems Terminal Services Patches 3.3.25 M Infinite Loop May Occur When Processing LOGIN.COM — Mandatory Patch 3.3.26 M Fix Memory Corruption Problem When Using AUTOPROMPT Suppression — Mandatory Terminal Service Patch 3.3.27 M Spawning a Logged In Job May Cause System to Crash — Mandatory Patch 3.3.28 M Failure to Autobaud on Dialup Lines — Mandatory Patch 3.3.29 M System May Crash When Reattaching — Mandatory Patch File Processor Patches 3.5.17 M KMCUT Status Command Will Corrupt Memory 3.5.18 M Asynchronous I/O May Cause File to Grow Too Large — Mandatory Patch 3.5.19 M Detach from Dynamic Keyboard May Cause System to Crash — Mandatory Patch 3.5.20 M Swap Console and Attach Directives May Crash System — Mandatory Patch 3.5.21 M Terminal Modes, Delimiters, Input Lost on Reattach — Mandatory Patch 3.5.22 M Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System — Mandatory Patch Auxiliary Library Package (AUXLIB$) ODT Restriction 11.10.1 R ODT Hangs Accessing RA82 and RA90 Disks in Non-File-Structured Mode Print/Batch Services Package (PB$) PBS. TSK 15.3.6 M START/SERVER/PAGE Does Not Start on New Page — Mandatory Patch 15.3.7 M Possible Security Problem in PBS — Mandatory Patch 10 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.7 V10.0 Sep 90 Inserting Duplicate Records into New RMS-11 File from VMS Can Erase File — Mandatory Patch V9.7 V10.0 Nov 90- NFT May Hang During Wildcard Copy in Block Mode V9.7 N/A Oct 89 N/A N/A Apr 90 N/A N/A Jan 91 Run-Time Systems Support DCL Run-Time System and Utilities DCL RTS 20.1.12 M DCL May Overflow Its Stack — Mandatory Patch DECnet/E V4.1 Utilities FAL.TSK 31.5.1 M DECnet/E V2.n Utilities NFT.TSK 31.11.1 M DATATRIEVE-11 for RSTS/E V9.7 44.2.1 M 44.2.2 N DATATRIEVE V3.3 DDMF Fails on Non-Supervisor Mode Systems — Mandatory Patch Instructions Missing in DATATRIEVE-11 V3.3 Installation Guide RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 11 RSTS/E VI0 Seq. No. 1.1.1 M INIT Can Fail During Some RQDX Controller Accesses — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V10.0 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches Problem During some accesses of disks on RQDX controllers, INIT can hang or abort with an unex¬ pected trap through vector 4. This can occur during the DSKINT option, during rebuilding of a disk, or after a power failure. Solution The following patching procedure corrects the problem. This problem will be corrected in a future release. Procedure . 1 This is a required patch to the RSTS/E INIT.SYS Program. Since patching the distri¬ bution medium is not recommended, the patch must be installed every time the COPY option is used to copy INIT.SYS from the distribution medium. Any copy of the patched INIT.SYS will propagate the fix. 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? INIT.SYS 3. This patch can also be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> File to patch? INIT.SYS File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) 4. The patch is as follows: Base address? PATCH Offset address? 4 Base Offset Old 045352 000004 103003 045352 000006 004737 045352 000010 005226 045352 000012 000261 045352 000014 000207 045352 000016 000000 045352 000020 000000 045352 000022 Offset address? AZ New? ? 103005 ? 10046 ? 4737 ? GETCLK ? 12600 ? 261 ? 207 ? AZ (CTRL/Z (CTRL/Z RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 new offset) new base) 15 » - - i Seq. No. 1.1.1 M Base address? $$0101 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old 152034 000000 ?????? 152034 000002 ?????? 16 New? ? Q!1 ? AC (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 Seq. No. 3.7.2 M Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V10.0 Executive File Processor Patches Problem Use of the UU.RTS directive to create a dynamic region can cause a memory corruption that will, at some later time, cause the system to crash. Solution The following patching procedure corrects the problem. This problem will also be corrected in a future release. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E Version 10.0 executives. It must be installed in all target monitor save image libraries (SILs). 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <CR> 3. (RETURN for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program. Note, how¬ ever, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will take effect immediately (see step 5). RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> (RETURN for patch installation) File to patch? <CR> (RETURN for installed monitor SIL) File found in account [0,1] 4. The patch is as follows: Module name? OVR Base address? RTS1 Offset address? 440 Base Offset Old 999999 000440 016246 999999 000442 000006 999999 000444 042726 999999 000446 174000 999999 000450 001005 New? ? 42762 ? 174000 ? 6 ? 240 ? AC (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 17 Seq. No. 3.7.2 M File to patch? Module name? OVR Base address? RTS6 Offset address? 156 Old Offset Base 999 99'? 005767 000156 999999 999999 000160 999999 001431 000162 Offset address? Old Offset Base 999999 003422 999999 110562 999999 000006 000204 999999 032762 000206 Offset address? 730 Old Offset Base 999999 000730 999999 000732 999999 000734 999999 000736 999999 000740 999999 000742 999999 000744 Offset address? AZ Base address? RTS6SI Offset address? Old Offset Base 999999 000730 000200 000202 999999 5. 000000 000002 200 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 0 999999 (same as step 2/3 above) New? 9 5737 ? TYPCRE ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) New? ? 4767 ? 524 9 240 ? AZ New? ? BLE+3 ? 10562 ? 6 ? 207 ? 5126 ? 207 ? AZ New? 9 744 ? AZ Offset address? AZ Base address? A z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0307 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000000 ?????? ? Q!2 ?????? 000002 ?????? ? AC (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) If you used the $ INSTALL/OVERLAY command, then you must issue the following commands for the patch to take effect: $ REMOVE/OVERLAY<CR> $ INSTALL/OVERLAY filespec<CR> 18 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 Seq. No. 4.1.7 M DATE% Is Now a Reserved Keyword — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E VI0.0 BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches U&P • ^ Problem RSTS/E Version 10.0 BASIC-PLUS now reserves the keyword DATE%. Attempting to OLD a BASIC-PLUS program that contains the variable DATE% or the integer array DATE%() under RSTS/E Version 10.0 BASIC-PLUS will result in the error "?Arguments don’t match". Already compiled BASIC-PLUS programs that use the keyword DATE% will continue to func¬ tion as before. Solution Because this is an incompatibility with previous versions of BASIC-PLUS, applying the fol¬ lowing patch will change the reserved keyword DATE% to D?TE%. Once this patch is applied, programs containing the variable DATE% or the integer array DATE%() can be OLDed with¬ out an error. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to the BASIC-PLUS run-time system. It must be installed in all BASIC-PLUS run-time systems. 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? BASIC.RTS 3. This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> File to patch? [0,1]BASIC.RTS File found in account [0,1] 4. (BASIC-PLUS run-time system name) (RETURN for manual patch installation) (BASIC-PLUS run-time system name) The patch is as follows: Base address? LA Offset address? 634 Base Offset Old 99999? 000634 005101 999999 999999 000636 New? ? 5077 ? AC RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 19 z-mil >■ v . • 3iFTAT/'r:; h '< wv.uUu^I ; ■.;.' • ■ ■ ■ ^upn^nnat :iV '■■•■ ' ■ ■' ;i »i- meldo!*-? tJFJ U-&VS\H!TATMX «jft tu snoi&tfite ti e« aw sraHT g isfts T •:'.-? llsai H*£ITU a fit rtsii .« jJ ansfmo-rq - ->ev;< ^ ' . , :8bnflmmo3 jniwoUol sH.; rf.iw 9j?m; Sfe- ' XcT.-lM ti,A %!40 VtfH Xr»T.-i.MOC [: ■: :,jn oe tosimo -u' ) :Y?. '-JET'S Ot T ' OWO <?'- ' <9 . .A >'. PHATJSii.O] offi qutwte adJ ri -‘wr.-'a sawt* abafonr ttj» uoY :v . r> -3* m .nwobtorfS WftA tjKtarf. ,S £ t>- fioitoaB t bnum X8?. K37"jyt\OKv; ■ ODS •■ -• • •■:•?: ? RSTS/E VI0.0 Cumulative Index This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V10 and layered products. Missing se¬ quence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • * = Article appeared in the RSTS/E V10.0 Maintenance Notebook, August 1990. • + = Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990. • - = Article is being republished. Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr General Notes System Notes 0.1.1 N RSTS/E VI 0.0 Component Summary VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Jan 91 VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.1 M INIT Can Fail During Some RQDX Controller Accesses — Mandatory Patch Initialization INIT.SYS Notes 1.2.1 N Unnecessary Error Message When Booting 800 bpi Tape on TM02 INIT.SYS Restrictions 1.3.1 R First TMSCP Drive on System Must Be Unit 0 1.3.2 R MT/MM Tapes Must Be Booted From Unit 0 System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 23 RSTS/E VI0.0 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr 2.1.1 N Installation Flag Files V10.0 N/A Aug 90 1 V10.0 N/A Dec 90 V10.0 N/A Aug 90 Terminal Service Patches Changing Special Login Terminal 3.4.1 F Input Escape Sequence Handling 3.4.2 F Host-Initiated LAT Connections May Crash System 3.4.3 M — Mandatory Patch V10.0 V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Dec 90 Terminal Service Notes Modem Support on RSTS/E 3.5.1 N Unexpected Abort from Captive Command File Will Not 3.5.2 N Hang Up Dialup Line V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 VI 0.0 N/A Dec 90 V10.0 N/A Jan 91 Device Driver Restrictions DB/DR Driver May Log Errors for Wrong Unit 3.12.1 R Swapping MSCP/TMSCP Unit Numbers May Cause 3.12.2 R Crash V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches Special PRINT-USING Characters 4.1.1 F Default SCALE Factor 4.1.2 F Omitting SCALE Factor Warning Message 4.1.3 F Default to NOEXTEND Mode 4.1.4 F Immediate Mode from .BAS File 4.1.5 F Disabling the CCL SYS Call 4.1.6 F DATE% Is Now a Reserved Keyword — Mandatory 4.1.7 M Patch VI 0.0 VI 0.0 V10.0 V10.0 V10.0 VI 0.0 V10.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Jan 91 Optional BASIC-PLUS Features The BASIC-PLUS DEBUG Facility 4.11.1 N The BASIC-PLUS DUMP Facility 4.11.2 N Enabling DUMP from Compiled Files for Nonprivileged 4.11.3 F Users V10.0 V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Installation/Update Restrictions RSTS/E Version 10.0 Installation Procedure 2.3.1 R Restrictions Executive Monitor Restrictions DCL Log File Corruption on Full Disk 3.3.1 R File Processor Patches Attaching to a Detached Job May Crash System 3.7.1 N — Mandatory Patch Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System 3.7.2 M — Mandatory Patch 24 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * Auxiliary Library (AUXLIB$) Library Restrictions 11.2.1 R ODT Displays Large Addresses Incorrectly V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * Error Logging Package (ERROR$) Package Restrictions 12.2.1 R ANALYS Incorrectly Shows Virtual Disk as Locked Out VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSER$) Package Notes 14.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Print/Batch Services Package (PBS$) Package Notes 15.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * Package Restrictions 27.2.1 R MOUNT Command with /OVERRIDE Qualifier VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * RSX-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 28.1.1 N Using the RSX-11 CRF Utility V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * RSTS/E Utilities System Library ($) Library Restrictions 10.2.1 R PIP Sometimes Loops When Copying Files into Themselves RMS-11 V2.0 (RMS$) Package Restrictions 22.2.1 R RMS-11 Does Not Correctly Handle Underscores 22.2.2 R RMS-11 May Incorrectly Report Error on Remote Access of Indexed File Run-Time Systems Support DCL Run-time System and Utilities Package Notes 27.1.1 N Attributes Are Lost When RMS File Is Copied to DOS Format Tape 27.1.2 N Exclamation Marks in BROADCAST Commands Package Restrictions 28.2.1 R RSX-11 Utilities Do Not Handle All RSTS/E File Specifications RT-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 29.1.1 N Use of Underscore in RT-11 Utilities Package Restrictions 29.2.1 R Disk Unit Numbers Greater Than Nine May Not Be Displayed Correctly RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 25 RSTS/E VI0.0 Cumulative Index Sequence Released Corrected Mon/Yr V10.0 N/A Aug 90 V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Nodes SET HOST May Give Erroneous Error Message Network File Transfers May Not Correctly Preserve Protection Codes V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Announcing PDP-11 C for RSTS/E VI.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 + N/A N/A Jan 91 Title Optional Software DECnet/E Utilities V4.1 (DECNETS) Package Restrictions SET EXECUTOR SEGMENT BUFFER SIZE May Fail 31.2,1 R Without Warning SHOW NODE Command May Fail 31.2.2 R Network Parameter File Will Not Hold More Than 26,000 31.2.3 R 31.2.4 R 31.2.5 R PDP-11 C VI .0 33.0.1 N DATATRIEVE for RSTS/E VI 0.0 49.1.1 N 26 Instructions Missing in DATATRIEVE-11 V3.3 Installation Guide RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 Attention U.S. Software Contract Customers Submitting Software Problems As part of Digital’s continuing effort to improve customer satisfaction, U.S. Software Product Services (SPS) has changed the process for U.S. customers to submit software problems. These customers should report their software problems by calling their Customer Support Center (CSC) or by accessing either the Digital Software Information Network (DSIN) or DSNlink. The CSCs have the technical expertise to quickly respond to many of our customers’ problems without requiring Engineering intervention. Because many software problems are duplicates of problems that have already been addressed by Engineering, the CSCs can immediately respond to many inquiries. If you do not have access to a CSC, submit your software problem to: Digital Equipment Corporation P.O. Box 1167 Alpharetta, Georgia 30239-1167 This address replaces the one currently found on the instruction sheet of the Software Per¬ formance Report (SPR) form. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 27 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Benefits of Belonging The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Membership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, affords the individual user information and services not found anywhere else. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with Digital. Members can find out the latest news on Digital’s hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with Digital allows the users of Digital’s products a voice in the direction the company takes in the future. Founded in 1961, DECUS has three autonomous chapters worldwide—DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, and DECUS General International Area (GIA). DECUS services and activities are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. All DECUS services promote the exchange of information in a commercial-free environment. These services include: Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, op¬ erating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows contact among fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the area of most interest to the user. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do these people share professional interest, but they also share geographic and cultural ties. Often, Digital representatives attend these meetings to discuss new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide unique opportunities for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five intensive days of technical exchange. Included in symposia activities are work¬ shops, clinics, panels, tutorials, and formal paper presentations. Digital participates in sym¬ posia by sending product group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 29 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Communications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and Digital, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications are published by DECUS to support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also publishes the Special Interest Groups SIGs Newsletter on a monthly basis. The newsletter is divided into Special Interest Group sections and provides specialized information pertaining to specific Digital products. The monthly newsletter and The Proceedings are available through the DECUS Subscription Service. Seminars DECUS recognizes the need for ongoing training opportunities that help members keep pace with the changing technologies of the computer industry. To that end, DECUS sponsors 1-day technical seminars throughout the year in various locations. These seminars are developed and presented by DECUS members who are experienced industry professionals. Program Library The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of public domain software among users of all Digital systems. The library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submitted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The library publishes a software catalog on an annual basis that lists and describes all the DECUS programs. DECUServe DECUServe is an electronic conferencing system based on VAX Notes. The network is avail¬ able to all U.S. members 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for an annual subscription fee. Joining DECUS You are cordially invited to join with over 100,000 other users of Digital products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both the successes and problems. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS Chapter Office. 30 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide decus u.s. DECUS U.S. 333 South Street, (SHR1-4/D30) Shrewsbury, Massachusetts 01545^4112 Tel. (508) 841-3389 DECUS Europe DECUS Europe Headquarters 12 Avenue des Morgines Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1 Switzerland DECUS At-Large Chapter 12 Avenue des Morgines Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1/GE Switzerland DECUS BELUX Luchtschipstraat 1 1, Rue de l’Aeronef B-1140 Evere (Brussels) Belgium DECUS Denmark c/o Digital Equipment Corporation A/S Aadalsvej 99 DK-2970 Hoersholm Denmark DECUS Finland P.O. Box 6 SF-02201 Espoo Finland DECUS France Parc du Bois Briard 9/13 avenue du Lac, BP 235 F-91007 Evry Cedex France DECUS Holland Europalaan 44 P.O. Box 9212 3506 GE Utrecht The Netherlands DECUS Iceland c/o DECUS Denmark DECUS Ireland c/o Digital Equipment Ireland Ltd. Park House, North Circular Road IRL-Dublin 7 Ireland DECUS Israel c/o Digital Equipment Acadia Junction Herzlia 46 733 Israel DECUS Italia Viale Monza 338 1-20128 Milano Italy DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91, Postfach 810247 D-8000 Muenchen 81 Federal Republic of Germany RSTS/E Software Dispatch, January 1991 31 k ■ ’ v •' C ptWr acwffB® nomtmmiB euosa e»- ; 3|>nt>ee3o ic. 3gqpr$ %4 U (yirO H '6G ;e s '.?;q«c-0 V- it. '■> :, ,- - r.>3clt?- *jn ;#! ioo 05 bail.’m? : • - . , f<: ■ , .,|C- Sa, c.UG;i'. #xrt»; rt im\j8'«rt: ’31 ^oaOuscfi^ **¥*!£ ad *> - safe * ■>: & -■■rj^xx, ,■ 3UD$Q te roilsM .3.U s;.i; a*, : -saq«. mjcrt.v ncn* sJiOqfln »• H ' iibnocjmoB •§ adtafuqatotfr ■- ■ » . ; ; ■h--*. ■r^my-A- * . •••• ....’• .alt -••cfr.aM SU030 srallwi^t M-' &.• ... • jwbbA . «waPI MnU ;1t- J'Wdv'tsS -noJfqhsa&jS a;,-; ►-alia ■...;• <SL £ . •;■■•-;. mo 00.5 f >..C : G* Qrtnq-' oo.,ar. psoto K&kiB to teoO latoT ■ #B . «••. u'.‘ qx3> twn *•« •**.»*c -rr-th&f* —— 'OA Jl" .notfqho*?* <3 vr: ,3omo of - 'tfceto-f nVjavfc.»or ed W’a fv var • # v *. ■' >B 0 1&?i iipti _... ... -. j .-dr i 'v;o .~-v. ;■. a^otqr.'ii -. -4 terti txratoM&bau I to-' ■;•- _ JL $ ?mxwnA r s.a____ ,sr rto-swro AM .vusfewwig .(0ea'A-fRH3) i»mt& rtJuoS CCA .3U03G .aoivisS! rso#qrtr>ad\;3 ;q} bn*C ,0t4f: r-'*8 (803) .aoiflo &S03Q feoe liart! taifetoo btotxte rain-tarn Ait 3U03G bras eqotu3 3U0--U.?-oM .} / -r M Fractal by Peter Van Roy Dynamic Software Digital Equipment Corporation Printed in U.S.A. RSTS/E Software Dispatch February 1991 Order Number AD-5514H-B6 RSTS/E Software Dispatch February 1991 Order Number: AD-5514H-B6 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Published by Corporate User Information Products (MR01-3/LP7) Digital Equipment Corporation Post Office Box 1001 Marlborough, MA 01752-9840 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions (SPDs), programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is de¬ veloped from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supplement the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). Distribution The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest Digital field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. The prerequisite to using Digital software is the appropriate license. The standard Terms and Conditions and Digital Business Agreement (DBA) contain the license terms for all software other than DECsystem-10. Patricia Callahan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1991. All Rights Reserved. The material in this document is for informational purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is sub¬ ject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital field of¬ fice. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation: ADE/RSTS, DATATRIEVE, DECdx, DECmail, DECnet/E, DECsystem, DECtap, DECUS, the DECUS logo, DECword/DP, DMS, FMS-11, GIGI, Message Router, Micro/RSTS, PDP-11, RSTS/E, VAX Notes, and the DIGITAL logo. Contents Sequence Number Product Availability Dates Page v System Installation and Update Cannot Mount Dists at the Beginning of the Installation Procedure 2.3.2 R 3 Monitor Installation on Target Disk Uses System Disk for Template 2.3.3 R 5 3.1.1 M 7 RAD% Is Now a Reserved Keyword — BASIC-PLUS Feature Patch 4.1.8 F 9 New BASIC-PLUS Function—RAD% 4.2.1 N 11 6.3.1 M 13 Executive DEASSIGN SYS Call Can Crash System — Mandatory Patch BASIC-PLUS System Files BACKUP Can Fail to Back Up Some File Data — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V10.0 Cumulative Index 15 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index 21 Attention U.S. Software Contract Customers Submitting Software Problems 25 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) 27 DECUS Subscription Service 31 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 Hi Product Availability Dates The following list contains the date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who have a Software Product Services (SPS) agreement during the month the product becomes available are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible cus¬ tomers who have not received the new release should contact their local Digital office. Product ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECdx/RSTS DECmail-11 for RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E DECtap DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-ll/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E PDP-11 SYMBOLIC DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) PDP-11 C for RSTS/E FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS Message Router for RSTS/E RPG II, PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E RSTS/E DECgraph-11 RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator Version Available 2.4 RETIRED 2.6 Apr 87 Aug 89 4.4 RETIRED 3.0 3.3A 1.0 3.1 Sep Apr Feb Nov Dec 88 89 90 84 87 4.1 1.5A RETIRED 1.2 RETIRED 2.1 RETIRED 2.1 2.8 2.1 Jan Jun Apr Aug J an Dec Dec 89 88 89 87 88 88 88 1.0 5.3 1.0 1.4 2.0 1.0 8.8 1.1 9.7 1.2 6.1 1.1 Jun Oct Feb Oct Dec Mar Jan Dec Aug Aug Aug Mar 90 88 86 87 83 87 87 85 89 87 89 86 RETIRED RETIRED RETIRED RETIRED RETIRED RETIRED RETIRED G 2.1 RETIRED RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 Apr 85 Mar 86 v RSTS/E V9 Seq. No. 2.3.2 R Cannot Mount Disks at the Beginning of the Installation Procedure RSTS/E V10.0 System Installation and Update Installation / Update Restrictions Problem When you update an earlier version of RSTS/E to RSTS/E Version 10.0, the installation procedure prompts you, "Are you ready to proceed?". Previously, you could have answered "NO" to this prompt to allow you to issue the DCL MOUNT command to mount auxiliary disks before continuing the installation. In Version 10.0, the disk MOUNT function has been moved from the DIGITAL Command Language (DCL) run-time system (DCL.RTS) to the DCLAUX.TSK program. As a result of this change, you can no longer mount disks after answering "NO" to the first "Are you ready to proceed?" prompt, because the DCLAUX program has not yet been restored at this point in the installation. Instead, you must wait until the required _SY:[1,2] components (including DCLAUX) have been restored. It will be restored after the first "Are you ready to proceed?" prompt. This means that you will be allowed to mount auxiliary disks at the next "Are you ready to proceed?" prompt, which is after the Monitor section. Once your system has been updated to RSTS/E Version 10.0, this problem will not occur. This restriction will be lifted in a future release of RSTS/E. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 3 Seq. No. 3.1.1 M 000000 000010 000000 000012 000000 000014 ?????? 999999 000000 000016 000000 000020 ?????? 999999 000000 000022 999999 000000 000024 000000 000026 ?????? ?????? 000030 ?????? Offset address? Az Base address? FSS0OVR Offset address? 6056 Old Offset Base 999999 005764 006056 999999 000030 006060 001352 006062 ?????? Offset address? AZ Base address? A Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0301 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? 999999 999999 8 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 5764 30 1004 12716 CLRLOG0OVR-76 12746 CLRLOG0OVR 207 (CTRL/Z for new offset) AZ (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 4737 ? EMTPAT0OVR+1O (CTRL/Z for new offset) ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? Q! 1 ? AC (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 Seq. No. 4.1.8 F RAD% Is Now a Reserved Keyword - BASIC-PLUS Feature Patch RSTS/E V10.0 BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches Problem RSTS/E Version 10.0 BASIC-PLUS now contains a new function RAD%. (See article 4.2.1 N for a description of the new function.) An attempt to OLD a BASIC-PLUS program that contains the variable RAD% or the integer array RAD%() under RSTS/E Version 10.0 BASICPLUS will result in the error "?Arguments don’t match". Already compiled BASIC-PLUS programs that use the keyword RAD% will continue to function as before. Solution Because this is an incompatibility with previous versions of BASIC-PLUS, applying the fol¬ lowing patch will change the reserved keyword RAD% to R?D%. Once this patch is applied, programs containing the variable RAD% or the integer array RAD%() can be OLDed without an error. If you do not have programs that use the variable RAD% or the integer array RAD%(), then do not apply this feature patch. Procedure 1. This is a feature patch to the BASIC-PLUS run-time system. It can be installed in any BASIC-PLUS run-time system. 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? BASIC.RTS 3. (BASIC-PLUS run-time system name) This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> File to patch? [0,1]BASIC.RTS File found in account [0,1] 4. (RETURN for manual patch installation) (BASIC-PLUS run-time system name) The patch is as follows: Base address? LA Offset address? 1742 Base Offset Old ?????? 001742 040504 ?????? 001744 ?????? New? ? 37504 ? AC RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 9 Seq. No. 4.1.8 F 5. If the patch was installed using ONLPAT, it will take effect the next time the run-time system is reloaded. If the run-time system has been INSTALLED, execute the following command: $ UNLOAD/RUNTIME BASIC<CR> (BASIC-PLUS run-time system name) NOTE The UNLOAD command will not remove the run-time system but will instruct the monitor to reload it the next time a job requests it. s' 10 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 Seq. No. 4.2.1 N New BASIC-PLUS Function - RAD% RSTS/E V10.0 BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Notes RSTS/E Version 10.0 BASIC-PLUS contains a new function, RAD%. This function provides the complement of the RAD$ function, that is, it will convert a 3-character string of RAD-50 characters into its integer equivalence. Because the BASIC-PLUS Language Manual was not updated for RSTS/E Version 10.0, this function is described in this article. Also, the online help for BASIC-PLUS functions does not describe this function. A related article, 4.1.8 F, describes how to change the reserved keyword RAD% to R?D% to avoid compatibility problems with existing BASIC-PLUS programs, if necessary. Format: int-exp = RAD%(str-exp) Syntax Rules: 1. RAD% only converts the first three characters of the specified string. The remainder of the string is ignored. 2. The first three characters of the string must be RAD-50 characters. If any of the three characters are not RAD-50 characters, then the error "%Illegal argument" will result. Note that lowercase letters will also generate the "%Illegal argument" error, as they are not considered to be RAD-50 characters. Appendix D of the RSTS/E Programming Manual describes the RAD-50 character set. 3. If the string is less than three characters in length, then the function will convert it as a 3-character string with trailing spaces. Example: PRINT RAD%("ABC") 1683 Ready RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 11 Seq. No. 6.3.1 M BACKUP Can Fail to Back Up Some File Data - Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V10.0 System Files BACKUP.TSK Problem Under certain conditions involving system loading, BACKUP can fail to back up some file data. Failure indications are: • "?Some file data may be missing..." • Errors during a BACKUP/DIRECTORY or RESTORE • Verification errors during a verify pass Solution The following patching procedure corrects this problem. This problem will be corrected in a future release. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to [0,1]BACKUP.TSK 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? BACKUP.TSK/N 3. This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> (RETURN for patch installation) File to patch? [0,1]BACKUP.TSK/N File found in account [0,1] 4. The patch is as follows: Base address? 74:10512 Offset address? 1340 Old Offset Base 012767 010512 001340 001000 001342 010512 003700 001344 010512 012746 001346 010512 Offset address? 2506 Old Offset Base 004767 002506 010512 001660 002510 010512 012701 002512 010512 Offset address? AZ Base address? 3:: 0 Offset address? 41156 Old Offset Base 000000 041156 000000 New? ? 137 ? 41156 ? 240 ? AZ New? ? 13700 ? 41204 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 12701 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 13 Seq. No. 6.3.1 M 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 14 041160 041162 041164 041166 041170 041172 041174 041176 041200 041202 041204 041206 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 *? 34 ? 4737 ? 105060 ? 12737 ? 1000 ? 105734 *? 10037 ? 41204 ? 137 ? 102034 ? -1 ? (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V10 and layered products. Missing se¬ quence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • * = Article appeared in the RSTS/E V10.0 Maintenance Notebook, August 1990. • + = Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990. • - = Article is being republished. Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr General Notes System Notes 0.1.1 N RSTS/E VI 0.0 Component Summary VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Jan 91 VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.1 M INIT Can Fail During Some RQDX Controller Accesses — Mandatory Patch Initialization INIT.SYS Notes 1.2.1 N Unnecessary Error Message When Booting 800 bpi Tape on TM02 INIT.SYS Restrictions 1.3.1 R First TMSCP Drive on System Must Be Unit 0 1.3.2 R MT/MM Tapes Must Be Booted From Unit 0 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 15 RSTS/E V10.0 Cumulative Index System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes Installation Flag Files 2.1.1 N VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 ‘ VI 0.0 N/A Dec 90 VI 0.0 N/A Feb 91 VI 0.0 N/A Feb 91 VI 0.0 N/A Feb 91 Monitor Restrictions DCL Log File Corruption on Full Disk 3.3.1 R VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 Terminal Service Patches Changing Special Login Terminal 3.4.1 F Input Escape Sequence Handling 3.4.2 F Host-Initiated LAT Connections May Crash System 3.4.3 M — Mandatory Patch VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Dec 90 Terminal Service Notes Modem Support on RSTS/E 3.5.1 N Unexpected Abort from Captive Command File Will Not 3.5.2 N Hang Up Dialup Line VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 VI 0.0 N/A Dec 90 VI 0.0 N/A Jan 91 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Jan 91 VI 0.0 N/A Feb 91 BASIC-PLUS Notes New BASIC-PLUS Function — RAD% 4.2.1 N VI 0.0 N/A Feb 91 Optional BASIC-PLUS Features The BASIC-PLUS DEBUG Facility 4.11.1 N The BASIC-PLUS DUMP Facility 4.11.2 N VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Installation/Update Restrictions RSTS/E Version 10.0 Installation Procedure 2.3.1 R Restrictions Cannot Mount Disks at the Beginning of the 2.3.2 R Installation Procedure Monitor Installation on Target Disk Uses 2.3.3 R System Disk for Template Executive Monitor Patches DEASSIGN SYS Call Can Crash System 3.1.1 M — Mandatory Patch File Processor Patches Attaching to a Detached Job May Crash System 3.7.1 N — Mandatory Patch Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System 3.7.2 M — Mandatory Patch Device Driver Restrictions DB/DR Driver May Log Errors for Wrong Unit 3.12.1 R Swapping MSCP/TMSCP Unit Numbers May Cause 3.12.2 R Crash BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches Special PRINT-USING Characters 4.1.1 F Default SCALE Factor 4.1.2 F Omitting SCALE Factor Warning Message 4.1.3 F Default to NOEXTEND Mode 4.1.4 F Immediate Mode from .BAS File 4.1.5 F Disabling the CCL SYS Call 4.1.6 F DATE% Is Now a Reserved Keyword 4.1.7 M — Mandatory Patch RAD% Is Now a Reserved Keyword 4.1.8 F — BASIC-PLUS Feature Patch 16 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr 4.11.3 F Enabling DUMP from Compiled Files for Nonprivileged Users VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * BACKUP Can Fail to Back Up Some File Data — Mandatory Patch VI 0.0 N/A Feb 91 VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Auxiliary Library (AUXLIB$) Library Restrictions 11.2.1 R ODT Displays Large Addresses Incorrectly VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Error Logging Package (ERRORS) Package Restrictions 12.2.1 R ANALYS Incorrectly Shows Virtual Disk as Locked Out VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSERS) Package Notes 14.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Print/Batch Services Package (PBS$) Package Notes 15.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * System Files BACKURTSK 6.3.1 M RSTS/E Utilities System Library ($) Library Restrictions 10.2.1 R PIP Sometimes Loops When Copying Files into Themselves RMS-11 V2.0 (RMS$) Package Restrictions 22.2.1 R RMS-11 Does Not Correctly Handle Underscores 22.2.2 R RMS-11 May Incorrectly Report Error on Remote Access of Indexed File RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 17 RSTS/E V10.0 Cumulative Index Released Corrected Mon/Yr DCL Run-time System and Utilities Package Notes 27.1.1 N Attributes Are Lost When RMS File Is Copied to DOS Format Tape 27.1.2 N Exclamation Marks in BROADCAST Commands VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * Package Restrictions 27.2.1 R MOUNT Command with /OVERRIDE Qualifier VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * RSX-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 28.1.1 N Using the RSX-11 CRF Utility VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Nodes SET HOST May Give Erroneous Error Message Network File Transfers May Not Correctly Preserve Protection Codes VI 0.0 VI 0.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Announcing PDP-11 C for RSTS/E VI .0 N/A N/A Aug 90 + N/A N/A Jan 91 Sequence Title Run-Time Systems Support Package Restrictions 28.2.1 R RSX-11 Utilities Do Not Handle All RSTS/E File Specifications RT-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 29.1.1 N Use of Underscore in RT-11 Utilities Package Restrictions 29.2.1 R Disk Unit Numbers Greater Than Nine May Not Be Displayed Correctly Optional Software DECnet/E Utilities V4.1 (DECNETS) Package Restrictions SET EXECUTOR SEGMENT BUFFER SIZE May Fail 31.2.1 R Without Warning SHOW NODE Command May Fail 31.2.2 R Network Parameter File Will Not Hold More Than 26,000 31.2.3 R 31.2.4 R 31.2.5 R PDP-11 C VI .0 33.0.1 N DATATRIEVE for RSTS/E VI 0.0 49.1.1 N 18 Instructions Missing in DATATRIEVE-11 V3.3 Installation Guide RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 RSTS/E VI0 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.7 and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • - = Article is being republished. Sequence General Notes System Notes 0.1.35 N 0.1.37 N 0.1.38 N 0.1.39 N 0.1.40 N 0.1.41 N 0.1.42 N 0.1.43 N Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Cooperative Promotional Agreement Signed with Northwest Digital Software, Inc. Announcing New Hardware Support for RA70 Disks Announcing New Hardware Support for RA90 Disks RSTS/E Version 9.6 Support Termination Notice Announcing Support for MicroPDP-11/93 Processors Announcing Support for PDP-11/94 Processors Announcing RSTS/E Version 10.0 Micro/RSTS Version 2.2 Support Termination Notice V9.7 N/A Jun 90 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 V9.7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Dec 89 Dec 89 Feb 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Sep 90 Nov 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Oct 89 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Jan 91 Initialization INIT. SYS Program Patches 1.1.15 M DEQNA/DELQA Vector Address of 400 or Greater Will Cause System Crash 1.1.16 F Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 Systems 1.1.17 M INIT Can Fail During Some RQDX Controller Accesses — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 21 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index System Installation and Update Installation/Update .COM files 2.2.1 R Installation Procedure Does Not Use Reassigned Package Logicals Online Monitor Installation May Get Unexpected Error 2.2.2 R Executive Monitor Patches Enhanced Hardware Fault Tolerance 3.1.9 M Problem with CTRL/C While Using Supervisor Mode 3.1.10 M RMS Crash Code Does Not Save MMU Registers Correctly 3.1.11 M — Mandatory Patch Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 3.1.12 F and PDP-11/94 Systems Terminal Services Patches 3.3.25 M Infinite Loop May Occur When Processing LOGIN.COM — Mandatory Patch Fix Memory Corruption Problem When Using 3.3.26 M AUTOPROMPT Suppression — Mandatory Terminal Service Patch Spawning a Logged In Job May Cause System 3.3.27 M to Crash — Mandatory Patch Failure to Autobaud on Dialup Lines 3.3.28 M — Mandatory Patch System May Crash When Reattaching 3.3.29 M — Mandatory Patch File Processor Patches 3.5.17 M KMCUT Status Command Will Corrupt Memory Asynchronous I/O May Cause File to Grow 3.5.18 M Too Large — Mandatory Patch Detach from Dynamic Keyboard May Cause System 3.5.19 M to Crash — Mandatory Patch Swap Console and Attach Directives May Crash 3.5.20 M System — Mandatory Patch Terminal Modes, Delimiters, Input Lost on Reattach 3.5.21 M — Mandatory Patch Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System 3.5.22 M — Mandatory Patch Auxiliary Library Package (AUXLIB$) ODT Restriction 11.10.1 R ODT Hangs Accessing RA82 and RA90 Disks in Non-File-Structured Mode Print/Batch Services Package (PB$) PBS.TSK START/SERVER/PAGE Does Not Start on New Page 15.3.6 M — Mandatory Patch Possible Security Problem in PBS 15.3,7 M — Mandatory Patch 22 V9.7 N/A Nov 89 V9.7 N/A Jan 90 V9.7 VS.7 N/A N/A Sep 89 Nov 89 V9.7 VI 0.0 Jul 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Jan 90 V9.7 N/A Mar 90 V9.7 N/A Apr 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.6/V9.7 V9.6/V9.7 N/A N/A Oct 89 Dec 89 V9.7 N/A May 90 - V9.7 N/A Dec 90 - V9.7 VI 0.0 Nov 90 V9.7 N/A Jan 91 V9.7 VI 0.0 Oct 90 V9.7 V9.7 May 90 V9.7 VI 0.0 Jun 90 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.7 VI 0.0 Sep 90 Inserting Duplicate Records into New RMS-11 File from VMS Can Erase File — Mandatory Patch V9.7 VI 0.0 Nov 90 - NFT May Hang During Wildcard Copy in Block Mode V9.7 N/A Oct 89 N/A N/A Apr 90 N/A N/A Jan 91 Run-Time Systems Support DCL Run-Time System and Utilities DCL.RTS 20.1.12 M DCL May Overflow Its Stack — Mandatory Patch DECnet/E V4.1 Utilities FAL.TSK 31.5.1 M DECnet/E V2.n Utilities NFT.TSK 31.11.1 M DATATRIEVE-11 for RSTS/E V9.7 44.2.1 M 44.2.2 N DATATRIEVE V3.3 DDMF Fails on Non-Supervisor Mode Systems — Mandatory Patch Instructions Missing in DATATRIEVE-11 V3.3 Installation Guide RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 23 Attention U.S. Software Contract Customers Submitting Software Problems As part of Digital’s continuing effort to improve customer satisfaction, U.S. Software Product Services (SPS) has changed the process for U.S. customers to submit software problems. These customers should report their software problems by calling their Customer Support Center (CSC) or by accessing either the Digital Software Information Network (DSIN) or DSNlink. The CSCs have the technical expertise to quickly respond to many of our customers’ problems without requiring Engineering intervention. Because many software problems are duplicates of problems that have already been addressed by Engineering, the CSCs can immediately respond to many inquiries. If you do not have access to a CSC, submit your software problem to: Digital Equipment Corporation P.O. Box 1167 Alpharetta, Georgia 30239-1167 This address replaces the one currently found on the instruction sheet of the Software Per¬ formance Report (SPR) form. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 25 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Benefits of Belonging The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Membership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, affords the individual user information and services not found anywhere else. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with Digital. Members can find out the latest news on Digital’s hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with Digital allows the users of Digital’s products a voice in the direction the company takes in the future. Founded in 1961, DECUS has three autonomous chapters worldwide—DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, and DECUS General International Area (GIA). DECUS services and activities are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. All DECUS services promote the exchange of information in a commercial-free environment. These services include: Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, op¬ erating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows contact among fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the area of most interest to the user. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do these people share professional interest, but they also share geographic and cultural ties. Often, Digital representatives attend these meetings to discuss new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide unique opportunities for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five intensive days of technical exchange. Included in symposia activities are work¬ shops, clinics, panels, tutorials, and formal paper presentations. Digital participates in sym¬ posia by sending product group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 27 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Communications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and Digital, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications are published by DECUS to support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also publishes the Special Interest Groups SIGs Newsletter on a monthly basis. The newsletter is divided into Special Interest Group sections and provides specialized information pertaining to specific Digital products. The monthly newsletter and The Proceedings are available through the DECUS Subscription Service. Seminars DECUS recognizes the need for ongoing training opportunities that help members keep pace with the changing technologies of the computer industry. To that end, DECUS sponsors 1-day technical seminars throughout the year in various locations. These seminars are developed and presented by DECUS members who are experienced industry professionals. Program Library The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of public domain software among users of all Digital systems. The library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submitted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The library publishes a software catalog on an annual basis that lists and describes all the DECUS programs. DECUServe DECUServe is an electronic conferencing system based on VAX Notes. The network is avail¬ able to all U.S. members 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for an annual subscription fee. Joining DECUS You are cordially invited to join with over 100,000 other users of Digital products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both the successes and problems. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS Chapter Office. 28 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide decus u.s. DECUS U.S. 333 South Street, (SHR1-4/D30) Shrewsbury, Massachusetts 01545-4112 Tel. (508) 841-3389 DECUS Europe DECUS Europe Headquarters 12 Avenue des Morgines Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1 Switzerland DECUS At-Large Chapter 12 Avenue des Morgines Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1/GE Switzerland DECUS BELUX Luchtschipstraat 1 1, Rue de l’Aeronef B-1140 Evere (Brussels) Belgium DECUS Denmark do Digital Equipment Corporation A/S Aadalsvej 99 DK-2970 Hoersholm Denmark DECUS Finland P.O. Box 6 SF-02201 Espoo Finland DECUS France Parc du Bois Briard 9/13 avenue du Lac, BP 235 F-91007 Evry Cedex France DECUS Holland Europalaan 44 P.O. Box 9212 3506 GE Utrecht The Netherlands DECUS Iceland do DECUS Denmark DECUS Ireland do Digital Equipment Ireland Ltd. Park House, North Circular Road IRL-Dublin 7 Ireland DECUS Israel do Digital Equipment Acadia Junction Herzlia 46 733 Israel DECUS Italia Viale Monza 338 1-20128 Milano Italy DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91, Postfach 810247 D-8000 Muenchen 81 Federal Republic of Germany RSTS/E Software Dispatch, February 1991 29 :m - • s *-• * ■ ■ ' ■ . •:* V sn!for.‘'ap***-:**! Jwsqmv;; s % ' kj • %>r' " " : *- ■■ . at». 0 - -• ••••. ■ A ■ ebspMri n*ae. %: r\. * i ■ awiiiwIWBat *ii&* I ■ • rok. ■■ m ■: ::7 ^WfP:>MOOJ?qnn^C<t3 ir:' v- -~9s'< auraa r _ „ oo.ar; oo. er GA '^8)/{jf,f*e- -<1 ( _ ®aUJ0 3R3U«oa ___ _©tsQ .frcs .... 1!) ;. ■- >**>. .<1 : . iq3 : ®A2'VLJ ®traChsrasMO _____....____bieO . |hwu-.:ie$ ;v- @b3©bitl ' ■ •.•*=; ■ iabr-.il .•.Onufcnir -\’4R»/ - ; .... .... ; . . ' •h-. m*~m_I-----em Srtn-S^ero AM spu<tew«wt8 .(OE^M-rAHS) teetiC rtuoS cee ,8U03Q .eoivit*? noirqtaBCkJg :or&r»3 j .€eer.-j{-s (80S; . RSTS/E Software Dispatch March 1991 m & Order Number AD-5514H-B7 RSTS/E Software Dispatch March 1991 Order Number: AD-5514H-B7 4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch Published by Corporate User Information Products (MR01-3/LP7) Digital Equipment Corporation Post Office Box 1001 Marlborough, MA 01752-9840 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions (SPDs), programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is de¬ veloped from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supplement the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). Distribution The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest Digital field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. The prerequisite to using Digital software is the appropriate license. The standard Terms and Conditions and Digital Business Agreement (DBA) contain the license terms for all software other than DECsystem-10. Patricia Callahan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1991. All Rights Reserved. The material in this document is for informational purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is sub¬ ject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital field of¬ fice. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation: ADE/RSTS, DATATRIEVE, DECdx, DECmail, DECnet/E, DECsystem, DECtap, DECUS, the DECUS logo, DECword/DP, DMS, FMS-11, GIGI, Message Router, Micro/RSTS, PDP-11, RSTS/E, VAX Notes, and the DIGITAL logo. Contents Sequence Number Product Availability Dates System Files RESTORE/VERIFY/NOREPLACE Can Enter Infinite Sleep State v 6.2.5 R RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index Executive Three Problems in Terminal Service — Mandatory Patch Page 3 5 3.4.4 M 11 System File Restrictions RESTORE/VERIFY/NOREPLACE Can Enter Infinite Sleep State 6.2.1 R 13 System File Corrections BACKUP/INITIALIZE Can Exit with Error — Mandatory Patch 6.3.2 M 15 RSTS/E V10.0 Cumulative Index 17 Attention U.S. Software Contract Customers Submitting Software Problems 21 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) 23 DECUS Subscription Service 27 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 iii i Product Availability Dates The following list contains the date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who have a Software Product Services (SPS) agreement during the month the product becomes available are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible cus¬ tomers who have not received the new release should contact their local Digital office. Product ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECdx/RSTS DECmail-11 for RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E DECtap DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-ll/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E PDP-11 SYMBOLIC DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) PDP-11 C for RSTS/E FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-ll/RSTS Message Router for RSTS/E RPG II, PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E RSTS/E DECgraph-11 RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator Version Available 2.4 RETIRED 2.6 Apr 87 Aug 89 4.4 RETIRED 3.1 3.3A 1.0 3.1 Sep Jan Feb Nov Dec 88 91 90 84 87 4.1 1.5A RETIRED 1.2 RETIRED 2.1 RETIRED 2.1 2.8 2.2 Jan Jun Apr Aug Jan Dec Jan 89 88 89 87 88 88 91 1.0 5.3 1.0 RETIRED 1.4 RETIRED 2.0 1.0 RETIRED 8.8 RETIRED 1.1 RETIRED 10.(D 1.2 RETIRED 6.1 1.1 RETIRED Jun Oct Feb Oct Dec Mar Jan Dec Dec Aug Aug Mar 90 88 86 87 83 87 87 85 90 87 89 86 G 2.1 RETIRED Apr 85 Mar 86 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 v RSTS/E V9 Seq. No. 6.2.5 R RESTORE/VERIFY/NOREPLACE Can Enter Infinite Sleep State RSTS/E V9.7 System Files BACKUP.TSK Problem If/NOREPLACE and /VERIFY are both specified on the RESTORE command, and there are many files that are "not replaced," BACKUP can enter an infinite sleep state. The reason this happens is that whenever a file is not replaced, it is added to a list kept in dynamic memory space, so that the verify operation will know not to do the verify on those files. With a large number of files not replaced, BACKUP eventually runs out of dynamic memory space and sleeps. The workaround to this problem is to specify either /NOREPLACE or /VERIFY, but not both in any one operation if there is going to be a large number of files "not replaced." This is a restriction for Version 9.7. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 3 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index System Installation and Update Installation/Update .COM files 2.2.1 R 2.2.2 R Installation Procedure Does Not Use Reassigned Package Logicals Online Monitor Installation May Get Unexpected Error V9.7 N/A Nov 89 V9.7 N/A Jan 90 Enhanced Hardware Fault Tolerance Problem with CTRL/C While Using Supervisor Mode RMS Crash Code Does Not Save MMU Registers Correctly — Mandatory Patch Parity Memory Handling for MicroPDP-11/93 and PDP-11/94 Systems V9.7 V9.7 N/A N/A Sep 89 Nov 89 V9.7 V10.0 Jul 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.6/V9.7 N/A Jan 90 V9.7 N/A Mar 90 V9.7 N/A Apr 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 V9.7 N/A Aug 90 KMCUT Status Command Will Corrupt Memory Asynchronous I/O May Cause File to Grow Too Large — Mandatory Patch Detach from Dynamic Keyboard May Cause System to Crash — Mandatory Patch Swap Console and Attach Directives May Crash System — Mandatory Patch Terminal Modes, Delimiters, Input Lost on Reattach — Mandatory Patch Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System — Mandatory Patch V9.6/V9.7 V9.6/V9.7 N/A N/A Oct 89 Dec 89 V9.7 N/A May 90 - V9.7 N/A Dec 90 - V9.7 V10.0 Nov 90 V9.7 N/A Jan 91 RESTORE/VERIFY/NOREPLACE Can Enter Infinite V9.7 N/A Mar 91 V9.7 V10.0 Oct 90 V9.7 V9.7 May 90 V9.7 V10.0 Jun 90 Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.9 M 3.1.10 M 3.1.11 M 3.1.12 F Terminal Services Patches 3.3.25 M 3.3.26 M 3.3.27 M 3.3.28 M 3.3.29 M Infinite Loop May Occur When Processing LOGIN.COM — Mandatory Patch Fix Memory Corruption Problem When Using AUTOPROMPT Suppression — Mandatory Terminal Service Patch Spawning a Logged In Job May Cause System to Crash — Mandatory Patch Failure to Autobaud on Dialup Lines — Mandatory Patch System May Crash When Reattaching — Mandatory Patch File Processor Patches 3.5.17 M 3.5.18 M 3.5.19 M 3.5.20 M 3.5.21 M 3.5.22 M System Files BACKUP.TSK 6.2.5 R Sleep State Auxiliary Library Package (AUXLIBS) ODT Restriction 11.10.1 R ODT Hangs Accessing RA82 and RA90 Disks in Non-File-Structured Mode Print/Batch Services Package (PBS) PBS.TSK 15.3.6 M 15.3.7 M 6 START/SERVER/PAGE Does Not Start on New Page — Mandatory Patch Possible Security Problem in PBS — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 RSTS/E V9.7 Cumulative Index Sequence Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.7 V10.0 Sep 90 Inserting Duplicate Records into New RMS-11 File from VMS Can Erase File — Mandatory Patch V9.7 V10.0 Nov 90 - NFT May Hang During Wildcard Copy in Block Mode V9.7 N/A Oct 89 N/A N/A Apr 90 N/A N/A Jan 91 Title Run-Time Systems Support DCL Run-Time System and Utilities DCL.RTS 20.1.12 M DCL May Overflow Its Stack — Mandatory Patch DECnet/E V4.1 Utilities FAL.TSK 31.5.1 M DECnet/E V2.n Utilities NFT.TSK 31.11.1 M DATATRIEVE-11 for RSTS/E V9.7 44.2.1 M 44.2.2 N DATATRIEVE V3.3 DDMF Fails on Non-Supervisor Mode Systems — Mandatory Patch Instructions Missing in DATATRIEVE-11 V3.3 Installation Guide RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 7 A RSTS/E VI0 Three Problems In Terminal Service — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V10.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches Problem Three problems were discovered in terminal service for Version 10.0. They are as follows: 1. If a terminal is closed while output is being sent to the terminal, and is then reopened before the output completes, some terminal attributes may be lost after the OPEN oc¬ curs. The terminal attributes that may be lost include the terminal open modes, private delimiters, and terminal characteristics. For example, if output is sent to the terminal, followed by a CLOSE, then the terminal is opened in transparent controls mode, it is possible that the mode will be lost before a read from the terminal takes place. Furthermore, the setting of one or more private delimiters or terminal characteristics after the OPEN can be lost, because of the buffered output continuing to be sent to the terminal after the OPEN occurs. 2. Under certain conditions, command line editing and command recall through the use of the arrow and functions keys can become disabled at the DIGITAL Command Language (DCL) level, even though the terminal characteristics indicate these features are enabled. The function keys (for example, F12), and the arrow keys cause an escape sequence to be displayed on the screen instead of performing their line editing and command recall functions. 3. On certain central processing units (CPUs), commands entered at the RSX keyboard monitor are treated as "program input" for purposes of command line recall, instead of "keyboard monitor" commands. As a result, switching to another keyboard monitor from RSX will cause any saved RSX commands to be erased. Levels of command line recall are described in the RSTS/E Version 10.0 System User's Guide, page 1-14. Solution The following patching procedure corrects these problems. They will be corrected in a future release. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E Version 10.0 executive. It must be installed in all target monitor save image libraries (SILs). 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <CR> RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 (RETURN for installed monitor SIL) 11 •■■■ .. ctwitsh c-s . ii:'' » : 'i'Aj? bai;<■-.'■ am; .wit n(t j> afft ji ■•' jgh iT. ..• lw A ■-. ' v,'. • & ' ' h-i;; ■ oJar ■ .:»!'■ :if- •■.vttriu?*' -ej 1 /it mtmt aiT ssilif ,b9a*fqj9£ toa at#.‘to, - *** it»W asfft »•]>. ■ ■• ;. tiir 'at , U ot rvnio® - si rfa >j .toijj.tt >.to f C'.Mfrtitw; t*7 ic. ..tr: «hij»t WW'-AH n a - IT n -• - ' ... Seq. No. 6.3.2 M BACKUP/INITIALIZE Can Exit with Error — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E V10.0 System File Corrections BACKUP.TSK Problem If the /INITIALIZE qualifier is specified with any of the BACKUP commands (BACKUP, RESTORE, BACKUP/COPY, BACKUP/IMAGE), and if the disk to be initialized has a large number of bad blocks, then BACKUP can exit with the following error after you respond with a "Y1 to the prompt "Proceed (Y or N)?": ?Unexpected error 31 in BCKSUB at 62404 Solution The following patching procedure corrects this problem. It will be corrected in a future release. Procedure 1. This is a required patch to [0,1]BACKUP.TSK. 2. The patch described in step 4 can be installed using the PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? BACKUP.TSK/N 3. This patch can be installed using ONLPAT, the online patching program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <CR> (RETURN for patch installation) File to patch? [0,1]BACKUP.TSK/N File found in account [0,1] 4. The patch is as follows: Base address? 45:5060 Offset address? 14014 Base Offset Old 014014 063767 005060 014016 000444 005060 005200 005060 014020 005060 014022 000732 Offset address? AZ Base address? 3:: 0 Offset address? 41206 Old Base Offset 041206 000000 000000 000000 041210 000000 000000 041212 000000 000000 000000 041214 041216 000000 000000 000000 041220 000000 000000 041222 000000 New? ? 4737 ? 41206 ? 240 ? AZ (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 63737 ? 444 67636 ■? 23727 67636 ? 1000 2402 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 15 I Seq. No. 6.3.2 M 000000 000000 000000 000000 16 041224 041226 041230 041232 000000 000000 000000 ?????? ? ? ? ? 4737 63034 207 AC (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 RSTS/E VI0.0 Cumulative Index This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V10 and layered products. Missing se¬ quence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. The flags and definitions are as follows. • M = Mandatory Patch. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user lever unless the accom¬ panying article specifies otherwise. • F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. • R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current re¬ lease because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. • N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. • * = Article appeared in the RSTS/E V10.0 Maintenance Notebook, August 1990. • + = Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review, August 1990. • - = Article is being republished. Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr RSTS/E VI 0.0 Component Summary V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * INIT Can Fail During Some RQDX Controller Accesses — Mandatory Patch V10.0 N/A Jan 91 Unnecessary Error Message When Booting 800 bpi Tape on TM02 V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * General Notes System Notes 0.1.1 N Initialization 1NIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.1 M Initialization INIT.SYS Notes 1.2.1 N INIT.SYS Restrictions 1.3.1 R 1.3.2 R First TMSCP Drive on System Must Be Unit 0 MT/MM Tapes Must Be Booted From Unit 0 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 17 RSTS/E VI0.0 Cumulative Index System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N V10.0 N/A Aug 90 RSTS/E Version 10.0 Installation Procedure Restrictions Cannot Mount Disks at the Beginning of the Installation Procedure Monitor Installation on Target Disk Uses System Disk for Template V10.0 N/A Dec 90 V10.0 N/A Feb 91 VI 0.0 N/A Feb 91 DEASSIGN SYS Call Can Crash System — Mandatory Patch V10.0 N/A Feb 91 V10.0 N/A Aug 90 V10.0 V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Dec 90 V10.0 N/A Mar 91 V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 V10.0 N/A Dec 90 V10.0 N/A Jan 91 VI 0.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * V10.0 V10.0 V10.0 V10.0 V10.0 VI 0.0 V10.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Aug 90 Jan 91 V10.0 N/A Feb 91 V10.0 N/A Feb 91 V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Installation Flag Files Installation/Update Restrictions 2.3.1 R 2.3.2 R 2.3.3 R Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.1 M Monitor Restrictions 3.3.1 R DCL Log File Corruption on Full Disk Terminal Service Patches 3.4.1 F 3.4.2 F 3.4.3 M 3.4.4 M Changing Special Login Terminal Input Escape Sequence Handling Host-Initiated LAT Connections May Crash System — Mandatory Patch Three Problems in Terminal Service — Mandatory Patch Terminal Service Notes 3.5.1 N 3.5.2 N Modem Support on RSTS/E Unexpected Abort from Captive Command File Will Not Hang Up Dialup Line File Processor Patches 3.7.1 N 3.7.2 M Attaching to a Detached Job May Crash System — Mandatory Patch Dynamic Region Creation Can Crash System — Mandatory Patch Device Driver Restrictions 3.12.1 R 3.12.2 R DB/DR Driver May Log Errors for Wrong Unit Swapping MSCP/TMSCP Unit Numbers May Cause Crash BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches 4.1.1 F 4.1.2 F 4.1.3 F 4.1.4 F 4.1.5 F 4.1.6 F 4.1.7 M 4.1.8 F Special PRINT-USING Characters Default SCALE Factor Omitting SCALE Factor Warning Message Default to NOEXTEND Mode Immediate Mode from .BAS File Disabling the CCL SYS Call DATE% Is Now a Reserved Keyword — Mandatory Patch RAD% Is Now a Reserved Keyword — BASIC-PLUS Feature Patch BASIC-PLUS Notes 4.2.1 N New BASIC-PLUS Function — RAD% Optional BASIC-PLUS Features 4.11.1 N 4.11.2 N 18 The BASIC-PLUS DEBUG Facility The BASIC-PLUS DUMP Facility RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 RSTS/E VI 0.0 Cumulative Index Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr 4.11.3 F Enabling DUMP from Compiled Files for Nonprivileged Users V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Mar 91 V10.0 N/A Feb 91 V10.0 N/A Mar 91 V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * VI 0.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 * Aug 90 * System File Restrictions BACKUPTSK 6.2.1 R RESTORE/VERIFY/NOREPLACE Can Enter Infinite Sleep State System File Corrections BACKUPTSK 6.3.1 M 6.3.2 M BACKUP Can Fail to Back Up Some File Data — Mandatory Patch BACKUP/INITIALIZE Can Exit with Error — Mandatory Patch RSTS/E Utilities System Library ($) Library Restrictions 10.2.1 R PIP Sometimes Loops When Copying Files into Themselves Auxiliary Library (AUXLIB$) Library Restrictions 11.2.1 R ODT Displays Large Addresses Incorrectly Error Logging Package (ERRORS) Package Restrictions 12.2.1 R ANALYS Incorrectly Shows Virtual Disk as Locked Out Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSERS) Package Notes 14.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers Print/Batch Services Package (PBS$) Package Notes 15.1.1 N Notes on the Use of Serial Printers RMS-11 V2.0 (RMS$) Package Restrictions 22.2.1 R 22.2.2 R RMS-11 Does Not Correctly Handle Underscores RMS-11 May Incorrectly Report Error on Remote Access of Indexed File RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 19 RSTS/E VI0.0 Cumulative Index Sequence Released Corrected Mon/Yr V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 * V10.0 N/A Aug 90 V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Nodes SET HOST May Give Erroneous Error Message Network File Transfers May Not Correctly Preserve Protection Codes V10.0 V10.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 Aug 90 Announcing PDP-11 C for RSTS/E VI.0 N/A N/A Aug 90 + N/A N/A Jan 91 Title Run-Time Systems Support DCL Run-time System and Utilities Package Notes 27.1.1 N 27.1.2 N Attributes Are Lost When RMS File Is Copied to DOS Format Tape Exclamation Marks in BROADCAST Commands Package Restrictions 27.2.1 R MOUNT Command with /OVERRIDE Qualifier RSX-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 28.1.1 N Using the RSX-11 CRF Utility Package Restrictions 28.2.1 R RSX-11 Utilities Do Not Handle All RSTS/E File Specifications RT-11 Emulator and Utilities Package Notes 29.1.1 N Use of Underscore in RT-11 Utilities Package Restrictions 29.2.1 R Disk Unit Numbers Greater Than Nine May Not Be Displayed Correctly Optional Software DECnet/E Utilities V4.1 (DECNET$) Package Restrictions 31.2.1 R 31.2.2 R 31.2.3 R 31.2.4 R 31.2.5 R SET EXECUTOR SEGMENT BUFFER SIZE May Fail Without Warning SHOW NODE Command May Fail Network Parameter File Will Not Hold More Than 26,000 PDP-11 C VI .0 33.0.1 N DATATRIEVE for RSTS/E VI0.0 49.1.1 N 20 Instructions Missing in DATATRIEVE-11 V3.3 Installation Guide RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 r Attention U.S. Software Contract Customers Submitting Software Problems As part of Digital’s continuing effort to improve customer satisfaction, U.S. Software Product Services (SPS) has changed the process for U.S. customers to submit software problems. These customers should report their software problems by calling their Customer Support Center (CSC) or by accessing either the Digital Software Information Network (DSIN) or DSNlink. The CSCs have the technical expertise to quickly respond to many of our customers’ problems without requiring Engineering intervention. Because many software problems are duplicates of problems that have already been addressed by Engineering, the CSCs can immediately respond to many inquiries. If you do not have access to a CSC, submit your software problem to: Digital Equipment Corporation P.O. Box 1167 Alpharetta, Georgia 30239-1167 This address replaces the one currently found on the instruction sheet of the Software Per¬ formance Report (SPR) form. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 21 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Benefits of Belonging The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Membership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, affords the individual user information and services not found anywhere else. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with Digital. Members can find out the latest news on Digital’s hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with Digital allows the users of Digital’s products a voice in the direction the company takes in the future. Founded in 1961, DECUS has three autonomous chapters worldwide—DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, and DECUS General International Area (GIA). DECUS services and activities are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. All DECUS services promote the exchange of information in a commercial-free environment. These services include: Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, op¬ erating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows contact among fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the area of most interest to the user. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do these people share professional interest, but they also share geographic and cultural ties. Often, Digital representatives attend these meetings to discuss new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide unique opportunities for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five intensive days of technical exchange. Included in symposia activities are work¬ shops, clinics, panels, tutorials, and formal paper presentations. Digital participates in sym¬ posia by sending product group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 23 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society Communications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and Digital, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications are published by DECUS to support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also publishes the Special Interest Groups SIGs Newsletter on a monthly basis. The newsletter is divided into Special Interest Group sections and provides specialized information pertaining to specific Digital products. The monthly newsletter and The Proceedings are available through the DECUS Subscription Service. Seminars DECUS recognizes the need for ongoing training opportunities that help members keep pace with the changing technologies of the computer industry. To that end, DECUS sponsors 1-day technical seminars throughout the year in various locations. These seminars are developed and presented by DECUS members who are experienced industry professionals. Program Library The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of public domain software among users of all Digital systems. The library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submitted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The library publishes a software catalog on an annual basis that lists and describes all the DECUS programs. DECUServe DECUServe is an electronic conferencing system based on VAX Notes. The network is avail¬ able to all U.S. members 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for an annual subscription fee. Joining DECUS You are cordially invited to join with over 100,000 other users of Digital products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both the successes and problems. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS Chapter Office. 24 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide decus u.s. DECUS U.S. 333 South Street, (SHR1-4/D30) Shrewsbury, Massachusetts 01545-4112 Tel. (508) 841-3389 DECUS Europe DECUS Europe Headquarters 12 Avenue des Morgines Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1 Switzerland DECUS At-Large Chapter 12 Avenue des Morgines Case Postale 176 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy 1/GE Switzerland DECUS BELUX Luchtschipstraat 1 1, Rue de l’Aeronef B-1140 Evere (Brussels) Belgium DECUS Denmark c/o Digital Equipment Corporation A/S Aadalsvej 99 DK-2970 Hoersholm Denmark DECUS Finland PO. Box 6 SF-02201 Espoo Finland DECUS France Parc du Bois Briard 9/13 avenue du Lac, BP 235 F-91007 Evry Cedex France DECUS Holland Europalaan 44 P.O. Box 9212 3506 GE Utrecht The Netherlands DECUS Iceland c/o DECUS Denmark DECUS Ireland c/o Digital Equipment Ireland Ltd. Park House, North Circular Road IRL-Dublin 7 Ireland DECUS Israel c/o Digital Equipment Acadia Junction Herzlia 46 733 Israel DECUS Italia Viale Monza 338 1-20128 Milano Italy DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91, Postfach 810247 D-8000 Muenchen 81 Federal Republic of Germany RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 25 Digital Equipment Computer Users Society DECUS Chapter Offices—Worldwide (Continued) DECUS Norway Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Portugal c/o Digital Equipment Portugal Lda. Empreendimento Torres das Amoreiras Av. Eng. Duarte Pacheco, Torre 1-9 andar P-1000 Lisbon Portugal DECUS Spain do Digital Equipment Corporation SA Cerro del Castanar 72, Mirasierra E-28034 Madrid Spain DECUS Sweden Box 5194 S-402 26 Gothenburg Sweden DECUS Switzerland DECpark Uberlandstrasse 1 Postfach CH-8600 Dubendorf 1 Switzerland DECUS U.K., Ireland, and Middle East Queen’s House Forbury Road GB-Reading, RG 1 3JJ U.K. DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS GIA Headquarters 100 Nagog Park AKOl-l/Bll Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. DECUS South Pacific Chapter Australia Office Locked Bag 16, 410 Concord Road Rhodes, New South Wales 2138 Australia DECUS New Zealand Office PO. Box 8610 Symonds Street Auckland 3, New Zealand DECUS Canada 505 University Avenue, 15th Floor Toronto, Ontario M5G 1X4 Canada DECUS Far East Digital Equipment Corporation 19-21 Fleet House 38 Gloucester Road Wanchai, Hong Kong DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1. Higashi Ikebukuro 3 - chome Toshima-ku Tokyo Japan 170 DECUS South America Digital Equipment do Brasil Ltda. Av. Presidente Wilson 231 26th Floor 20030 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brasil DECUS Latin America/Carribean Chapter DECUS LACC 800 Fairway Drive Suite 400 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 U.S.A. 26 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, March 1991 DECUS SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE SIGs NEWSLETTER U.S. Chapter Proceedings (U.S. Chapter Members Only) As a member of the DECUS U.S. Chapter, you are entitled to contribute and subscribe to the DECUS monthly publication, SIGs Newsletter. You also have the opportunity to subscribe to the Symposia Proceedings which are a compendium of the reports from various speakers at the U.S. National DECUS Symposia. • The order form below must be used as an invoice • All checks must be made payable to DECUS • All orders must be paid in full • $25.00 minimum for credit card orders • No refunds will be made • The address provided below will be used for all DECUS mailings, e.g., membership, subscription service, and symposia • SIGs Newsletter price is for a one-year subscription beginning the month following receipt of payment Name_ DECUS Member No_ Company_ Address_ City_State_ Zip Phone_ SIGs Newsletter Spring ’90 Proceedings (SPO) Fall '90 Proceedings (FAO) Spring ’91 Proceedings (SP1) 15.00 Fall '91 Proceedings (FA1) Total Cost of Subscription □MasterCard® DVISA® Total Unit Price $40.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 Qty Subscription Service Offering $ □ DINERS CLUB® Card No.. DCARTE BLANCHE ® □ American Express® Exp. Date. I understand that there will be no refunds, even if I decide to cancel my subscription. Signature. For Digital Employee Use Only For DECUS Office Only J Badge No_CC:_ Check No.. j CC Mgr Name_ l CC Mgr Signature_ Amount $. Bank No. . i Send to: Subscription Service, DECUS, 333 South Street (SHR1-4/D30), Shrewsbury, MA 01545-4112, (508)841-3389. Note: DECUS Europe and DECUS GIA members should contact their local DECUS office. SD891205 MR-4829-RA I Fractal by Peter Van Roy Dynamic Software Digital Equipment Corporation Printed in U.S.A. RSTS/I t The Software Dispatch RSTS/E June 1986 AD-5514G-B9 RSTS/E SOFTWARE OISPATCH Published by Corporate Administrative Services Group, Software Services Digital Equipment Corporation 129 Parker Street (PK02/E49) Maynard, MA 01754 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions, programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is developed from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supple¬ ment the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). PRODUCTS SUPPORTED in the RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, POP-11 COBOL, PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECAL DECgraph-11 DECmail/RSTS DECnat/E DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-11/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E FORTRAN-77 DEBUG, PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS RPG II, PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E-2780 SORT-11 DISTRIBUTION The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest DIGITAL field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. Software binary and sources are provided under licenses only. The standard Terms and Condi¬ tions, OEM Agreement, and/or Quantity Discount Agreement contain the licenses for all binaries other than DECsystem-10. Barbara Scollan, Editor Copyright ® Digital Equipment Corporation 1986. All Rights Reserved. The material is this document is for information purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is subject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital Field Office. TRADEMARKS of DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION Maynard. Massachusetts DEC DECUS DECnet DECsystem-10 DECSYSTEM-20 DECwriter DIBOL EDUsystem IAS MASSBUS PDP PDT RSTS RSX RT ULTRIX UNIBUS VAX VMS VT RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 TABLE OP CONTENTS Sequence No. Page i PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES RSTS/B V9 # System Notes ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.1—SUPPORT POR TK50 AND RD53 0.1*7 N 3 ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.0 0.1.8 N 4 FPJ11 0.1.9 N 8 0.1.10 N 10 1.1.5 M 13 !•1*6 M 15 1.1.7 M 17 CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH 3.3.5 M 19 CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH 3.3.6 M 21 3.4.3 N 23 3.7.2 M 27 36.1.1 N 29 FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND HicroPDP-11/83 SYSTEMS ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.2 INIT.SYS Program Patches TMSCP DRIVES ARE NOT MARKED AS AVAILABLE AFTER REWIND-OFFLINE OPERATIONS OFF-LINE SAVRES INVALIDATES ALL BUT LAST VOLUME OF MULTIVOLUME MAGTAPE SAVE SET INIT SAV/RES TO TMSCP TAPE MAY ABORT WITH "TRAP THROUGH 4* Terminal Service Patches Terminal Service Notes MODEM SUPPORT ON RSTS/E Device Driver Patches. ACCESSING TMSCP TAPES MAY CAUSE SYSTEM TO CRASH DBGmail-11 V2.0 USING EDT V3.0 FOR DECtaail RSTS/E V9 CUMULATIVE INDEX SOFTWARE PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS (SPDs) SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) SUBMISSIONS * SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs 9 SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS DIGITAL SOFTWARE LICENSING DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY (DECUS) O 49 . . EDITOR'S NOTE Starting with this issue, the RSTS/E Software Dispatch no longer maintains separate indexes for each release of RSTS/E. Instead, it maintains a single "Version 9" cumulative index. This index contains all articles published since the release of RSTS/E V9.0. To make the cumulative index easier to use, each article is listed with the following information: o Sequence - A number which uniquely identifies the article. Sequence numbers are of the form "aa.bb.cc," where "aa" is the component number, "bb" the subcomponent number, and "cc" the sequence number for that component-subcomponent combination. See Section 2.0 of the RSTS/E Maintenance Notebook for a complete list of the component.subcomponent numbers. o Type - Following each article's sequence number flag indicating the type of article published: is a single-letter M = mandatory patch F = feature patch R = restriction N = note See the cover page of the Cumulative Index for a complete description of these flags. o Title - The article's title. In some cases, a sequence number may be unassigned. In such cases, the word "RESERVED" will appear in this column. o Released - The version of RSTS/E that was current when the article was published. In the case of a problem description, this column indicates the earliest supported version of RSTS/E where the problem appeared. Note that the same problem may exist on earlier versions that are no longer supported. o Corrected - The version of RSTS/E when the problem described is fully corrected. This can apply to mandatory patches or restrictions which are eliminated by later versions of the software. Notes and feature patches generally apply to all versions and usually contains "N/A" (not applicable) in this column. o Mon/Yr - The month and year of the Software Dispatch containing the article. One or more flags may appear after the month/year, providing some additional information about the article's publication date: * = article appeared in Maintenance Notebook (June 1985) + = article appeared in Dispatch Review (June 1985) - = article was republished See the cover page of the Cumulative Index for further details. » * PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES - RSTS/E JUNE 1986 The following list contains date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who are in warranty or have a software product service agreement during the month the product became available, are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible customers who have not received the new release should contact their local DIGITAL office. PRODUCT VERSION 2.A ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for 2.3 RSTS/E,PDP-11 4.4 COBOL,PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E 2.3 DATATRIEVE-11 3.1 1.0 DECdx/RSTS DECmail-11 for RSTS/E 2.0 and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E 2.1 DECtap 1.5 1.2 (SPD ONLY) DECWORD/DP 2.1 DMS-500 FMS-ll/RSTS 1.5 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E 2.6 PDP-11 SYMBOLIC DEBUGGER/RSTS 2.0 (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) 5.0 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E,PDP-11 1.0 GIGI Software 1.4 INDENT MENU-11/RSTS 2.0 Message Router for RSTS/E 1.0 8.8 RPG II,PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer 1.1 RSTS/E 9.1 1.2 RSTS/E DECgraph-11 5.2 RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E High Performance 1.1 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE G RSTS/E 3271 Protocol 2.1 AVAILABLE JUL 85 JUN 85 MAY 82 APR 85 SEP 84 NOV 84 MAR 84 JUN 85 MAR 86 MAY 85 JUL 82 APR 85 JUN 83 APR 86 OCT 83 NOV 82 JUN 85 DEC 83 AUG 84 JUL 83 NOV 84 JAN 86 NOV 84 FEB 86 MAR 86 - RETIRED APR 85 MAR 86 - RETIRED T * RSTS/E V9 f * % i RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.7 N 1 of 1 ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.1—SUPPORT FOR TK50 AND RD53 RSTS/E V9.1 is the first in a series of Version 9 minireleases. These minireleases include software maintenance, new hardware support, and new features, but are timed to replace the previous maintenance-only "updates." New in RSTS/E V9.1: Tape: - TK50 cartridge tape support - TMSCP Driver - 6250 BPI density tape support - automatic maximum/minimum tape density selection Disk: - RD53 with the RQDX2 controller - the maximum number of MSCP devices supported on each system has doubled Distribution: Modem: Performance: Sources: - RSTS/E will now be distributed on TK50 cartridge tapes, service offerings associated with this media will also be available - DF112, except autodial on a DH11 - significant improvements in the file processor can increase throughput significantly for file I/O intensive jobs - updates are available for RSTS/E sources on magtape and microfiche Ordering/Availability Information RSTS/E Version 9.1 is scheduled to be released this month. For specific service availability and pricing information, please contact your local DIGITAL account manager. 3 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.8 N 1 of 4 ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.0 With the introduction of Version 2.0, Micro/RSTS is now synchronized with Version 9.1 of its parent operating system, RSTS/E. In addition to many new software features. Version 2.0 provides support for a variety of new devices and packages that are especially important to our MicroPDP-11 customers. Of special note are: Processors: - MicroPDP-11/83, in addition to the MicroPDP-11/23 MicroPDP-11/73 Disks: - RA80/81/60 with the KDA50 controller - RD53 with the RQDX2 and RQDX3 controllers Tapes: - TK50 for Micro/RSTS distribution and for data Modem: - DF112 and Should You Buy Micro/RSTS or RSTS/E? Micro/RSTS is designed to meet the needs of customers whose primary use of the system is to run applications. For these customers, Micro/RSTS: - provides lower-cost system kits - provides lower-cost services - offers very simple installation procedures that optimize the system for the MicroPDP-11 environment - provides a documentation set better suited to the customer needing the operating system primarily as an "application engine" - uses an MSCP-type disk (RD5x,RAxx) as a system disk In addition, although both RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS are distributed on TK50 cartridge tapes, only Micro/RSTS is available on RX50 floppies. Micro/RSTS does not support DECnet communications. Using the Advanced Programmer's Kit, Micro/RSTS can be expanded to meet the needs of customers requiring a powerful program development environment, but, in most cases, these customers should purchase RSTS/E and use the TK50 distribution. This is because RSTS/E provides: 4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.8 N 2 of 4 - a broader range of program development tools - more flexibility to support hardware configurations - more flexibility to optimize for specialized software - more in-depth technical documentation - support for DECnet communications - support for RJ2780 - a wider range of services and layered products - support for more than 20 users - support for a wide variety of disks as a system disk Product Description Fast and Easy Installation A key design goal of Micro/RSTS V2.0 is that it can be installed by someone without specialized knowledge in less than 1 hour. Much testing effort was dedicated to assure that this goal was met. DCL is Extended to the Entire RSTS/E System Over 100 modifications to DCL make Micro/RSTS a truly integrated system, from the point of view of user and lead operator or system manager. Examples include complete DCL-based account management, terminal control and status, print and batch services, and BACKUP commands. A complete HELP command provides users with on-line answers to their DCL questions. HELP is delivered one screen at a time and leads the user from topic to subtopic. DCL Command File Processing This feature allows users to automate many individual and system managment tasks and to customize their environment by defining personal commands and command procedures using the DCL commands that they already know. The RSTS/E DCL command file processor is subset compatible with the VMS and MicroVMS command file processor. Many command procedures can be moved from a RSTS/E system to a VMS system and back again without major modifications. Using this feature can help customers to use both RSTS and VMS based systems in the same operations. 5 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.8 N 3 of 4 LOGIN.COM files are now supported and are used to customize the environment for groups or individual users. New BACKUP Offers Increased Throughput and VMS Compatibility The new BACKUP command includes three main areas of improvement: support for streaming tape drives such as the TK50 and TSV05, added capabilities, and save sets that are subset compatible with VMS and MicroVMS BACKUP. Security Enhancements Micro/RSTS, like RSTS/E, is used primarily for commercial, administrative, and financial applications, where its users are particularly concerned with security. New security improvements include: - multiple privilege attributes by account - up to 14-character passwords - hashed (unable to be looked up) passwords - system password - enhanced disk quota checking and enforcement - enhanced CPU and file system usage quotas - captive and guest accounts Separate I and D Space Support for User Programs Standard PDP-11, 16-bit addressing allows user programs to grow to 32KW before overlaying is required. With Micro/RSTS V2.0, users running the MicroPDP-11/73 and MicroPDP-11/83 can now address up to a maximum of 64KW. This can substantially improve performance and lessen support requirements. Programs written in MACRO-11, BASIC-PLUS-2, and FORTRAN-77 can take advantage of this feature. Virtual Disk System managers can allocate a portion of contiguous, unused memory to be a virtual disk. This memory is considered to be a file-structured device and can be accessed by users and programs in the same way that other disks are accessed, except that data accesses occur at memory speeds rather than disk speeds. 6 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq No. 0.1.8 N 4 of 4 Autobaud Detection Autobaud detection support includes rates from 110 to 9600 baud be detected for both dial-up and directly-connected terminals. Speeds can Ordering/Availability Information Micro/RSTS Version 2.0 is scheduled to be released this month. For specific service availability and pricing information, please contact your local DIGITAL account manager. t « 7 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.9 N 1 of 2 FPJ11 FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND MicroPDP-11/83 SYSTEMS Because of a hardware microcode problem, RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS temporarily do not support the FPJ11 floating point accelerator (FPA) used on PDP-11/84 and MicroPDP-11/83 systems. To satisify customer demand, these systems will temporarily ship without the FPJ11 if RSTS/E is included on the system order. If an operating system is not included on the system order, the FPJ11 chip must be removed from the processor module in the field. The removal of the FPA chip is a requirement for DIGITAL hardware and software support on RSTS/E systems. The situation stems from the interaction between the DCJ11 chip set and the FPJ11 and impacts software that uses the alternate register set. Removing the FPJ11 chip eliminates the problem and provides a suitable short-term solution for our RSTS/E customers. An Engineering Change Order (ECO) to the DCJ11 microcode provides the basis for our long-term solution to the problem. This ECO has been defined and is currently in production. Field implementation of an upgrade solution is expected to begin in the March/April/May time frame. There will be no charges associated with this process for our RSTS/E customers. The short-term impact of the DCJ11/FPJ11 situation is performance related only, and can only be determined by the extent to which customers use floating-point code in their applications. Customers will have full floating¬ point functionality because the floating-point instruction set is implemented in the DCJ11 chip set. Customers who ordered RSTS/E with their systems and were not shipped the FPJ11 will automatically receive the upgrade. Customers who order/ordered their software independent of their 11/84 and 11/83 systems must remove the FPJ11 Chip if they run RSTS/E. All customers should contact their local DIGITAL Field Service office to be scheduled for installation of the upgrade as soon as it becomes available. In an effort to aid RSTS customers in detection and short-term solution of the above-mentioned problems, two error messages have been added to the RSTS/E V9.1 Initialization (INIT) code. The first error message occurs in the case of the original FPJ11 chip, in which floating-point exceptions and interrupts caused the next memory write to not happen. It reads: "The floating point exception ECO is missing from the FPJ11." The short-term solution is to remove the FPJ11 chip. 8 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 198C RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.9 N 2 of 2 The second error message will be seen if INIT detects a problem caused by the DCJ11 data chip not being able to use register set one, often referred to as the alternate register set (ARS), in conjunction with the FPJ11 chip. It reads: "This DCJ11 cannot be used in conjunction with an FPJ11 accelerator." The short-term solution is to remove the FPJ11 chip until the new DCJ11 chips are available. When the new DCJ11 chip is installed, the FPJ11 chip can be put back in the system. These error messages only appear on PDP-11/73, PDP-11/83, and PDP-11/84 systems with an FPJ11 floating-point chip installed if the FPJ11 fails the test for these problems. INIT will continue but the START option will be invalid. i 9 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 General Notes System Notes Seq, No. 0.1.10 N 1 of 2 ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.2 RSTS/E V9.2 is the second in a series of Version 9 minireleases. These minireleases include software maintenance, new hardware support, and new features, but are timed to replace the previous maintenance-only "updates." In addition to maintenance, the following new hardware announced for V9.1 and continues with V9.2: support was recently TU81 - The TU81 is now supported on RSTS/E systems for densities ranging to 6250 bpi. o o up f The TU81 is the first group code recording (GCR) (6250 bpi) tape drive supported by DIGITAL for use on PDP-11 systems. Customers who have UNIBUS systems running RSTS with large on-line disk storage, such as the RA81, will benefit by significantly reducing the time and number of tapes required to back up their data. The TU81 includes features to maximize performance available from a streaming tape subsystem. Internal performance testing indicates that transfer rates of up to 12 megabytes (MB) per minute can be achieved on RSTS/E V9.2—based systems. Actual performance at a given installation will depend upon the configuration and the system's load during the transfer period. This compares to a maximum transfer rate of 8 MB per minute for the same configuration, but using a TU80. In addition to a significant increase in performance, operator and media costs are reduced as a result of an increase in the tape's maximum density to 6250 bpi. Using 6250 bpi, the TU81 can back up a completely full RA81 disk onto only four reels of tape, rather than the twelve reels required to do the same job using a 1600-bpi drive. 11/83 - RSTS/E support for the PDP-11/83 was announced with the system announcement. RSTS/E V9.2, the first release after the system announcement, updates the documentation to reflect this support. The RQDX3 controller found in PDP—11/83 systems is also supported RSTS/E V9.2. 10 in RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.10 N 2 of 2 TUK50 - RSTS/E V9.2 can use the UNIBUS controller supporting the TK50 streaming cartridge tape drive. The TK50 can be used as a distribution, data, and data interchange device on the full range of UNIBUS and Q-bus systems. Ordering/Availability Information RSTS/E Version 9.2 is scheduled to be released this month. sources will be available on magtape and microfiche. Updates for RSTS/E For specific service availability and pricing information, please contact your local DIGITAL account manager. 11 M * * RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E 9.1 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches Seq. No. 1.1.5 M 1 of 2 TMSCP DRIVES ARE NOT MARKED AS AVAILABLE AFTER REWIND-OFFLINE OPERATIONS PROBLEM: The TK50 and TU81 tape drives are not marked as available once a rewindoffline operation has been issued to the drive from INIT.SYS. This can result in inability to access second and successive volumes of a magnetic tape save set from SAVRES. Additionally, any other operation attempted to the drive after a rewind-offline is performed will fail. SOLUTION: The following patch corrects this problem. Note that this patch must be applied in conjunction with the patch given in article Seq. No. 1.1.6 for multivolume saves to function properly. Also, note that this problem only occurs in the INIT.SYS off-line environment and not under timesharing. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E INIT.SYS Program. Since patching the distribution medium is not recommended, the patch must be installed every time the COPY option is used to copy INIT.SYS from the distribution medium. Any copy of the patched INIT.SYS will propagate the fix. 2. The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: can be installed using the PATCH Option: PATCH File to patch? INIT.SYS 3. This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? INIT.SYS File found in account [0,1] the on-line patching (RETURN for manual patch installation) 13 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E 9.1 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 4. Seq. No. 1.1.5 M 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: Base address? MUDVRM Offset address? 3774 Base Offset Old ?????? 003774 016104 ?????? 003776 000000 ?????? 004000 122764 Offset address? ~Z Base address? MCPPAT Offset address? 66 Base Offset Old ?????? 0000 66 000000 ?????? 000070 000000 ?????? 000072 000000 ?????? 000074 000000 ?????? 000076 000000 ?????? 000100 000000 ?????? 000102 000000 ?????? 000104 000000 ?????? 000106 000000 ?????? 000110 000000 ?????? 000112 000000 ?????? 000114 000000 ?????? 000116 000000 ?????? ?????? 000120 Offset address? ~z Base address? $$0101 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? New? ? 4737 ? MCPPAT+66 ? "Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 16104 ? 0 ? 105764 ? 20 ? 1007 ? 10146 ? 16101 ? 2 ? 12761 ? 1 ? 2 ? 12601 ? 20 7 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for hew base) New? ? Q! 100 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 14 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E 9.1 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches Seq. No. 1.1.6 M 1 of 2 OFF-LINE SAVRES INVALIDATES ALL BUT LAST VOLUME OF MULTIVOLUME MAGTAPE SAVE SET PROBLEM: When performing an off-line SAve operation to magnetic tape, if the save set consists of multiple volumes, all volumes but the last will be invalid. SOLUTION: The following patch corrects the problem for all configurations except where the magnetic tape in question is the TMSCP type (i.e., TK50 and TU81). For TMSCP configurations, this patch must be applied in conjunction with the patch given in article Seq. No. 1.1.5. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E INIT.SYS Program. Since patching the distribution medium is not recommended, the patch must be installed every time the COPY option is used to copy INIT.SYS from the distribution medium. Any copy of the patched INIT.SYS will propagate the fix. 2. The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: can be installed using the PATCH Option: PATCH File to patch? INIT.SYS 3. This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? INIT.SYS File found in account [0,1] the on-line patching (RETURN for manual patch installation) 15 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E 9.1 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 4. Seq. No. 1.1.6 M 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: File to patch? INIT.SYS Base address? SAV Offset address? 11650 Base Offset Old New? ? 137 11300 2 011650 004767 ? 11300 2 011652 177720 SAVPAT ? ~Z 113002 011654 004737 Offset address? ~Z Base address? SAVPAT Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ? 32737 152540 000000 000000 ? 100 152540 000002 000000 ? 152540 000004 000000 MNTFLG ? 1404 152540 000006 000000 ? 4737 152540 000010 000000 ? SAV+11574 152540 000012 000000 ? 137 152540 000014 000000 ? SAV+11654 152540 000016 000000 ? 137 152540 000020 000000 ? SAV+11702 152540 000022 000000 ?????? ? ~Z 152540 000024 Offset address? ~z Base address? $$0101 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000000 ? Q! 200 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? ? “C 16 (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches Seq. No. 1.1.7 M 1 of 2 INIT SAV/RES TO TMSCP TAPE MAY ABORT WITH "TRAP THROUGH 4" PROBLEM: On systems having TMSCP tapes (TK50 or TU81), but no MSCP disks (RA60/80/81, RC25, or RD51/52), INIT SAV/RES may fail with an unexpected "Trap through 4." SOLUTION: The patching procedure detailed below corrects the above problem. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E INIT.SYS Program. Since patching the distribution medium is not recommended, the patch must be installed every time the COPY option is used to copy INIT.SYS from the distribution medium. Any copy of the patched INIT.SYS will propagate the fix. 2. The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: can be installed using the PATCH Option: PATCH File to patch? INIT.SYS 3. This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, program: RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? INIT.SYS File found in account [0,1] the on-line patching (RETURN for manual patch installation) This problem is corrected in source for RSTS/E V9.2. 17 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 4. Seq. No. 1.1.7 M 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: File to patch? INIT.SYS Base address? MURSET Offset address? 26 Base Offset Old 125470 000026 001410 125470 000030 116746 Offset address? ~Z Base address? $$0101 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old 133706 000000 ?????? 133706 000002 ?????? * * New? ? 1407 (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) ? ~Z New? ? Q!100 ? *C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) * « 18 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches Seq. No. 3.3.5 M 1 of 2 CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH PROBLEM: The autobaud detection feature of the RSTS/E terminal driver is designed to reset a terminal line set to autobaud to a default speed of 9600 baud after a 3—second timeout if there is no activity on the logged—out terminal. Under certain circumstances, the speed is incorrectly being set to 600 baud rather than 9600 baud. This renders the line unusable unless the terminal is set to 600 baud, the line is reset to 9600 baud by issuing a SET TERMINAL command, or by rebooting the system. SOLUTION: The above problem is corrected by the patch procedure outlined below. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E installed in all target monitor SILs. V9.0 2. The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: be Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. can executive. installed using It must the be PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $0NLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) File found in account [0,1] This problem will be corrected in source for RSTS/E V9.2. 19 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 Seq. No. 3.3.5 M RSTS/E V9.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches 4. 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: Module name? TER Base address? TMOKB Offset address? 146 Base Offset Old ?????? 000146 004767 ?????? ?????? 000150 ?????? 000152 012737 ?????? 000154 034140 ?????? 000156 177776 ?????? 000160 0 1 2603 ?????? 000162 142761 ?????? 000164 000140 ?????? 000166 ?????? ?????? 000170 072227 New? ? 142761 ? 140 ? TTFCNT ? 4737 ? AUTSPD ? 12737 ? PR3 ? PS ? 12603 ? ~Z Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~ Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0303 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? New? ? Q! 20 ? ~C (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 20 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Terminal Service Patches Seq. No. 3.3.6 M 1 of 2 CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH PROBLEM: The autobaud detection feature of the RSTS/E terminal driver is designed to reset a terminal line set to autobaud to a default speed of 9600 baud after a 3-second timeout if there is no activity on the logged-out terminal. Under certain circumstances, the speed is incorrectly being set to 600 baud rather than 9600 baud. This renders the line unusable unless the terminal is set to 600 baud, the line is set to 9600 baud by issuing a SET TERMINAL command, or by rebooting the system. SOLUTION: The above problem is corrected by the patch procedure outlined below. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E installed in all target monitor SILs. V9.1 2. The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: be Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. can executive. installed using It must the be PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the Installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $0NLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This problem will be corrected in source for RSTS/E V9.2. 21 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Terminal Service Patches 4. * Seq. No. 3.3.6 M 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: Module name? TER Base address? TMOMKB Offset address? 146 Base Offset Old ?????? 000146 004767 ?????? 000150 ?????? ?????? 000152 012737 ?????? 000154 034140 ?????? 000156 177776 ?????? 000160 0 12603 ?????? 000162 142761 ?????? 000164 000140 ?????? 000166 ?????? ?????? 000170 072227 Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0303 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? ?????? 000000 000002 ?????? ?????? * New? ? 142761 ? 140 ? TTFCNT ? 4737 ? AUTOBIH30 2 ? 12737 ? PR3 ? PS ? 12603 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? Q!40 ? *C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) * * 22 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Terminal Service Notes Seq. No. 3.4.3 N 1 of 4 *** Supersedes RSTS/E V9.1 January 1986 Software Dispatch Seq. No. 3.3.1 N *** MODEM SUPPORT ON RSTS/E RSTS/E V9.1 now supports the DF224 Scholar Modem as well as the DF03 modems. DF112-AA and The DF224 Scholar Modem is a high performance, high speed, full-duplex modem capable of transmitting data at 300 baud asynchronously and 1200 or 2400 baud asynchronously or synchronously. The DF224 offers autodial functionality using either the DF03 or the DF224 autodial protocol. Selecting the DF03 autodial mode allows the Scholar Modem to be used with existing DF03 auto call software. When using the Scholar Modem on a RSTS/E system, RSTS requires that the Modem Response option be set to abbreviated. Failing to set the response option to abbreviated may cause speed select problems with modems connected to a terminal line set to autobaud. RSTS also suggests that the Input Character Echo option be disabled when using the DF224 autodial feature. Disabling this feature will prevent text intended for the modem, i.e., the telephone number, from being echoed back to the program. The state of both these features can be altered by either changing a switch setting on the switchpack located internally on the module or through the "soft select" menu. If you alter the state of these features by using the menu, the settings will revert back to their default state if the unit is powered down. Therefore, RSTS recommends that the states be changed by changing the internal switch settings. To do this, you must set the SI switch in the OFF position to disable the Input Character Echoing, and the S3 switch in the OFF position to set the Modem Response to abbreviated. Please refer to the Scholar 2400 Modem Owner's Manual (EK-DF224-OM-PRE), page A-3, for a diagram of the switchpack and its factory default settings. NOTE RSTS/E will only support Scholar Modems of rev level B1 or later. Determining the rev level of your modem can be done by looking for a small white sticker on the underside of the enclosure. This sticker should read "C.S. REV. 23 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Terminal Service Notes Seq. No. 3.4.3 N 2 of 4 B1 ECO." Older versions of the DF224 have experienced over-speed problems which resulted in intermittent loss of characters. This problem was corrected in rev level Bl. The Scholar Modem also sends garbage characters to the terminal just prior to sending the "disconnect" message after the remote modem drops carrier. This is the way the Scholar Modem operates and not a problem with RSTS/E. Therefore, please do not submit SPRs to RSTS/E Engineering on this problem. Please, also note that the DF224 Owner's Manual states that the Scholar Modem is capable of transmitting data at 600 baud. The Scholar Modem with rev level Bl does not support 600 baud. The DF112-AA modem is a replacement for the DF03. It provides full-duplex asynchronous mode for terminal data communication and synchronous mode for network data communication. The DF112 has autodial capability and operates at both 300 and 1200 baud. When the DF112 is connected to a DZ11 interface, the BUSY jumper or switch on the EIA distribution panel, for the line on which the modem is connected, must be disconnected. Interfaces other than the DZ11 do not require any special setup for dial-in communications. Autodial (Dial-Out) Feature Notes RSTS/E requires the modem to be active before allowing communication with it. Therefore, the program doing the dialing must first issue the "Hang up a Dataset" sys call to set DTR on that keyboard prior to dialing. For Example: 10 20 S$=SYS(CHR$(6%)+CHR$(-9%)+CHR$(4 5%)+CHR$(-1%)) !SET DTR ON KB45: OPEN 'KB45:' AS FILE #1% !0PEN THE KEYBOARD 24 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Terminal Service Notes Seq. No. 3.4.3 N 3 of 4 « NOTE * It is important that the "Hang up a Dataset" sys call be called prior to opening the terminal. This sys call will cause certain values in the device's DDB to be reset. Once DTR is established, the phone number can be passed to the modem and communication can begin. Please refer to the owner's manual that accompanied your modem for any programming considerations. DF03 Modem When connecting the DF03 to DHlls using DM11-BB or DHVll/DHUlls, following procedure: observe the Since these interfaces implement full modem control, strict modem control rules must be broken during the dialing process. RSTS/E will not send the phone number to the interface since the DF03 has not requested data via the clear to send (CTS) signal. To allow the data to be sent to the interface, the CTS line should be tied high in the DF03 modem. This can be done by turning S2-10 (jumper W30) on, as described in the DP03 Modem Family User Guide (EK-ODFO3-UG-002), page 5-15, or the DF03 Modem User Guide (EK-ODFO3-UG-001), page 6-6. DF112 Modem As is the case with the DF03 modems on DHU11/DHV11 interfaces, strict modem control rules must be broken during the dialing process. RSTS/E will not send the phone number to the modem until the modem has requested data via the CTS signal. To allow data communication to occur, the CTS line must be tied high. However, unlike the DF03 modem, the DF112 does not have a switchpack setting to set CTS high. Therefore, the signal must be set high by strapping pin 5 to pin 4 within the cable connector that plugs into the modem. RSTS/E does not support autodial capability on the DH11 interface for the DF112 modem. Unlike the DHVll/DHUll-type interface, attempting to set the CTS signal high by tying to an existing signal will cause that signal to go low. The modem can be used, however, on DH11 interfaces for dial-in purposes only. 25 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Terminal Service Notes Seq. No. 3.4.3 N 4 of 4 DF224 Scholar Modem The DF224 Scholar Modem does not require you to raise the CTS signal, it is raised by the modem when data terminal ready (DTR) is raised. Therefore, other than disabling the Input Character Echo option and the abbreviated Modem Response option described above, no other changes are required. 26 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Device Driver Patches Seq. No. 3.7.2 M 1 of 2 ACCESSING TMSCP TAPES MAY CAUSE SYSTEM TO CRASH PROBLEM: On systems containing TMSCP tapes (TK50 (RA60/80/81, RC25, or RD51/52), accessing timesharing may cause the system to crash. or TU81), but no MSCP disks any of the TMSCP tapes during SOLUTION: The patching procedure detailed below corrects the above problem. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.1 executive. It must be installed in all target monitor SILs that include support for TMSCP tapes and/or MSCP disks. If you apply this patch to a monitor SIL that does not include support for MSCP disks or TMSCP tapes, the patch procedure will fail with a "Module not found in SIL" error. 2. The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. can be installed using the PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This problem is corrected in source for RSTS/E V9.2. 27 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Device Driver Patches 4. Seq. No. 3.7.2 M 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: Module name? MCP Base address? CPH Offset address? 5670 Base Offset Old ?????? 005670 012705 ?????? 005672 140000 ?????? 005674 0 1 2701 Offset address? ~Z Base address? MCPPAT Offset address? 72 Base Offset Old 120050 000072 000000 1200 50 0000 74 000000 120050 000076 000000 1200 50 000100 000000 120050 000102 000000 1200 50 000104 000000 120050 000106 000000 120050 000110 000000 120050 000112 000000 Offset address? Base address? 2 Module name? RSTS Base address? $$030 7 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old 100506 000000 ?????? 100506 000002 ?????? New? ? 4737 ? MCPPAT+72 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 012705 ? 140000 ? 105737 ? CMT+CM.DCT ? 001002 ? 062716 ? 000016 ? 207 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? Q! 2 (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) ? ~C 28 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, June 1986 Seq. No. 36.1.1 N DECmail-11 V2.0 for RSTS/E V9.0 1 of 1 USING EDT V3.0 FOR DECmail-11 V2.0 DECmail-11 V2.0 for RSTS/E uses a modified EDT V2.0 as its default editor. This editor resides in the MAIL: account. For those users of DECmail-11 V2.0 on RSTS/E V9.0 needing or wishing to use the current EDT Version 3.0 , change your default MAIL editor to EDT V3.0 by entering the following command at the DECmail-11 command prompt: Command > SET EDITOR EDT$:EDT.TSK 29 RSTS/E VERSION 9 CUMULATIVE INDEX JUNE 1986 This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.0 and all subsequent point releases, and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. IMPORTANT 1 The following numerical system has been grouped in logical order denoted by the first digit (JC.X.X). The second digit (X._X.X.) refers to the subcomponent and the third digit (X.X.JC) denotes the issue number or sequential order. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. M = Mandatory Patch. The flags and definitions are as follows. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accompanying article specifies otherwise. F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. R * * Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current release because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. + = Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review (Order No. AA-5514G-BC), June 1985. * * Article appeared in the RSTS/E V9«0 Maintenance Notebook (Order No. AA-L997D-TC), June 1985. - * Article is being republished. 31 4 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr RSTS/E V9 General Notes System Notes 0*1.1 N RSTS/E V9.0 COMPONENT SUMMARY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 0*1.2 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 0*1*3 N UNDERSTANDING ?NO ROOM FOR USER ON DEVICE ERRORS V9.0 N/A Jul 85 0*1.4 N WARNING ON USE OF THE PEEK() FUNCTION V9.0 N/A Nov 85 0*1*5 N FPJH FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND V9.0 N/A Jan 86 Apr 86 MicroPDP-11/83 SYSTEMS 0*1*6 N ANNOUNCING NEW HARDWARE SUPPORT IN RSTS/E V9.0 N/A 0.1.7 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9*l—SUPPORT FOR TK50 AND RD53 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 0*1*8 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2*0 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 0*1*9 N FPJ11 FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND Micro PDP-11/83 SYSTEMS V9.1 0*1*10 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.2 V9.2 N/A Jun 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.0 V9.1 Oct 85 V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 DEVICES WITH NON-STANDARD UNIBUS ADDRESSES AND VECTORS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4 JUn 86 System Management Guidelines 0*2*1 N USING SAVE/RESTORE ON A TWO-DISK SYSTEM * Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1*1*1 RESERVED 1*1*2 RESERVED 1*1*3 RESERVED 1.1.4 M DSKlNT OPTION OF INIT.SYS MAY NOT DETECT BAD BLOCKS 1.1.5 M TMSCP DRIVES ARE NOT MARKED AS AVAILABLE AFTER 1*1*6 N OFF-LINE SAVRES INVALIDATES ALL BUT LAST VOLUME REWIND-OFFLINE OPERATIONS OF MULTIVOLUME MAGTAPE SAVE SET 1.1*7 H INIT SAV/RES TO TMSCP TAPE MAY ABORT WITH "TRAP THROUGH 4" INIT.SYS Program Notes 1*2*1 N System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N CSPLIB.TSK AND CSPLIB.STB MISSING FROM V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 2*1*2 N PBUILD.TSK SHOULD NOT BE INCLUDED IN V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Jun 8 5 Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.1 F DISABLING THE USE OF DATA SPACE 3.3.1 F CHANGING SPECIAL LOGIN TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 8 5 3.3.2 F INPUT ESCAPE SEQUENCE HANDLING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3*3.3 RESERVED * Terminal Services Patches 3*3*4 RESERVED 3.3.5 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.0 V9.2 Jun 86 3*3*6 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 32 * * Released Corrected Mon/yr 3.4.1 N UNDERSTANDING TERMINAL PARITY AND STOP BIT SETTINGS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.4.2 N MODEM CONTROL ON PRIVATE, V9.0 N/A jun 85 * 3.4.3 N MODEM SUPPORT ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 86 3.5.1 F CONTROLLING EMT LOGGING V9.0 N/A Jun 3.5.2 M SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL MAY V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 V9.0 V9.2 Jan 86 Sequence Title Terminal Service File Notes LEASED LINES Processor Patches HANG THE SYSTEM ERROR IN HANDLING OF PUBLIC DISKS 3.5.3 M 85 * 3.5.4 M FIX CORRUPTION OF LOW-CORE LOCATIONS 3.7.1 USING THE CSS PAPER TAPE READER ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * ACCESSING TMSCP TAPES MAY CAUSE SYSTEM TO CRASH V9.1 V9.2 jun 86 Jun 85 * Device F 3.7.2 M Driver Patches BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS patches SPECIAL PRINT-USING CHARACTERS V9.0 N/A 4.1.2 F DEFAULT SCALE FACTOR V9.0 N/A JUn 85 * 4.1.3 F OMITTING SCALE FACTOR WARNING MESSAGE V9.0 N/A Jun 4.1.4 F DEFAULT TO NOEXTEND MODE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.5 F IMMEDIATE MODE FROM V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.6 F NO PPN'S IN CATALOG COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.7 F DISABLING THE CCL SYS CALL V9.0 N/A Jun 4.1.8 CLEAR I/O BUFFERS USED BY OPEN STATEMENTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.1 F F 4.1.9 F .BAS FILE FORCE "ILLEGAL STATEMENT" 85 * 85 * ERROR WHEN USING OBSOLETE SEND/RECEIVE 85 * Non-Standard BASIC-PLUS Features z . . o 4.10.2 N 4.10.3 F THE BASIC-PLUS THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG FACILITY DUMP FACILITY CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG KEYWORDS 4.10.4 F ENABLING THE BASIC-PLUS 4.10.5 F ENABLING DUMP FROM COMPILED FILES FOR DUMP FEATURE NON-PRIVILEGED USERS 4.10.6 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS D?MP KEYWORD RSTS/E 2780 DEVICE DRIVER 2780 Device Driver 85 * 85 * Patches 5.1.1 M BUFFER LIMIT CHECKING V9.0 Jun 5.1.2 M DISCONNECT COMMAND HANDLING V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.3 M DPI1 V9.0 Jun 5.1.4 M DU11/DP11 V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.5 M LOSS OR DUPLICATION OF DATA V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.6 M DOUBLE CLOSE ALTERS MONITOF V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.7 M GET/PUT INTERLOCK PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.8 M 2780 HANDLER FAILURE PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.9 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * Jun 85 * TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION 2780 Device 5.2.1 N 85 * 85 * Notes INSTALLING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING 2780*s 33 V9.0 N/A Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yt V9.0 N/A Jun 85 RSTS/E UTILITIES Error Control Package (ERROR$) Package Notes 12.1.1 N UNDERSTANDING "PA MEMORY SYSTEM" Operator Services and Spooling ERROR LOGS Package (OPSER$) Package Notes 14.1.1 N NOTES ON USE OF THE SERIAL LA180 14.1.2 N USING TWO OR MORE PRINTERS TO SERVE A QUEUE Print/Batch Services Package (LA180S) TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.0 N/A jun 85 V9.1 V9.2 Feb 86 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 (PB$) Package Notes 15.1.1 R PBS MUST BE STARTED FROM A PRIVILEGED ACCOUNT RSTS/E DOCUMENTATION Documentation Installation and Update Guide 19.4.1 N PBUILD.TSK NO LONGER INCLUDED IN RSTS/E 19.5.1 N ACCOUNT System Manager's Guide [0,200] NOT AVAILABLE FOR CUSTOMER USE RUN-TIME SYSTEMS SUPPORT DCL Package Notes 20.1.1 N FILE SPECIFICATIONS 20.1.2 N SETTING UP THE DCL LINK COMMAND IN DCL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.0 N/A JUn 85 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.0 N/A jun 85 V9.0 N/A JUn 85 V9.0 N/A jun 85 V9.0 N/A JUn 85 RSX Utilities Package Notes 21.1.1 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS CRF.TSK 21.2.1 N USING THE RSX CRF UTILITY RT-11 Run-time System and Utilities Package Notes 22.1.1 N USE OF UNDERSCORE IN RT-11 22.1.2 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS EMULATOR UTILITIES HOOK.SAV 22.3.1 N NOTES ON HOOK. SAV Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr OPTIONAL SOFTWARE RSTS/E 2780 Package V3.0 RJ2780 25.2.1 M FAILURE TO CLEAR ^JOB ACTIVE* 25.2.2 H LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT FAILURE ON ATTACH V9.0 JUn 85 * V9.0 Jun 85 * DECnet/E V2.0 Utilities NFT SUBMIT 31.21.1 R REMOTE BATCH CONTROL FILES BEING DELETED BEFORE EXECUTING V9.2 V9.3 Apr 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 86 V9.0 N/A Jan 86 V9.0 N/A Jul V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 ♦ V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 ♦ V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 ♦ V9.0 N/A Jun V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + DECmail-11 V2.0 36.1.1 N USING EDT V3.0 FOR DEQnail-11 V2.0 DIBOL V5.2 Announcement 39.1.1 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E DIBOL V5.2 ADE V2.4 Package Notes 47.1.1 N ANNOUNCING ADE V2.4 FOR RSTS/E V9.0 AND Micro/RSTS VI.1 85 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E V2.6 55.3.1 N CALL ASSIGN CARRIAGE CONTROL ARGUMENT DOES NOT WORK PROPERLY 55.3.2 N DSIN YIELDS RESULTS WITH THE WRONG SIGN FOR NEGATIVE ANGLES 55.3.3 N INSTALLING FORTRAN-IV V2.6 ON RSTS/E V9.n DECWORD/DP VI.2 Package Notes 69.1.1 N NEW DECWORD INSTALLATION/UPDATE CONTROL FILE ON RSTS/E V9.0 69.1.2 N DECWORD VI.2 CBI FILES MAY BE DELETED TO SAVE 69.1.3 N DECWORD VI.2 COMMUNICATIONS FILES MAY BE DELETED TO 69.1.4 N ANNOUNCING AVAILABILITY OF DECWORD FOR Micro/RSTS DISK SPACE SAVE DISK SPACE 35 85 ♦ Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Xr 69.1.5 N DECWORD/DP VI.2 SUPPORT FOR LN03 LASER PRINTER V9.0 N/A Sep 85 69.1.6 N INFORMATION ON RUNNING DECWORD/DP VI.2 ON RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 ISSUED FOR WPSMEN V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + REPLACEMENT MODULE ISSUED FOR WPSUDK V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + WPSMEN 69.2.0 N REPLACEMENT MODULE WPSUDK 69.3.0 M RMS-11 V2.0 Access Methods 75.2.1 M INDEX FILE CORRUPTION IN ALTERNATE KEY PATH V9.0 V9.1 Apr 86 75.2.2 M CORRUPTION IN VERY LARGE FILES V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 BASIC-PLUS-2 V2 79.2.1 N •3 PROBLEM WITH PRINT USING V9.0 Jan 86 V9.0 Jan 86 FORTRAN IV/RSX V2.6 OTS 90.1.1 N LIST-DIRECTED READ * 36 Software Product Descriptions (SPDs) Below is a list of the revised SPDs which appear on the following pages: 12.79.01 18.11.01 PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger/RSTS/E, Version 2.0 Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger, Version 2.0 37 Software Product Description proouct name: PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger/RSTS/E, version 2.0 spd 12.79.01 (Formerly POP-11 FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E) bolic Debugger can be used interactively or in batch mode. DESCRIPTION POP-11 Symbolic Debugger is a fully symbolic debugger for FORTRAN-77. COBOL-81. and MACRO-11 programs running on RSTS/E. PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger is a fool to aid in locating programming errors in successfully com¬ piled programs that do not execute property. • On-line HELP that alows the user to receive informa¬ tion about the commands accepted by PDP-11 Sym¬ bolic Debugger during a debugging session • A SET LANGUAGE command alows the user to set the default language of the debugger to the language of the program to be debugged * Instruction and data space support for user tasks on systems where both the hardware and software sup¬ port this feature PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger runs as a two-task debugger. A small portion of the code, necessary to debug applica¬ tions, is linked with the user task and the major portion of the debugger runs as a separate task. PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger provides access to program symbols by reading the symbol table file produced by the task bulder. PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger can understand symbols produced by FORTRAN-77, COBOL-81, and MACRO-11. At Compile Time To enable debugging of FORTRAN-77 programs, the user must specify a switch in the compter command line. This switch specifies that information about the symbols in the FORTRAN-77 application wN be put into the object fie created by the compter. Features * * DEPOSIT and EXAMINE of al data types supported by COBOL-81 and FORTRAN-77 (except virtual array ele¬ ments) FuN tracepoint and breakpoint functionality (except the WHEN qualifier for COBOL-81) for monitoring the exe¬ cution of user applications, including the ability to delay the activation of a tracepoint or breakpoint until after it has been encountered a specified number of times. The user also has the ability to specify an action to perform on encountering a tracepoint or breakpoint. * Control of execution using STEP by LINE or INSTRUC¬ TION, STEP INTO routines or OVER routines, and the QO command * Computation of the value of source language expres¬ sions or of address expressions using the EVALUATE command * * To enable debugging of COBOL-81 programs, the user must specify a switch in the compiler command Ine. This switch specified that information about the symbols in the COBOL-81 application wN be put into the object fie. A switch must also be specified in the BLDOOL utwty. This switch instructs the BLDOOL utiity to include refer¬ ences in the program’s OOL fie. To enable debugging of MACRO-11 programs, the user must specify a switch in the assembler command Ine. This causes information about the symbols in the assem¬ bly language program to be available to PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger. At Tmkbutd Tkm When taskbuilding the application which wi be run under control of PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger, the user must modify the taskbulder command line and overlay descrip¬ tion file. Ful support for overlaid code, including the ability to set tracepoints and breakpoints on locations not cur¬ rently resident. PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger can distin¬ guish among multiple copies of modules located at different points in the overlay structure. MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIRED Any valid mapped RSTS/E system configuration with the following: The ability to drive a debugging session using indirect command fNes and to record the results of a debugging session by command logging. PDP-11 Sym¬ * Floating Point Processor (FPP), if the application being debugged exercises floating point arithmetic February 1986 39 SPD 12.79.01 POP-11 Symbolic Debugger/RSTS/E, Version 2.0 (Formerly PDP-11 FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E) Options are selected to utilize the product effectively. THE • At least 64K bytes of user memory LICENSE OPTIONS ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. IF YOU ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE SERVICE OPTIONS, YOU MAY OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PRODUCT SERVICE DESCRIPTIONS) FROM YOUR LOCAL DIGITAL OFFICE. If you are already familiar with • At least 4K bytes of memory In the user’s task space • Up to 400 contiguous disk Mocks for the debugger task OPTIONAL HARDWARE None these options, you may obtain the ordering information directly from the Software Options Chart. PREREQUISITE SOFTWARE LICENSE OPTIONS RSTS/E Operating System Single-Use License Option Refer to the RSTS/E Optional Software Cross Reference Table (SPD 20.97.xx) for the required versions. The Single-Use License is your right to use the software product on a single CPU. For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: OPTIONAL SOFTWARE Any of the following languages can be used to write applications that can be debugged by PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger • Single-Use License option, and • Distribution and Documentation option • PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS The license gives you the right to use the software on a single CPU and the Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine-readable software and related docu¬ mentation. • COBOL-81/RSTS • MACRO-11 (included as part of the prerequisite operat¬ ing system) A single application program composed of modules writ¬ ten in either FORTRAN-77 and MACRO-11 or COBOL-81 and MACRO-11 can be debugged using PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger. To use this software product on additional CPUs, for each CPU you must purchase as a minimum: • Single-Use License option In addition to the right to use, the license gives you the one-time right to copy the software from your original CPU installation to the additional CPU. Therefore, the Distribution and Documentation option is not required, but optional. SOFTWARE WARRANTY Warranty for this software product is provided by DIGITAL with the purchase of a license for the product as defined in the Software Warranty Addendum of this SPD. Distribution and Documentation Option INSTALLATION The Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine readable software and the basic documentation. You must have, or order, a Single-Use License to obtain this option. You will need this option to install the soft¬ ware for the first time. When revised versions of this software product become available, they may also be obtained by purchasing this option again. This software product can be installed by the customer using the step-by-step documentation available for this product. Optionally you can purchase DIGITAL Installation Services which provide for the installation of the software product by an experienced DIGITAL Software Specialist. Courtesy Installation This software product will be installed by DIGITAL at no additional charge if you purchase it concurrent with a Start-Up Service Package that includes Installation Ser¬ vice. Both the host operating system and this product must be installed concurrently. Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option The Right-To-Copy option allows a customer with multiple CPUs to copy a revised version of a software product from one CPU to another. Each CPU must be licensed for that product. You first install the revised software on one CPU; then you can make copies for additional CPUs by purchasing the Right-To-Copy option for each additional CPU. ORDERING INFORMATION Single-Use licensed software is furnished under the licens¬ ing provisions of DIGITAL’S Standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale, which provide in part that tne software and any part thereof may be used on only the single CPU on which the software is first installed, and may be copied, in whole or in part (with the proper inclusion of DIGITAL’S copyright notice and any proprietary notices on the soft¬ ware) for use on that same CPU. You will need a separate license for each CPU on which you will be using the software product (except as other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). Then, Materials and Service Documentation-Only Option The Documentation-Only option provides one copy of the basic documentation. Software Product Services A variety of service options are available. For more infor¬ mation on these or other services, please contact your local DIGITAL office. 40 SPD 12.79.01 POP-11 Symbolic Debugger/BSTS/E, Version 2.0 (Formerly PDP-11 FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E) SOFTWARE OPTIONS CHART The distribution Media Codes used in the Software Options Chart are described below. You specify the desired Media Code at the end of the Order Number, e.g., QY233-HH * binaries on RL02 Disk Cartridge. 5 * TK50 Tape Cartridge D = 9-track 800 BPI Magtape (NRZI) H = RL02 Disk Cartridge NOTE: M - 9-track 1600 BPI Magtape (PE) V - RK07 Disk Cartridge Z = No hardware dependency The availability of these software product options and services may vary by country. Customers should con¬ tact their local DIGITAL office for information on availability. OPTIONS ORDER NUMBER CLASS L SYSTEMS1 ORDER NUMBER CLASS H SYSTEMS2 QY233-UZ QP233-UZ Distribution and Documentation Option QY233-H5 QY233-HH QY233-HM QP233-H5 QP233-HD QP233-HH QP233-HM QP233-HV Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option QY233-HZ QP233-HZ Documentation Only Option QY233-GZ QP233-GZ Installation Service Option QY233-I5 QY233-IH QY233-IM QP233-I5 QP233-ID QP233-IH QP233-IM QP233-IV DECsupport Service QY233-95 QY233-9H QY233-9M QP233-95 QP233-9D QP233-9H QP233-9M QP233-9V Basic Service QY233-85 QY233-8H QY233-8M QP233-85 QP233-8D QP233-8H QP233-8M QP233-8V Self-Maintenance Service QY233-35 QY233-3H QY233-3M QP233-35 QP233-3D QP233-3H QP233-3M QP233-3V LICENSE OPTIONS: A LICENSE IS REQUIRED FOR EACH CPU. Single-Use License MATERIALS AND SERVICE OPTIONS: 41 PDP-11 Symbolic Datouggw/RSTS/E, Version 2.0 (PorNMfly POP-11 FORTRAM-77 DCBUQ/R8T8/E) 1 — SP012.70.01 Class L Systems Al Q-BUS models and systems except MfcroPDP-11/83 — KDII.KDni.KDJII CPU modulw — DCT11, DCF11, DCJ11 microprocessor chips * Class H Systems — Al UNIBUS models and systems — MtaoPDP-11/83 42 Software Product Description product name: Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger, version 2.0 spd 1s.11.01 (Formerly Micro/RSTS FORTRAN-77 DEBUG) DESCRIPTION Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger is a fully sym¬ bolic debugger for FORTRAN-77, COBOL-81, and MACRO-11 programs running on Micro/RSTS. Micro/ RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger is a tool to aid in locating programming errors in successfuly compiled pro¬ grams that do not execute property. Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger runs as a two-task debugger. A small portion of the code necessary to debug applications is linked with the user task and the major portion of the debugger runs as a separate task. Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger provides access to program symbols by reading the symbol table Ne produced by the Taskbuilder. Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Sym¬ bolic Debugger can understand symbols produced by Micro/RSTS FORTRAN-77, Micro/RSTS COBOL-81, and MACRO-11. * The ability to drive a debugging session using indirect command files and to record the results of a debugging session by command logging. Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger is used interactively • On-line HELP that slows the user to receive informa¬ tion about the commands accepted by Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Symbofic Debugger during a debugging ses¬ sion • A SET LANGUAGE command alows the user to set the default language of the debugger to the language of the program to be debugged * Instruction and data space support for user tasks on systems where both the hardware and software sup¬ port this feature At CorppNe Time1 To enable debugging of FORTRAN-77 programs, the user must specify a switch in the compiler command line. This switch specifies that information about the symbols in the FORTRAN-77 application w* be put into the object fie created by the compiler. To enable debugging of COBOL-81 programs the user must specify a switch in the compiler command Ine. This switch specifies that information about the symbols in the COBOL-81 application wW be put into the object He. A switch must also be specified in the BLDODL utility. This switch instructs the BLDOOL utRty to include debug references in the program's OOL file. To enable debugging of MACRO-11 programs, the user must specify a switch in the assembler command Ine. This causes information about the symbols in the user's assembly language program to be available to Micro/ RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger. Ftafures DEPOSIT and EXAMINE of all data types supported by Micro/RSTS FORTRAN-77 and Micro/RSTS COBOL-81 (except virtual array elements) • Ful tracepoint and breakpoint functionality (except for the WHEN qualifier for COBOL-81) for monitoring the execution of user applications, including the ability to delay the activation of a tracepoint or breakpoint until after it has been encountered a specified number of times. The user also has the ability to specify an action to perform on encountering a tracepoint or breakpoint. • • Control of execution using STEP by LINE or INSTRUC¬ TION, STEP INTO routines or OVER routines, and the GO command • Computation of the value of source language expres¬ sions or of address expressions using the EVALUATE command • Ful support for overlaid code, including the ability to set tracepoint and breakpoints on locations not cur¬ rently resident. Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger can distinguish among multiple copies of modules located at different points in the overlay struc¬ ture At TaakbuAd Time When taskbulding the application which wM be run under control of PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger, the user must modify the taskbulder command line and overlay descrip¬ tion file. MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIRED A valid MicroPDP-11 Computer System with: February 1986 43 SPD 18.11.01 Micro/RSTS PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger, Version 2.0 (Formerly Micro/RSTS FORTRAN-77 DEBUG) Options are selected to utilize the product effectively. THE • KEF11 -AA Floating Point Chip Option, if the application being debugged exercises floating point arithmetic LICENSE OPTIONS ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. IF YOU ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE SERVICE OPTIONS, YOU MAY OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PRODUCT SERVICE DESCRIPTIONS) FROM YOUR LOCAL DIGITAL OFFICE. If you are already familiar with • At least 64K bytes of user memory • At least 4K bytes of memory in the user s task space • Up to 400 contiguous disk blocks for the debugger task these options, you may obtain the ordering information directly from the Software Options Chart. OPTIONAL HARDWARE LICENSE OPTIONS None Single-Use License Option PREREQUISITE SOFTWARE The Single-Use License is your right to use the software product on a single CPU. For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: Micro/RSTS Base Kit Micro/RSTS Application Development Kit Refer to the Micro/RSTS Optional Software Cross Refer¬ ence Table (SPD 20.94.xx) for the required version. • Single-Use License option, and • Distribution and Documentation option OPTIONAL SOFTWARE The license gives you the right to use the software on a single CPU and the Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine-readable software and related docu¬ mentation. Micro/RSTS FORTRAN-77 Micro/RSTS COBOL-81 MACRO-11 (included with Micro/RSTS Application Devel¬ opment Kit) A single application program composed of modules writ¬ ten in either FORTRAN-77 and MACRO-11 or COBOL-81 and MACRO-11 can be debugged using PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger. To use this software product on additional CPUs, for each CPU you must purchase as a minimum: • Single-Use License option In addition to the right to use, the license gives you the one-time right to copy the software from your original CPU installation to the additional CPU. Therefore, the Distribution and Documentation option is not required, but optional. SOFTWARE WARRANTY Warranty for this software product is provided by DIGITAL with the purchase of a license for the product as defined in the Software Warranty Addendum of this SPD. Distribution and Documentation Option INSTALLATION The Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine readable software and the basic documentation. You must have, or order, a Single-Use License to obtain this option. You will need this option to install the soft¬ ware for the first time. When revised versions of this software product become available, they may also be obtained by purchasing this option again. This software product can be installed by the customer using the step-by-step documentation available for this product. Optionally you can purchase DIGITAL Installation Services which provide for the installation of the software product by an experienced DIGITAL Software Specialist. Courtesy Installation Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option This software product will be installed by DIGITAL at no additional charge if you purchase it concurrent with a Start-Up Service Package that includes Installation Ser¬ vice. Both the host operating system and this product must be installed concurrently. The Right-To-Copy option allows a customer with multiple CPUs to copy a revised version of a software product from one CPU to another. Each CPU must be licensed for that product. You first install the revised software on one CPU; then you can make copies for additional CPUs by purchasing the Right-To-Copy option for each additional CPU. ORDERING INFORMATION Single-Use licensed software is furnished under the licens¬ ing provisions of DIGITAL'S Standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale, which provide in part that the software and any part thereof may be used on only the single CPU on which the software is first installed, and may be copied, in whole or in part (with the proper inclusion of DIGITAL’S copyright notice and any proprietary notices on the soft¬ ware) for use on that same CPU. You will need a separate license for each CPU on which you will be using the software product (except as other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). Then, Materials and Service Documentation-Only Option The Documentation-Only option provides one copy of the basic documentation. Software Product Services A variety of service options are available. For more infor¬ mation on these or other services, please contact your local DIGITAL office. 44 SPD 18.11.01 MJcro/RSTS POP-11 Symbolic Do bugger, Version 2.0 (Formerly Miero/RSTS FORTRAN-77 DEBUG) SOFTWARE OPTIONS CHART The distribution Media Codes used in the Software Options Chart are described below. You specify the desired Media Code at the end of the Order Number, e.g., QY811-H3 - binaries on RX50 Floppy Diskette. 3 - RX50 Floppy Diskette 5 - TK50 Tape Cartridge Z ■ No hardware dependency NOTE: The availability of these software product options and services may very by country. Customers should con¬ tact their local DIGITAL office for information on availability. ORDER NUMBER OPTIONS LICENSE OPTIONS: A UCENSE IS REQUIRED FOR EACH CPU. Single-Use License for Class L Systems1 QY811-UZ Single-Use License for Class H Systems2 QP811-UZ MATERIALS AND SERVICE OPTIONS: Distribution and Documentation Option QY811-H3 QY811-H5 Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option QY811-HZ Documentation Only Option QY811-GZ Installation Service Option QY811-I3 QY811-I5 DECsupport Service QY811-93 QY811-95 Basic Service QY811-83 QY811-85 Self-Maintenance Service QY811-33 QY811-35 1 Class L Systems — AH Q-BUS models and systems except MicroPDP-11/83 — KD11.KDF11.KDJ11 CPU modules — DCT11, DCF11, DCJ11 microprocessor chips * Class H Systems — AH UNIBUS models and systems — MicroPOP-11/83 45 I 4 i SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) SUBMISSIONS Digital Equipment Corporation guarantees a response to every SPR submitted by DIGIT AL specialists and customers who purchase software product service agreements. Blank SPR forms are available upon request in desired quantities from SPR Administration. P.O. Box F, Maynard, MA 01754, or your local DIGITAL office. Inquiries on the progress of submitted SPRs should be directed to your local DIGITAL office or SPR Administration at (617) 493-4722. An SPR Answer Survey Card is enclosed with each SPR response. Please complete the survey card; it provides essential feedback for monitoring the quality of our SPR responses. Completing an SPR Form Complete the entire form by either typing or printing clearly. Remove "Customer File Copy" for your records. Leave carbon in tact. Include customer name and complete mailing address. To expedite the processing of your SPR. enter your Customer Number in the space provided. This number is located in the upper left-hand corner of your Dispatch label. It can also be obtained from your local DIGITAL office or by calling SPR Administration at (617) 493-6683. If you do not want your SPR to be published, check the DO NOT PUBLISH box on the SPR form. However, if the SPR is determined to be of universal value and it does not describe a security problem. DIGITAL may elect to publish it For SPRs which describe security prob¬ lems, it is imperative that the “DO NOT PUBLISH" box be marked. Describe one problem per SPR form. If an SPR is submitted with more than one problem, it can lengthen the turnaround time. State the problem clearly. If necessary, summarize the problem, then describe in detail. Include all the information needed to reproduce the problem. The easiest problems to fix are those reported in statements similar to the following: if you do X. Y happens when Z should. State all version numbers and all inserted patches. The problem can be fixed sooner if the version is known. Please include the operating system version even on operating system SPRs, since operating system bugs sometimes manifest themselves as "bugs in other pro¬ grams. A statement of patches inserted in the relevant software is also helpful. State the type of terminal or work station on which the software is running, e.g . VT100. VT220. PRO 350. DECmate. Include as much information as possible; too much information is better than not enough. Send all information in machine-readable format if it occupies more than half a page. Please include the following: 1. Program causing the problems 2. All necessary auxiliary files, such as DBMS or LIBRARY files 3. Assembly switches which are on (if applicable) 4. Switches handed to the software, since different switches cause different sections of the code to be executed 5. All necessary run-time files for language run-time problems 6. A directory listing of media, when included; label media carefully 47 SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs To insure timely processing of SPRs submitted with tapes, please follow the suggestions below: 1. Use either a floppy or a magnetic tape. 2. If a magnetic tape is used, it should be either 800, 1600. or 6250 bpi. 3. Include a directory with each tape submitted. 4. Label each tape with the following information. a. b. c. d. e. 5. Customer name Tape format bpi Track Preprinted number of the SPR submitted with the tape Remove from the tape any unnecessary or confidential files. Thank you. SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS Questions and problems regarding, and enhancements to, DIGITAL software should be reported on a Software Performance Report (SPR) form and mailed to the SPR Center at one of the following DIGITAL offices (SPR forms are available from the SPR Center): AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER United States Corporate Administrative Services Group P.O. Box F Maynard, MA 01754 Canada Digital Equipment of Canada, Ltd. P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario Canada, K2K 2A6 Mexico Digital Equipment de Mexico S.A. deC.V. Apartado Postal 12-1009 Mexico 12, O.F. Mexico Puerto Rico Digital Equipment Latin America P.O. Box 11038 Fernandez Juncos Station Santurce 00910 Puerto Rico Australia, New Zealand Digital Equipment Aust Pty Ltd 754 Pacific Hwy 1st floor M/SSNH/B-1 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Brazil Digital Equipment Comercio e Industria Ltda. Avenida Augusto Severo, 156-A 20021 Rio de Janeiro. RJ Brazil China Digital Equipment Hong Kong Ltd. 5-7th Floor Intercontinental Plaza 94 Granville Road Tsimshatsui East Kowloon Hong Kong Remainder of General International District (GID) Digital Equipment Corp. General International District - SWS 100 Nagog Park Acton, MA 01720-3499 United States United Kingdom, Bahrein, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Qatar, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Syria, United Arab Emirates, Yemen Arab Republic Digital Equipment Co. Ltd. Jays Close Basingstoke, Hampshire RG22 4DE England France Digital Equipment France Zone Industrielle Bois de L’Epine 11 Avenue Joliot Curie BP 202 91007 Evry Cedex France 49 AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER Italy Digital Equipment S.p.A. Viale Fulvio Testi, 11 Ang. Via Gorki 105 1-20092 Cinisello Balsamo Milan Italy Japan Nihon Digital Equipment Corp. Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1 Higashi Ikebukuro 3-Chome, Toshima-Ku, Tokyo, 170 Japan Belgium, Luxemburg Digital Equipment N.V./S.A. Rue De L’Aeronef 1 B-1140 Brussels Belgium Holland Digital Equipment B.V. Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV Utrecht Holland Sweden Digital Equipment AB SPR Admin. M-B Duff/CSC Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark Finland Digital Equipment Corp. OY Box 16 02201 ESPOO Finland Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway Austria, East Germany, West Germany, Poland, Hungary, Rumania, Czechoslovakia, Russia, Bulgaria Digital Equipment Corp. GmbH SPR Centre - D2 Freischuetzstrasse 91 8000 Muenchen 81 West Germany Israel Digital Equipment Ltd. Digital House Acadia Junction Herzlia 46 733 Israel Greece, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland, Yugoslavia, (Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Cyprus, Turkey, Malta) Digital Equipment Corp. AG Kanalstrasse 21 CH-8152 Glattbrugg (Zurich) Switzerland 50 DIGITAL SOFTWARE LICENSING DATA SHEET Modification to the Software Product This data sheet explains what software licenses are and why customers must obtain a software license to run any item of DIGITAL proprietary software. Any modification to licensed software does not exempt the product from DIGITAL license terms. Every line of code from a software product falls under the terms of the license. Only those modifi¬ cations that are not part of the original software are the customer’s property. It is important to note that warranty on the product is limited to the original software supplied by DIGITAL. DIGITAL does not sell software; DIGITAL offers software under a license agreement. DIGITAL has a license agreement for source software and object software. Since DIGITAL software programs are made available primarily in object code, this data sheet focuses on the purchase of object programs. Transferability of Licensed Software Products License Transfer - A license agreement does not automatically allow transfer of licensed software to another party or another CPU. If the customer intends to sell the licensed CPU and pass on the software with the sale or move the software onto another CPU, permission must be obtained from DIGITAL. A case-by-case License Transfer is required to relicense the software. Introduction to Software Licensing When DIGITAL hardware is purchased, all rights of ownership (legally called “title”) to the hardware pass to the customer. This is not the case with software. DIGITAL regards software as proprie¬ tary information. Since software is easily repro¬ duced, it must be legally protected from improper copying. Therefore, DIGITAL uses a combination of trade secret and copyright legal protection for software. DIGITAL protects its investment by retaining title to its software at all times and requires anyone wishing to use it to obtain a license. Software Sublicensing - DIGITAL customers with a purchase agreement authorizing sublicensing, such as OEMs, may transfer licensed object pro¬ ducts to their customers without a License Transfer. A valid sublicense, executed by an OEM with its customer, gives the OEM’s customer the same license rights and responsibilities as a license agreement made directly with DIGITAL. How DIGITAL Licenses Software The license agreement for object programs is con¬ tained in DIGITAL’S standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale and Corporate Volume Purchase Agreements instead of as a separate agreement. Therefore, when software products are purchased under DIGITAL’S Terms of Sale, the software license agreement is made at the same time. Source Software Sources are only available for selected products. A license agreement for source software must be separately executed for each facility/location which intends to purchase sources in machinereadable, listing, or microfiche form. Further information and availability of sources can be found in the applicable Software Product Descrip¬ tion (SPD). Key Principles of the License Agreement Object code is licensed for single use. This means obtaining a license for a product allows the asso¬ ciated software to be used on the “single” CPU on which it was first installed. Other key points are as follows: Software Warranty Each licensed software product offered has an SPD describing the warranty commitment for the product. Software products under DIGITAL war¬ ranty must conform to the description provided for a 90-day period, which generally begins upon product installation or 30 days after delivery. All other products are provided AS IS, without war¬ ranty. The SPD clearly states under which war¬ ranty category the product falls. • If the licensed CPU temporarily malfunctions, the software may be run on another machine while the CPU is down. • Copies of the software may be made for backup purposes if appropriate proprietary and copy¬ right notices are included. • The software may be modified or merged with other software if appropriate proprietary and copyright notices are included. • The software may be used by the customer’s employees and its agents directly concerned with the internal use, but may not be made available to anyone else. 51 4 Purchasing the License for the Software Product A license must be obtained lor each CPU on which the licensed software will be used (unless other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). A Single-use License for object code is generally ordered according to the type/classifcation of the CPU or system configuration intended to run the product. Further information and availability can be found in the applicable SPD. Software Product A license is a prerequisite to purchase the asso¬ ciated software. The Media and Documentation Option for a product is ordered according to media type. Further information and availability of media can be found in the applicable SPD. 4 t Purchasing Software Product Revisions/Updated Versions If a licensed customer is not covered by a product service agreement, updated versions can be pur¬ chased when they are made generally available. Updated versions are ordered according to media type. A customer can also choose to run updated versions on additional CPUs, but not purchase multiple media distributions. If this is the case, the Software Revision Right-to-Copy option must be purchased for each CPU which runs the updated version. Software Product Services A licensed customer can purchase annual product service agreements to receive updated versions on media when available. A customer may choose to copy updated versions onto additional CPUs dur¬ ing this service agreement period. In this case, the software Service Right-to-Copy must be purchased for each CPU which runs the updated version. Further information and availability can be found in the applicable SPD. Your local DIGITAL office can be contacted for additional assistance. I 4 52 DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY BENEFITS OF BELONGING Symposia The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Mem¬ bership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, pro¬ vides the individual user with information and serv¬ ices not found anywhere else. DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide a unique opportunity for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five days of intensive technical exchange. Symposium activities include workshops, clinics, panels, tuto¬ rials, and formal paper presentations. DIGITAL parti¬ cipates in symposia by sending Product Group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with DIGITAL. Members can find out the latest news on DIGITAL’S hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with DIGITAL allows the users of DIGITAL’S products to have a voice in the com¬ pany’s future. Publications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and DIGITAL, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications generated by DECUS support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also pub¬ lishes Special Interest Groups’ newsletters that pro¬ vide information pertaining to specific DIGITAL products. Founded in 1961, DECUS now has three autono¬ mous areas worldwide- DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, made up of eight independent chapters, and DECUS GIA (General International Area), made up of four independent chapters. DECUS services and activi¬ ties are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. Program Library All DECUS services promote the exchange of infor¬ mation in a noncommercial environment. Included in these services are: The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of software among users of all DIGITAL systems. The Library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submit¬ ted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The Library publishes an annual software catalog that lists and describes all the DECUS programs available to all users for a minimal charge. Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, operating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the areas of most interest to the users. You are cordially invited to join over 60,000 other users of DIGITAL products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both successes and problems. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do they have common professional interest, but they also have geographic and cultural ties. DIGITAL representatives attend¬ ing these meetings often unveil new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS chapter office listed here. 53 DECUS CHAPTER OFFICES - WORLDWIDE DECUS U.S. DECUS, U.S. Chapter 219 Boston Post Road (BP02) Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 U.S. Activities: (617) 480-3259 (3302) Library: (617) 480-3521 Finance and Administration: (617) 480-3634 DECUS Europe DECUS At Large (in Europe) C.P. 510 CH-1213 PETIT-LANCY 1/GE Switzerland DECUS Italia Viale Fulvio Testi 11 1-20092 CINISELLO BALSAMO DECUS Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark DECUS Sweden S-172 89 SUNDBYBERG Sweden DECUS France BP. 136 F-91004 EVRYCEDEX DECUS Holland Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV UTRECHT The Netherlands DECUS U.K., Ireland and Middle East P.O. Box 53 READING, RG2 OTW U.K. DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91 D-8000 MUENCHEN 81 Federal Republic of Germany DECUS Switzerland Schaffhauserstrasse 144 8302 Kloten Switzerland DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS Australia Northern Tower, Chatswood Plaza Railway Street Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Phone: (02) 412.5237 DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1, Higashi Ikeburo 3-Chome Toshima-ku, Tokyo 170 Japan Phone: [81]-(3)-9897111 DECUS Canada 100 Herzberg Road P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario K2K 2A6 Canada Phone. (613) 592-5111, ext. 2115 DECUS GIC 100 Nagog Park AK01-1/B11 Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. Phone: (617) 264-6561 November 1985 54 * } * r 4 SDSDQID digital equipment corporation T l Printed in U.S.A. The Software Dispatch The Software Dispatch RSTS/E August 1986 AD-5514G-11 SOTTl/l/a RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH Published by Corporate Administrative Services Group, Software Services Digital Equipment Corporation 129 Parker Street (PK02/E49) Maynard, MA 01754 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions, programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is developed from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supple¬ ment the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). PRODUCTS SUPPORTED in the RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, PDP-11 COBOL, PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-11/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E FORTRAN-77 DEBUG, PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 RSTS/E RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS DECAL DECgraph-11 DECmail/RSTS DECnet/E RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E-2780 SORT-11 RPG II, PDP-11 DISTRIBUTION The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest DIGITAL field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. Software binary and sources are provided under licenses only. The standard Terms and Condi¬ tions, OEM Agreement, and/or Quantity Discount Agreement contain the licenses for all binaries other than DECsystem-10. Barbara Scollan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1986. All Rights Reserved. The material is this document is for information purposes only. Digital believes the information Ln this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is subject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital Field Office. TRADEMARKS of DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION Maynard, Massachusetts DEC DECUS SDSDDBD DECnet DECsystem-10 DECSYSTEM-20 DECwriter DIBOL EDUsystem IAS MASSBUS PDF PDT RSTS RSX RT ULTRIX UNIBUS VAX VMS VT RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 TABLE OF CONTENTS Sequence No, PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES Page i RSTS/E V9 System Notes HARDWARE PROBLEM USING TK50 TAPE DRIVE ON SOME Q-BUS SYSTEMS 0.1.11 N 3 RSTS/E V9.0 SUPPORT TERMINATED 0.1.12 N 6 ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.1 0.1.13 N 7 3.3.8 M 9 3.5.5 M 13 Terminal Service Patches FIX PROBLEMS WITH USING PRINT DEVICES ON TERMINAL LINES File Processor Patches ALLOW MULTIPLE OPENS ON NONMOUNTED NFS DISK RSTS/E V9 CUMULATIVE INDEX SOFTWARE PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS 15 (SPDs) SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) 21 SUBMISSIONS 27 SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs 28 SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS 29 DIGITAL SOFTWARE LICENSING 31 DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY (DECUS) 33 PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES - RSTS/E AUGUST 1986 The following list contains date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who are in warranty or have a software product service agreement during the month the product became available, are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible customers who have not received the new release should contact their local DIGITAL office. PRODUCT VERSION ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECdx/RSTS DECmail-11 for RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E DECtap DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-ll/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E PDP-11 SYMBOLIC DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E,PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS Message Router for RSTS/E RPG II,PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E RSTS/E DECgraph-11 RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator AVAILABLE 2.4 2.3 JUL 85 JUN 85 4.4 2.4 3.1 1.0 2.0 MAY 82 MAY 86 SEP 84 NOV 84 MAR 84 2.1 1.5 1.2 SPD ONLY 2.1 1.5 2.6 2.0 JUN 85 MAR 86 MAY 85 JUL 82 APR 85 JUN 83 APR 86 5.0 1.0 1.4 2.0 1.0 8.8 1.1 9.1 1.2 5.2 SPD ONLY 1.1 RETIRED OCT 83 NOV 82 JUN 85 DEC 83 AUG 84 JUL 83 NOV 84 JAN 86 NOV 84 MAY 86 MAR 86 G 2.1 RETIRED APR 85 MAR 86 RSTS/E V9 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.11 N 1 of 3 HARDWARE PROBLEM USING TK50 TAPE DRIVE ON SOME Q-BUS SYSTEMS A hardware problem was recently discovered on the following Q-BUS systems containing a TK50 cartridge tape drive: o o o MicroPDP-11/53 MicroPDP-11/23 11/23-PLUS In some instances where heavy bus activity occurred—using BACKUP or RESTORE to back up or restore a disk using a TK50 tape—memory could become corrupted, causing the system to crash or behave in an unpredictable way. This problem is caused by the bus interaction between the TK50 tape controller and the PDP-11/53 (KDJ11-D) and PDP-11/23 (KDF11-B) processors; it does not exist with any other supported processor type. NOTE The LSI-11/23 (KDF11-A) and LSI-11/73 (KDJ11-A) processors also exhibit this problem. Neither of these processors are supported by RSTS/E. The problem is corrected by a hardware update to the Q-BUS TK50 module (M7546). There is no software solution to this problem. controller To prevent the possible occurrence of this problem, RSTS/E V9.2 and all versions do the following: 1. later Upon boot on all Q-BUS systems, INIT.SYS will check for the presence of any TK50 controllers lacking the necessary hardware update. If it finds any, it displays the following warning: MUx: is missing the following ECO: Module M7546: ECO #6 where x is the TK50 drive's unit number. INIT repeats the message for each TK50 controller found lacking the update, regardless of processor type. 3 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 General Notes System Notes 2. Seq. No. 0.1.11 N 2 of 3 If INIT finds any TK50 controllers without the update, and the system's processor type is a PDP-11/53 (KDJ11-D) or PDP-11/23 (KDF11-B), then INIT adds the following message: INIT will continue, but timesharing cannot be started. Under these conditions, you can continue to access any TK50 drives while running under INIT (to perform off-line SAVRES backups, for example), but you cannot start timesharing. 3. If you attempt to start timesharing on a MicroPDP-11/53, 11/23-PLUS, or MicroPDP-11/23 system with any TK50 controllers lacking the required hardware update, then INIT displays the error message: Timesharing cannot be started due to problems discovered during the boot/autosizing process. and returns to its Option: prompt. You must either disable the TK50 controller (via the HARDWR DISABLE option of INIT), or physically remove it from your system before you can start timesharing. These steps are taken to prevent the memory corruption problem described above, by recognizing the hardware configuration responsible for it. As such, this action does not solve the problem, but only prevents its occurrence. The correct solution is to replace the Q-BUS TK50 controller module (H7546) with one at revision level F or later. Once the replacement module is installed, INIT will no longer display the diagnostic messages, and you can use your TK50 tape drive in its normal manner. If your distribution kit is a TK50 cartridge tape, do not attempt to install RSTS/E V9.2 or later on a MicroPDP-11/53, 11/23-PLUS or MicroPDP-11/23 system containing a Q-BUS TK50 controller module earlier than revision level F. If you do, the INIT portion of the installation (initializing the system disk, copying various required files into account [0,1], etc.) will succeed, but you will not be able to start timesharing to complete the installation, because of the checks described above. If your distribution kit is not a TK50 cartridge tape, then you can complete the installation of RSTS/E V9.2 or later by answering NO to the Start Timesharing? prompt and then using the HARDWR DISABLE option of INIT to disable the TK50 controller. However, if your distribution kit is TK50, then the necessary Engineering change order (ECO) must first be installed before starting the RSTS/E installation. 4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.11 N 3 of 3 All Digital-supplied MicroPDP-11/53, 11/23-PLUS, and MicroPDP-11/23 systems containing a TK50 cartridge tape shipped after 30 June 1986 include the latest TK50 controller hardware update. Contact your local Digital field office for further details. 5 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 Seq. No. 0.1.12 N RSTS/E V9.2 General Notes System Notes 1 of 1 RSTS/E V9.0 SUPPORT TERMINATED % DIGITAL's support policy for RSTS/E software products is to maintain version for a period of 6 months after the release of a newer version. RSTS/E V9.1 was officially released 20 January 1986. RSTS/E V9.0 was terminated 31 July 1986. Therefore, each support for All customers are expected to have installed V9.1 software on their systems if they are to be supported after that date. § 6 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 RSTS/E 9.2 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.13 N 1 of 1 ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.1 Micro/RSTS V2.1 is a maintenance release of Micro/RSTS, based on V9.2 of RSTS/E. This release is primarily focused on maintenance to correct most of the RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS software problems discovered since the last release. Version 2.1 will be the first release of Micro/RSTS which will provide support for the new Micro/PDP-11/53. Any previous version of Micro/RSTS will not support the 11/53. In addition to the Micro/PDP-11/53, Micro/RSTS V2.1 provides support for the following new hardware: RX33 - Installation can be performed with a Micro/RSTS RX50 distribution kit on the RX33 single unit half-height drive using double-sided 5.25-inch RX33 diskettes. Micro/RSTS V2.1 does not support online formatting of the RX33 diskettes which are not shipped preformatted, so you must either preformat your RX33 diskettes using the offline diagnostic to obtain the benefit of RX33 format, or use preformatted RX50 diskettes. RD31 - The RD31 is a fixed disk in a single half-height unit that contains a double-sided 5.25-inch nonremovable hard disk, enclosed in a sealed assembly. The RD31 can store up to 20 megabytes (MB) of formatted data. DF224 - The DF224 Scholar modem is supported by Micro/RSTS V2.1. Micro/RSTS only supports Scholar modems of rev level B1 or later. Also note, to use the modem on a Micro/RSTS system, you must set the modem response option to “abbreviated11 to prevent speed selection problems when connected to terminal lines set to autobaud. Service Options Software product services are available for this product. For more information on these or other services, please contact your local Digital account representative. Availability Micro/RSTS V2.1 will begin shipping in the U.S. this month. 7 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches Seq. No. 3.3.8 M 1 of 3 FIX PROBLEMS WITH USING PRINT DEVICES ON TERMINAL LINES PROBLEM: The state of the XOFF flag in the device's DDB is being lost and the line characteristics are prematurely being reset when the device is closed or deallocated. These problems may cause data overruns or data loss to occur if there is still pending output during the time of the close or deallocation. These problems might appear when using the PBS package to print to terminal printers which are marked as SHAREABLE. SOLUTION: The patch procedures outlined below will correct the loss of the XOFF flag. However, it will not correct the problem of the premature changing of the line characteristics. We suggest for the time being, when using print devices connected to terminal lines, that the current line characteristics be the same as the permanent characteristics. This will avoid the line resetting problem and possible loss of data or data sent at an incorrect speed. Both the loss of the XOFF flag and the premature changing of the line characteristics will be corrected in RSTS/E V9.3. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.0, V9.1 and V9.2 executive. It must be installed in all target monitor SILs. Note that the patch for V9.0 is different than the one for V9.1 and V9.2. Be sure to select the patch that corresponds to your version of RSTS/E. 2. The patch described in steps 4 and 5 below PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. can be installed using the (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. 9 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 Seq. No. 3.3.8 M RSTS/E V9.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches 2 of 3 RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] 4. For RSTS/E V9.0 executives, the patch is as follows: Module name? TER Base address? DEA$KB Offset address? 20 Base Offset Old ?????? 000020 004767 ?????? 000022 ?????? ?????? 000024 012737 Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? PATCH Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 000000 ?????? 000002 000000 ?????? 000004 000000 ?????? 000006 000000 ?????? 000010 000000 ?????? 000012 000000 ?????? 000014 000000 ?????? 000016 000000 ?????? 000020 000000 ?????? ?????? 000022 Offset address? ~z Base address? $$0303 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 5. (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) New? ? 4737 ? PATCH ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? 16146 ? DDFLAG ? 42716 ? 77777 ? 4737 ? DDBSET0TER ? 52661 ? DDFLAG ? 207 ? (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) -z New? ? Q! 200 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) For RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2 executives, the patch is as follows: Module name? TER Base address? DEAMKB Offset address? 20 10 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches Base ?????? ?????? ?????? Offset Old 000020 004767 000022 ?????? 000024 012737 Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? PATCH Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 000000 ?????? 000002 000000 ?????? 000004 000000 ?????? 000006 000000 ?????? 000010 000000 ?????? 000012 000000 ?????? 000014 000000 ?????? 000016 000000 ?????? 000020 000000 ?????? ?????? 000022 Offset address? ~z Base address? $$0303 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? ?????? 000002 Seq. No. 3.3.8 M 3 of 3 New? ? 4737 ? PATCH ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? 16146 ? DDFLAG ? 42716 ? 77777 ? 4737 ? DDBSET@TER ? 52661 ? DDFLAG ? 207 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? Q!200 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 11 r a ? RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive File Processor Patches Seq. No. 3.5.5 M 1 of 2 ALLOW MULTIPLE OPENS ON NONMOUNTED NFS DISK PROBLEM: Attempts by one user to open a nonmounted disk in nonfile-structured mode on multiple channels, or attempts by more than one user to open the same nonmounted disk in nonfile-structured mode fail with "?Protection violation" (ERR=10). SOLUTION: The patching procedure detailed below corrects the above problem. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.0, V9.1, and V9.2 executives. It must be installed in all target monitor SILs. This problem will be fixed in source for RSTS/E V9.3. 2. The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. * can be installed using the PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) 13 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive File Processor Patches 4. 2 of 2 For RSTS/E V9.0 executives, the patch is as follows: Module name? OPN Base address? OPL0OVR Offset address? 3150 Base Offset Old ?????? 003150 001015 ?????? 003152 032764 Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0305 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? 5. Seq. No. 3.5.5 M New? ? 1012 ? ~Z New? ? Q!20 ? ~C (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) For RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2 executives, the patch is as follows: Module name? OPN Base address? OPL0OVR Offset address? 3144 Base Offset Old ?????? 003144 001015 ?????? 003146 032764 Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0305 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? New? ? 1012 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? Q!20 (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) ? ~C 14 RSTS/E VERSION 9 CUMULATIVE INDEX AUGUST 1986 This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.0 and all subsequent point releases, and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. IMPORTANT1 The following numerical system has been grouped in logical order denoted by the first digit (JC.X.X). The second digit (X.JC.X.) refers to the subcomponent and the third digit (X.X.X) denotes the issue number or sequential order. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. M = Mandatory Patch. The flags and definitions are as follows. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accompanying article specifies otherwise. F * Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current release because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. + = Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review (Order No. AA-5514G-BC), June 1985. * = Article appeared in the RSTS/E V9.0 Maintenance Notebook (Order No. AA-L997D-TC), June 1985. - = Article is being republished. 15 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Jun 85 * RSTS/E V9 General Notes System Notes 0.1,1 N RSTS/E V9.0 COMPONENT SUMMARY V9.0 N/A 0.1.2 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 0.1.3 N UNDERSTANDING ?NO ROOM FOR USER ON DEVICE ERRORS V9.0 N/A Jul 85 0.1.4 N WARNING ON USE OF THE PEEK() V9.0 N/A Nov 85 0.1.5 N FPJll 0.1.6 N ANNOUNCING NEW HARDWARE SUPPORT IN RSTS/E FUNCTION FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND MicroPDP-11/83 SYSTEMS V9.0 N/A Jan 86 V9.0 N/A Apr 86 0.1.7 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.1—SUPPORT FOR TK50 AND RD53 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 - 0.1.8 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.0 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 - 0.1.9 N FPJll FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND Micro PDP-11/83 SYSTEMS V9.1 0.1.10 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.2 V9.2 0.1.11 N HARDWARE PROBLEM USING TK50 TAPE DRIVE ON SOME O-BUS V9.2 N/A Aug 86 0.1.12 N RSTS/E V9.0 SUPPORT TERMINATED V9.0 N/A Aug 86 0.1.13 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.1 V9.2 N/A Aug 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 V9.1 Oct 85 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 N/A Jun 85 * SYSTEMS Jun 86 N/A Jun 86 - System Management Guidelines 0.2.1 N USING SAVE/RESTORE ON A TWO-DISK SYSTEM Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.1 RESERVED 1.1.2 RESERVED 1.1.3 RESERVED 1.1.4 H DSKINT OPTION OF INIT.SYS MAY NOT DETECT BAD BLOCKS 1.1.5 M TMSCP DRIVES ARE NOT MARKED AS AVAILABLE AFTER 1.1.6 M OFF-LINE SAVRES INVALIDATES ALL BUT LAST VOLUME 1.1.7 M INIT SAV/RES TO TMSCP TAPE MAY ABORT WITH REWIND-OFFLINE OPERATIONS OF MULTIVOLUME MAGTAPE SAVE SET "TRAP THROUGH 4" INIT.SYS Program Notes 1.2.1 N DEVICES WITH NON-STANDARD UNIBUS ADDRESSES AND VECTORS V9.0 System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N CSPLIB.TSK AND CSPLIB.STB MISSING FROM V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 2.1.2 N PBUILD.TSK SHOULD NOT BE V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * INCLUDED IN V9.0 KIT Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.1 P DISABLING THE USE OF DATA SPACE 3.3.1 F CHANGING SPECIAL LOGIN TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.3.2 F INPUT ESCAPE SEQUENCE HANDLING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * Terminal Services 4 Patches 16 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Jun 86 3.3.3 RESERVED 3.3.4 RESERVED 3.3.5 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.0 V9.2 3.3.6 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 3.3.7 M FIX CONTROL/O PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL V9.0 V9.3 Jul 86 V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 Jun 85 * SERVICE PATCH 3.3.8 M FIX PROBLEMS WITH USING PRINT DEVICES ON TERMINAL LINES Terminal Service Notes 3.4.1 N UNDERSTANDING TERMINAL PARITY AND STOP BIT SETTINGS V9.0 N/A 3.4.2 N MODEM CONTROL ON PRIVATE, V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.4.3 N MODEM SUPPORT ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 86 3.5.1 F CONTROLLING EMT LOGGING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.5.2 M SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL MAY V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 3.5.3 M ERROR IN HANDLING OF PUBLIC DISKS V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 3.5.4 M FIX CORRUPTION OF LOW-CORE LOCATIONS V9.0 V9.2 Jan 86 3.5.5 M ALLOW MULTIPLE OPENS ON NONMOUNTED NFS DISK V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 LEASED LINES File Processor Patches HANG THE SYSTEM Device Driver Patches 3.7.1 F USING THE CSS PAPER TAPE READER ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.7.2 M ACCESSING TMSCP TAPES MAY CAUSE SYSTEM TO CRASH V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 Jun 85 * BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches 4.1.1 F SPECIAL PRINT-USING CHARACTERS V9.0 N/A 4.1.2 F DEFAULT SCALE FACTOR V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.3 F OMITTING SCALE FACTOR WARNING MESSAGE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.4 F DEFAULT TO NOEXTEND MODE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.5 F IMMEDIATE MODE FROM V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.6 F NO PPN'S V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.7 F DISABLING THE CCL SYS CALL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.8 CLEAR I/O BUFFERS USED BY OPEN STATEMENTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * Jun 85 * F 4.1.9 F .BAS FILE IN CATALOG COMMAND FORCE "ILLEGAL STATEMENT" ERROR WHEN USING OBSOLETE SEND/RECEIVE Non-Standard BASIC-PLUS Features 4.10.1 N THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG FACILITY V9.0 N/A 4.10.2 N THE BASIC-PLUS DUMP FACILITY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.3 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG KEYWORDS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.4 F ENABLING THE BASIC-PLUS DUMP FEATURE 4.10.5 F ENABLING DUMP FROM COMPILED FILES FOR 4.10.6 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS D?MP KEYWORD NON-PRIVILEGED USERS RSTS/E 2780 DEVICE DRIVER 2780 Device Driver Patches 5.1.1 M BUFFER LIMIT CHECKING V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.2 M DISCONNECT COMMAND HANDLING V9.0 Jun 85 * 17 Corrected Mon/Yr Sequence Title Released 5.1.3 M DPll TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.4 M DUll/DPll TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.5 M LOSS OR DUPLICATION OF DATA V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.6 M DOUBLE CLOSE ALTERS MONITOR V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.7 M GET/PUT INTERLOCK PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.8 M 2780 HANDLER FAILURE PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.9 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 2780 Device Notes 5.2.1 N INSTALLING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING 2780's V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.2 V9.3 Jul 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * RSTS/E UTILITIES System Library ($) DSKINT.TSK 10.5.1 MANDATORY PATCH FOR DCL INITIALIZE COMMAND Error Control Package (ERROR$) Package Notes 12.1.1 UNDERSTANDING "PA MEMORY SYSTEM" ERROR LOGS Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSER$) Package Notes 14.1.1 NOTES ON USE OF THE SERIAL LA180 (LA180S) TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 14.1.2 USING TWO OR MORE PRINTERS TO SERVE A QUEUE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.1 V9.2 Feb 86 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 Print/Batch Services Package (PB$) Package Notes 15.1.1 PBS MUST BE STARTED FROM A PRIVILEGED ACCOUNT RSTS/E DOCUMENTATION Documentation Installation and Update Guide 19.4.1 PBUILD.TSK NO LONGER INCLUDED IN RSTS/E 19.5.1 ACCOUNT [0,200] NOT AVAILABLE FOR CUSTOMER USE System Manager's Guide RUN-TIME SYSTEMS SUPPORT DCL Package Notes 20.1.1 N FILE SPECIFICATIONS IN DCL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 20.1.2 N SETTING UP THE DCL LINK COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * RSX Utilities Package Notes 21.1.1 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS 18 Sequence Title 21.2.1 N USING THE RSX CRF UTILITY Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * CRF.TSK RT-11 Run-time System and Utilities Package Notes 22.1.1 N USE OF UNDERSCORE 22.1.2 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS 22.3.1 N NOTES ON HOOK.SAV IN RT-11 EMULATOR UTILITIES HOOK.SAV OPTIONAL SOFTWARE RSTS/E 2780 Package V3.0 RJ2780 25.2.1 M FAILURE TO CLEAR -JOB ACTIVE' 25.2.2 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT FAILURE ON ATTACH V9.0 Jun 85 * V9.0 Jun 85 * DECnet/E V2.0 Utilities NFT SUBMIT 31.21.1 R REMOTE BATCH CONTROL FILES BEING DELETED BEFORE EXECUTING V9.2 V9.3 Apr 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 86 V9.0 N/A Jan 86 V9.0 N/A Jul 85 V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + DECtaail-lI V2.0 36.1.1 N USING EDT V3.0 FOR DECmail-11 V2.0 DIBOL V5.2 Announcement 39.1.1 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E DIBOL V5.2 ADE V2.4 Package Notes 47.1.1 N ANNOUNCING ADE V2.4 FOR RSTS/E V9.0 AND Micro/RSTS VI.1 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E V2.6 55.3.1 N CALL ASSIGN CARRIAGE CONTROL ARGUMENT DOES NOT WORK PROPERLY 55.3.2 N DSIN YIELDS RESULTS WITH THE WRONG SIGN FOR 55.3.3 N INSTALLING FORTRAN-IV V2.6 ON RSTS/E V9.n NEGATIVE ANGLES 19 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + Jun 85 + DECWORD/DP VI.2 Package Notes 69.1.1 N NEW DECWORD INSTALLATION/UPDATE CONTROL FILE ON 69.1.2 N DECWORD VI.2 CBI FILES MAY BE DELETED TO SAVE 69.1.3 N DECWORD VI.2 COMMUNICATIONS FILES MAY BE DELETED TO V9.0 N/A 69.1.4 N ANNOUNCING AVAILABILITY OF DECWORD FOR Micro/RSTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + 69.1.5 N DECWORD/DP VI.2 SUPPORT FOR LN03 LASER PRINTER V9.0 N/A Sep 85 69.1.6 N INFORMATION ON RUNNING DECWORD/DP Vl.2 ON RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 Jun 85 + RSTS/E V9.0 DISK SPACE SAVE DISK SPACE WPSMEN V9.0 ISSUED FOR WPSUDK V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + • ISSUED FOR WPSMEN O REPLACEMENT MODULE > 69.2.0 M WPSUDK 69.3.0 M REPLACEMENT MODULE RMS-11 V2.0 Access Methods 75.2.1 M INDEX FILE CORRUPTION IN ALTERNATE KEY PATH V9.0 V9.1 Apr 86 75.2.2 M CORRUPTION IN VERY LARGE FILES V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 BASIC-PLUS-2 V2.3 79.2.1 N PROBLEM WITH PRINT USING V9.0 Jan 86 V9.0 Jan 86 FORTRAN IV/RSX V2.6 OTS 90.1.1 N LIST-DIRECTED READ 20 Software Product Descriptions (SPDs) Below is a revised SPD which appears on the following pages: 13.16.09 COBOL-81/RSTS/E, Version 2.4 21 Software Product Description PRODUCT NAME: COBOL-81 /RSTS/E, Version 2.4 VAX COBOL and COBOL-81 share many common fea¬ tures. These features are implemented with the same syntax and semantics on both compilers. In this way, source code developed using COBOL-81 may be mi¬ grated to VAX COBOL. Additionally, a VAX/VMS system may be used to develop source code that will eventually be compiled using COBOL-81. DESCRIPTION * COBOL-81/RSTS/E is a high level language for business data processing that operates under control of the RSTS/E Operating System. It is based upon the 1974 ANSI COBOL Standard X3.23-1974 and includes some of the features planned for the next COBOL standard. COBOL-81/RSTS/E is a subset of VAX COBOL and includes various DIGITAL extensions to COBOL, including screen handling at the source language level. The following DIGITAL extensions to COBOL are imple¬ mented in COBOL-81: COBOL-81 /RSTS/E meets the low-intermediate level requirements of the United States government, as described in FIPS PUB21-1. Many of the individual mod¬ ules are designed to meet the high level requirements, as described below: ANS-74 MODULE Nucleus Table Handling Sequential I/O Relative I/O Indexed I/O Segmentation Library Debug Interprogram Communication SORT/MERGE Communication * Level Supported by COBOL-81 2* ** *** 2 2 2 2 2" It *** 1 2 - FIPS PUB21-1 Requirements for High Level 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 • Screen handling is implemented as extensions to the DISPLAY and ACCEPT statements. The DISPLAY statement enables the programmer to display informa¬ tion or prompts anywhere on a video screen. The ACCEPT statement takes information typed anywhere on the screen and returns the value to a running COBOL-81 program. If requested, the ACCEPT state¬ ment can convert data to a numeric format. Supported terminal-types are recognized at run-time from informa¬ tion provided by the operating system. • RMS-STS and RMS-STV special registers may be examined to assist debugging. These registers contain status values from the RMS file system. • File sharing features enable more than one user to access data at the same time. The following utilities are provided to assist the COBOL81 programmer: • BLDODL (BuiLD ODL), which merges Skeleton Over¬ lay Descriptor Language (SKL) files generated by COBOL compilation into a single Overlay Descriptor Language (ODL) file. • RFM (ReForMat), a utility that converts source pro¬ grams from terminal format to conventional ANS COBOI and vice-versa. 2 2 The Nucleus module complies at level 2, except that the ALTER statement and the ALPHABET IS literal clause are not included. COBOL-81 consists of a compiler and an Object Time System/Library. The compiler produces an object module from a source program. The compiler is capable of produc¬ ing a source listing with embedded diagnostics indicating the line and position of a source-code error, a data-name map, a procedure-name map, and a cross-reference list¬ ing in alphabetical order. ** The Segmentation module complies at level 2, except that independent segments from level 1 are not included. *** COBOL-81 uses the PDP-11 Interactive Symbolic Debugger, which may be substituted for the Debug module at all but the high level. & SPD 13.16.09 t The Library module includes a partial level 2 REPLAC¬ ING facility. March 1986 sorware 23 AE-L880J-TC COBOL-81/RSTS/E, Version 2.4 SPD 13.16.09 Object modules produced by the compiler can be linked with other object modules produced by either the MACRO-11 or COBOL-81 language processor. These subprograms are accessed with the CALL statement. ORDERING INFORMATION Single-Use licensed software is furnished under the licens¬ ing provisions of DIGITAL’S Standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale, which provide in part that the software and any part thereof may be used on only the single CPU on which the software is first installed, and may be copied, in whole or in part (with the proper inclusion of DIGITAL’S copyright notice and any proprietary notices on the soft¬ ware) for use that same CPU. COBOL-81 file I/O operations are controlled through the RMS data management software. This method of record I/O supports sequential, relative and indexed file opera¬ tions. COBOL-81 also supports the Commercial Instruction Set (CIS). You will need a separate license for each CPU on which you will be using the software product (except as other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). Then, Materials and Service Options are selected to utilize the product effectively. THE LICENSE OPTIONS ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. IF YOU ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE SERVICE OPTIONS, YOU MAY OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PRODUCT SERVICE DESCRIPTION(S) FROM YOUR LOCAL DIGITAL OFFICE. If you are already familiar with these options, you may obtain the ordering information directly from the Software Options Chart. MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIRED Any valid RSTS/E system configuration that includes the following: • A user area of at least 48K bytes of memory if using an RMS resident library, 52K bytes for all other applica¬ tions • At least 5000 free blocks of on-line storage on the public disk structure, plus additional space for user programs and data files Single-Use License Option OPTIONAL HARDWARE • The Single-Use License is your right to use the software product on a single CPU. Any mass storage or terminal device supported by the prerequisite software, except TU56 DECtape and TU58 DECtape II • KEF11-BB Commercial Instruction Set for PDP-11/24 • KE44-A Commercial Instruction Set for PDP-11/44 • A VT200 family, VT100 family, VT52 or Professional terminal is required for the screen handling extensions to the ACCEPT and DISPLAY statements. For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: • Single-Use License Option, and • Distribution and Documentation Option The license gives you the right to use the software on a single CPU and the Distribution and Documentation Option provides the machine-readable software and related documentation. PREREQUISITE SOFTWARE RSTS/E Operating System To use this software product on additional CPUs, you must purchase for each CPU as a minimum: Refer to the RSTS/E Optional Software Cross Reference Table (SPD 20.97.xx) for the required version. • OPTIONAL SOFTWARE Single-Use License Option In addition to the right to use, the license gives you the one-time right to copy the software from your original CPU installation to the additional CPU. Therefore, the Distribution and Documentation Option is not required, but optional. PDP-11 Symoblic Debugger, Version 2.0 SOFTWARE WARRANTY Warranty for this software product is provided by DIGITAL with the purchase of a license for the product as defined in the Software Warranty Addendum of this SPD. The licensee may also reproduce and distribute object modules and/or resident libraries which are necessary to run programs compiled with this product provided such programs are distributed: 1) in accordance with the provi¬ sions of licensee’s standard software license; or 2) with licensee’s copyright notice included on such programs; or 3) if conditions (1) or (2) are not met, with DIGITAL’S COPYRIGHT notice included on such programs. INSTALLATION This software product can be installed by the customer using the step-by-step documentation available for this product. Optionally you can purchase DIGITAL Installation Services which provide for the installation of the software product by an experienced DIGITAL Software Specialist. Migration Option Courtesy Installation Service Current licensed users of PDP-11 COBOL are eligible for the migration option. This is a Single-Use License offered at a reduced price and provides all of the License rights described above. This software product will be installed by DIGITAL at no additional charge if you purchase it concurrent with a Startup Service Package that includes installation service. Both the operating system and this product must be installed concurrently. For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: • 24 Migration Option, and SPD 13.16.09 COBOL-81 /RSTS/E, Version 2.4 ware for the first time. When revised versions of this software product become available, they may also be obtained by purchasing this option again. • Distribution and Documentation Option To use this software product on additional CPUs currently licensed for PDP-11 COBOL, you must purchase for each CPU as a minimum: Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option The Right-To-Copy Option allows a customer with multi¬ ple CPUs to copy a revised version of a software product from one CPU to another. Each CPU must be licensed for that product. You first install the revised software on one CPU; then you can make copies for additional CPUs by purchasing the Right-To-Copy Option for each additional CPU. • Migration Option Migration Option COBOL-81/RSTS/E offers a special Migration Option. This special license allows currently licensed users of PDP-11 COBOL to upgrade to COBOL-81 at a reduced cost. A translator utility is provided to help make the transition from PDP-11 COBOL to COBOL-81 as smooth as possible. Documentation-Oniy Option The Documentation-Only Option provides one copy of the basic documentation. Distribution and Documentation Option Software Product Services The Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine-readable software and the basic documentation. You must have, or order, a Single-Use License to obtain this option. You will need this option to install the soft¬ A variety of service options are available. For more infor¬ mation on these or other services, please contact your local Digital office. 25 Purchasing the License for the Software Product A license must be obtained for each CPU on which the licensed software will be used (unless other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). A Single-use License for object code is generally ordered according to the type/classifcation of the CPU or system configuration intended to run the product. Further information and availability can be found in the applicable SPD. Software Product A license is a prerequisite to purchase the asso¬ ciated software. The Media and Documentation Option for a product is ordered according to media type. Further information and availability of media can be found in the applicable SPD. Purchasing Software Product Revisions/Updated Versions If a licensed customer is not covered by a product service agreement, updated versions can be pur¬ chased when they are made generally available. Updated versions are ordered according to media type. A customer can also choose to run updated versions on additional CPUs, but not purchase multiple media distributions. If this is the case, the Software Revision Right-to-Copy option must be purchased for each CPU which runs the updated version. Software Product Services A licensed customer can purchase annual product service agreements to receive updated versions on media when available. A customer may choose to copy updated versions onto additional CPUs dur¬ ing this service agreement period. In this case, the software Service Right-to-Copy must be purchased for each CPU which runs the updated version. Further information and availability can be found in the applicable SPD. Your local DIGITAL office can be contacted for additional assistance. \ 32 DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY BENEFITS OF BELONGING Symposia The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Mem¬ bership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, pro¬ vides the individual user with information and serv¬ ices not found anywhere else. DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide a unique opportunity for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five days of intensive technical exchange. Symposium activities include workshops, clinics, panels, tuto¬ rials, and formal paper presentations. DIGITAL parti¬ cipates in symposia by sending Product Group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with DIGITAL. Members can find out the latest news on DIGITAL’S hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with DIGITAL allows the users of DIGITAL’S products to have a voice in the com¬ pany’s future. Publications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and DIGITAL, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications generated by DECUS support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also publishesSpecial Interest Groups’ newsletters that pro¬ vide information pertaining to specific DIGITAL products. Founded in 1961, DECUS now has three autono¬ mous areas worldwide- DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, made up of eight independent chapters, and DECUS GIA (General International Area), made up of four independent chapters. DECUS services and activi¬ ties are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. Program Library All DECUS services promote the exchange of infor¬ mation in a noncommercial environment. Included in these services are: The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of software among users of all DIGITAL systems. The Library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submit¬ ted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The Library publishes an annual software catalog that lists and describes all the DECUS programs available to all users for a minimal charge. Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, operating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the areas of most interest to the users. You are cordially invited to join over 60,000 other users of DIGITAL products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both successes and problems. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do they have common professional interest, but they also have geographic and cultural ties. DIGITAL representatives attend¬ ing these meetings often unveil new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS chapter office listed here. 33 DECUS CHAPTER OFFICES — WORLDWIDE DECUS U.S. DECUS, U.S. Chapter 219 Boston Post Road (BP02) Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 U.S. Activities: (617) 480-3259 (3302) Library: (617) 480-3521 Finance and Administration: (617) 480-3634 * DECUS Europe DECUS At Large (in Europe) C.P. 510 CH-1213 PETIT-LANCY 1/GE Switzerland DECUS Italia Viale Fulvio Testi 11 1-20092 ClNISELLO BALSAMO DECUS Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark DECUS Sweden S-172 89 SUNDBYBERG Sweden DECUS France BP. 136 F-91004 EVRY CEDEX DECUS Holland Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV UTRECHT The Netherlands DECUS U.K., Ireland and Middle East P.O. Box 53 READING, RG2 OTW UK. DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91 D-8000 MUENCHEN 81 Federal Republic of Germany DECUS Switzerland Schaffhauserstrasse 144 8302 Kloten Switzerland DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1, Higashi Ikeburo 3-Chome Toshima-ku, Tokyo 170 Japan Phone: [81 ]-(3)-9897111 DECUS Australia Northern Tower, Chatswood Plaza Railway Street Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Phone: (02) 412.5237 DECUS Canada 100 Herzberg Road P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario K2K 2A6 Canada Phone: (613) 592-5111, ext. 2115 * DECUS GIC 100 Nagog Park AK01-1/B11 Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. Phone: (617) 264-6561 November 1985 DECUS 34 4 3DSDO0D digital equipment corporation Printed in U.S.A. The Software Dispatch The Software Dispatch RSTS/E September 1986 AD-5514G-12 mm som/i/are RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH Published by Technical Support Group Operations Digital Equipment Corporation 129 Parker Street (PK02/E49) Maynard, MA 01754 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions, programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is developed from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supple¬ ment the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). PRODUCTS SUPPORTED in the RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, PDP-11 COBOL, PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECWORD/DP RSTS Smart Mailer DMS-500 FMS-11/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E FORTRAN-77 DEBUG, PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 RSTS/E DIBOL GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS DECAL DECgraph-11 DECmail/RSTS DECnet/E RSTS/E RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E-2780 SORT-11 RPG II, PDP-11 DISTRIBUTION The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest DIGITAL field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. Software binary and sources are provided under licenses only. The standard Terms and Condi¬ tions, OEM Agreement, and/or Quantity Discount Agreement contain the licenses for all binaries other than DECsystem-10. Barbara Scollan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1986. All Rights Reserved. The material is this document is for information purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is subject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital Field Office. TRADEMARKS of DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION Maynard, Massachusetts DEC DECUS SOSBQBD DECnet DECsystem-10 DECSYSTEM-20 DECwriter DIBOL EDUsystem IAS MASSBUS PDP PDT RSTS RSX RT ULTRIX UNIBUS VAX VMS VT RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1986 TABLE OF CONTENTS Sequence No, page PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES i RSTS/E V9 System Notes UPGRADING RQDX1 AND RQDX2 CONTROLLERS TO RQDX3 0.1.14 N 3 File Processor Patches DISK MODE 8 IS IGNORED - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH ACCOUNTS MAY BECOME UNDELETABLE - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH 3.5.6 M 5 3.5.7 M 7 3.6.1 N 11 75.2.3 M 13 File Processor Notes PENDING SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL CHANGE RMS-11 RMS-11 INDEXED FILE CORRUPTION RSTS/E V9 CUMULATIVE INDEX SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) 15 SUBMISSIONS SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS 24 25 DIGITAL SOFTWARE LICENSING DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY 23 27 (DECUS) 29 PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES - RSTS/E SEPTEMBER 1986 The following list contains date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who are in warranty or have a software product service agreement during the month the product became available, are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible customers who have not received the new release should contact their local DIGITAL office. PRODtyCT VERSION ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECdx/RSTS DECmail-11 for RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E DECtap DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-11/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E PDP-11 SYMBOLIC DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E,PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS Message Router for RSTS/E RPG II,PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E RSTS/E DECgraph-11 RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator AVAILABLE 2.4 2.3 JUL 85 JUN 85 4.4 2.4 3.1 1.0 2.0 MAY MAY SEP NOV MAR 2.1 1.5 1.2 SPD ONLY 2.1 1.5 2.6 2.0 JUN 85 MAR 86 MAY 85 JUL 82 APR 85 JUN 83 APR 86 5.0 1.0 1.4 2.0 1.0 8.8 1.1 9.2 1.2 5.2 SPD ONLY 1.1 RETIRED OCT 83 NOV 82 JUN 85 DEC 83 AUG 84 JUL 83 NOV 84 JUN 86 NOV 84 MAY 86 MAR 86 G 2.1 RETIRED APR 85 MAR 86 82 86 84 84 84 » RSTS/E V9 c RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.14 N 1 of 1 UPGRADING RQDX1 AND RQDX2 CONTROLLERS TO RQDX3 Users with Micro/PDP-11 systems that include an RQDX1 or RQDX2 controller need to be aware that replacement of either of those controllers with a newer RQDX3 controller requires reformatting of any fixed RD-type disks (RD51, RD52, etc.) connected to those controllers, thereby destroying any data currently on those disks. NOTE RX50 flexible diskettes are not affected, as they are format-compatible with all types of RQDX controllers. If it becomes necessary to replace your RQDX1 or RQDX2 controller because of a hardware problem, be sure that Field Service replaces the controller with one of the same type. This procedure is consistent with standard Field Service policy. Should you choose to upgrade your RQDX1 or RQDX2 controller with an RQDX3, you must first save all of the data on any fixed RD-type disks connected to the controller. It is recommended that you use the BACKUP command to do so, as BACKUP provides the best data reliability of all the backup tools available on RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS. You can use RX50 flexible diskettes as the backup medium, since these are not affected by the RQDX3 upgrade. Once the RQDX3 controller has been installed, Field Service will reformat the affected disks. Use the RESTORE command to restore your saved data onto the reformatted disks. 3 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive File Processor Patches Seq. No. 3.5.6 M 1 of 2 DISK MODE 8 IS IGNORED - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH PROBLEM: In RSTS/E Versions 9.0 and 9.1, the file processor ignores Disk Mode 8 (special extend mode). As a result, programs using this mode to ensure data integrity in the event of a system crash are unable to do so. EDT uses Mode 8 for its journal file. Because of this problem, EDT journal files sometimes do not contain all of the changes from an aborted editing session. RMS-11 uses this feature for indexed files. Because of this problem, RMS-11 indexed files that are open at the time of a system crash might become corrupted. SOLUTION: The patch procedures outlined below correct the 9.0 and 9.1. problem in RSTS/E Versions This problem is corrected in source for RSTS/E V9.2. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.0 and RSTS/E V9.1 executives. It must be installed in all target monitor SILs. Note that the patch for V9.0 is different than the one for V9.1. Be sure to select the patch that corresponds to your version of RSTS/E. 2. The patch described in steps 4 and 5 below PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. can be installed using the (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. 5 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive File Processor Patches Seq. No. 3.5.6 M 2 of 2 RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] 4. For RSTS/E V9.0 executives, the patch is as follows: Module name? OPN Base address? EXL@0VR Offset address? 156 Base Offset Old ?????? 000156 001425 ?????? 000160 011546 Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0305 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 5. (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) 000002 ?????? New? ? 1421 ? ~Z New? ? Q!40 ? ~C For RSTS/E V9.1 executives, the patch is as follows: Module name? OPN Base address? EXL0OVR Offset address? 154 Base Offset Old ?????? 000154 001425 ?????? 000156 011546 Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0305 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? New? ? 1421 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? QUO ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 6 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive File Processor Patches Seq. No. 3.5.7 M 1 of 3 ACCOUNTS MAY BECOME UNDELETABLE - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH PROBLEM: If a file is created using a preextension size (using the FILESIZE modifier in BASIC-PLUS), but the extension fails for any reason other than the lack of disk space (quota exceeded, disk errors accessing the directory structure, etc.) the file will be left in a partially created state. The most common way for this to occur is from quota-exceeded errors. Note that both the COPY and RESTORE commands use the file preextension feature. This partially created file does not show up in directory listings, nor does it use any disk space. It will be correctly deleted when the disk is rebuilt. The presence of this file, however, causes the monitor to be unable to delete an account, returning an error indicating that the account is still in use. NOTE This problem exists in RSTS/E V9.0, V9.1, and V9.2. However, in V9.0, quota-exceeded errors during creation of a file did not leave the file in a partially created state as described above; only a disk error or other abnormal error accessing the filers directory could cause such a result. SOLUTION: The patching procedure outlined below will correct the V9.2. No patch is available for V9.0. problem in V9.1 and It is advised that you rebuild all your disks after the installation of this patch to remove any partially created files which may exist in the directory structure. This problem is corrected in source for RSTS/E V9.3. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.1 and RSTS/E It must be installed in all target monitor SILs. 7 V9.2 executives. RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive File Processor Patches 2. Seq. No. 3.5.7 M 2 of 3 The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. be installed using the PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] 4. can (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) The patch is as follows: Module name? OPN Base address? EXL0OVR Offset address? 4 Base Offset Old ?????? 000004 012737 ?????? ?????? 000006 ?????? ?????? 000010 New? <LF> (no change; verify only) ? OPNPAT0OVR ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? 1360 Base New? Offset Old ?????? ? (CTRL/Z 001360 004737 Offset address? (CTRL/Z Base address? 0PNPAT@0VR Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000000 000000 ? 13706 ?????? 000002 000000 ? FIPESP0OVR ?????? 000004 000000 ? 5726 ?????? ? 4537 000006 000000 ?????? 000010 000000 ? REGRES0OVR ?????? 000012 000000 ? 137 ?????? 000014 000000 ? EXL@OVR+1360 ?????? ?????? ? (CTRL/Z 000016 Offset address? ~z (CTRL/Z Base address? z (CTRL/Z 8 for new offset) for new base) for new offset) for new base) for new module) RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive File Processor Patches * Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0305 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? ?????? 000000 000002 ?????? ?????? Seq. No. 3.5.7 M 3 of 3 New? ? Q!100 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) C 9 m RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 Executive File Processor Notes Seq. No. 3.6.1 N 1 of 1 PENDING SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL CHANGE A change is being made in the Set Terminal Characteristics SYS call for a future release of RSTS/E. Currently, this sys call allows you to issue the call to set and/or read the line characteristics of a disabled line. This is inconsistent with other functions such as opening the device, where the error "?Device not available" is returned. With this change, if you issue the Set Terminal Characteristics SYS call to set and/or read the line characteristics of a disabled line, it too will return the same error (ERR = 8, Mnemonic = NOTAVL). If you have any software which issues this call, it should be updated to trap this error and take whatever action is appropriate for that particular application. Note that you can update any such applications now, in anticipation of this future change. 11 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, September 1986 RMS-11 V2.0 for RSTS/E V2.0 Seq. No. 75.2.3 M 1 of 1 RMS-11 INDEXED FILE CORRUPTION PROBLEM: RMS-11 indexed files may be corrupted in RSTS/E Versions 9.0 and 9.1. RMS-11 uses Disk Mode 8 to ensure that directory retrieval pointers are updated immediately, thus reflecting the actual contents of the indexed file as it exists on the disk. Unfortunately, because of a problem in the file processor, Mode 8 is currently ignored. If you open a file and write to it such that RMS-11 forces an extension of the file and your system then crashes, there may be buckets that have been written to disk without a corresponding update to the disk's directory structure. This form of corruption would make any further accesses questionable. Possible visible signs of this form of corruption are: o When trying to insert a new record, the program loops in RMS o A program may return an end-of-file error when it attempts new record to store a o A program may return a duplicate-key error when it attempts to store a new record, even though it did an initial read to make sure no duplicates were present SOLUTION: If you have had crashes during RMS-11 file extensions, it is recommended that you reload your file using RMSIFL after applying the Mode 8 patch (Seq. No. 3.5.6 M, RSTS/E Software Dispatch. September 1986, page 5). In the worst case, you may not be able to reload the file. If you succeed in reloading, you should still check for missing data. 13 RSTS/E VERSION 9 CUMULATIVE INDEX SEPTEMBER 1986 This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.0 and all subsequent point releases, and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. IMPORTANT! The following numerical system has been grouped in logical order denoted by the first digit (X.X.X). The second digit (X.JC.X.) refers to the subcomponent and the third digit (X.X._X) denotes the issue number or sequential order. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. M = Mandatory Patch. The flags and definitions are as follows. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accompanying article specifies otherwise. F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current release because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. + * * Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review (Order No. AA-5514G-BC), June 1985. * = Article appeared in the RSTS/E V9.0 Maintenance Notebook (Order No. AA-L997D—TC), June 1985. - * Article is being republished. ) 15 Released Corrected Mon/Yr 0.1.1 N RSTS/E V9.0 COMPONENT SUMMARY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 0.1.2 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 0.1.3 N UNDERSTANDING ?NO ROOM FOR USER ON DEVICE ERRORS V9.0 N/A Jul 85 0.1.4 N WARNING ON USE OF THE PEEK() V9.0 N/A Nov 85 0.1.5 N FPJ11 0.1.6 N ANNOUNCING NEW HARDWARE SUPPORT IN RSTS/E Sequence Title RSTS/E V9 General Notes System Notes FUNCTION FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND MicroPDP-11/83 SYSTEMS V9.0 N/A Jan 86 V9.0 N/A Apr 86 0.1.7 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.1—SUPPORT FOR TK50 AND RD53 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 0.1.8 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.0 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 0.1.9 N FPJ11 FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND Micro PDP-11/83 SYSTEMS V9.1 0.1.10 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.2 V9.2 0.1.11 N HARDWARE PROBLEM USING TK50 TAPE DRIVE ON SOME Q-BUS SYSTEMS Jun 86 N/A Jun 86 V9.2 N/A Aug 86 V9.0 N/A Aug 86 0.1.12 N RSTS/E V9.0 SUPPORT TERMINATED 0.1.13 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.1 V9.2 N/A Aug 86 0.1.14 N UPGRADING RQDX1 AND RQDX2 CONTROLLERS TO RQDX3 V9.2 V9.2 Sep 86 0.2.1 N USING SAVE/RESTORE ON A TWO-DISK SYSTEM V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.0 V9.1 Oct 85 V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 DEVICES WITH NON-STANDARD UNIBUS ADDRESSES AND VECTORS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 System Management Guidelines * Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.1 RESERVED 1.1.2 RESERVED 1.1.3 RESERVED 1.1.4 M DSKINT OPTION OF INIT.SYS MAY NOT DETECT BAD BLOCKS 1.1.5 M TMSCP DRIVES ARE NOT MARKED AS AVAILABLE AFTER 1.1.6 M OFF-LINE SAVRES 1.1.7 M INIT SAV/RES TO TMSCP TAPE MAY ABORT WITH REWIND-OFFLINE OPERATIONS INVALIDATES ALL BUT LAST VOLUME OF MULTIVOLUME MAGTAPE SAVE SET "TRAP THROUGH 4" INIT.SYS Program Notes 1.2.1 N System * Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N CSPLIB.TSK AND CSPLIB.STB MISSING FROM V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 2.1.2 N PBUILD.TSK SHOULD NOT BE INCLUDED IN V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.1 F DISABLING THE USE OF DATA SPACE 16 * Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr 3.3.1 F CHANGING SPECIAL LOGIN TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3,3.2 F INPUT ESCAPE SEQUENCE HANDLING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.3.3 RESERVED V9.2 Jun 86 Terminal Services Patches * 3.3.4 RESERVED 3.3.5 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.0 3.3.6 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 3.3.7 M FIX CONTROL/0 PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL V9.0 V9.3 Jul 86 3.3.8 M FIX PROBLEMS WITH USING PRINT DEVICES ON TERMINAL V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 Jun 85 * SERVICE PATCH LINES Terminal Service Notes 3.4.1 N UNDERSTANDING TERMINAL PARITY AND STOP BIT SETTINGS V9.0 N/A 3.4.2 N MODEM CONTROL ON PRIVATE, V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3.4.3 N MODEM SUPPORT ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 Sep 85 LEASED LINES * File Processor Patches 3.5.1 F CONTROLLING EMT LOGGING 3.5.2 M SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL MAY V9.0 V9.1 3.5.3 M ERROR IN HANDLING OF PUBLIC DISKS V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 3.5.4 M FIX CORRUPTION OF LOW-CORE LOCATIONS V9.0 V9.2 Jan 86 3.5.5 M ALLOW MULTIPLE OPENS ON NONMOUNTED NFS DISK V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 3.5.6 M DISK MODE 8 V9.0 V9.2 Sep 86 3.5.7 M ACCOUNTS MAY BECOME UNDELETABLE V9.1 V9.3 Sep 86 V9.2 N/A Sep 86 HANG THE SYSTEM IS * IGNORED - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH File Processor Notes 3.6.1 PENDING SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL CHANGE Device Driver Patches 3.7.1 F 3.7.2 M USING THE CSS PAPER TAPE READER ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 85 ACCESSING TMSCP TAPES MAY CAUSE SYSTEM TO CRASH V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 * BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches 4.1.1 F SPECIAL PRINT-USING CHARACTERS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 4.1.2 F DEFAULT SCALE FACTOR V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.3 F OMITTING SCALE FACTOR WARNING MESSAGE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.4 DEFAULT TO NOEXTEND MODE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 IMMEDIATE MODE FROM V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * F 4.1.5 F 4.1.6 F .BAS FILE * * NO PPN'S IN CATALOG COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.7 F DISABLING THE CCL SYS CALL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.8 F CLEAR I/O BUFFERS USED BY OPEN STATEMENTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.9 F FORCE "ILLEGAL STATEMENT" V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * ERROR WHEN USING OBSOLETE SEND/RECEIVE Non-Standard BASIC-PLUS Features 4.10.1 N THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG FACILITY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.2 N THE BASIC-PLUS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * DUMP FACILITY 17 Released Corrected Mon/Yr Sequence Title 4.10.3 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG KEYWORDS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.4 F ENABLING THE BASIC-PLUS DUMP FEATURE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.5 F ENABLING DUMP FROM COMPILED FILES FOR V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * NON-PRIVILEGED USERS 4.10.6 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS D?MP KEYWORD * RSTS/E 2780 DEVICE DRIVER 2780 Device Driver Patches 5.1.1 M BUFFER LIMIT CHECKING V9.0 Jun 85 5.1.2 M DISCONNECT COMMAND HANDLING V9.0 Jun 85 * * 5.1.3 M DP11 TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.4 M DU11/DP11 TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.5 M LOSS OR DUPLICATION OF DATA V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.6 M DOUBLE CLOSE ALTERS MONITOR V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.7 M GET/PUT INTERLOCK PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.8 M 2780 HANDLER FAILURE PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.9 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.2.1 N INSTALLING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING 2780's 2780 Device Notes V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.2 V9.3 Jul 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.1 V9.2 Feb 86 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 RSTS/E UTILITIES System Library ($) DSKINT.TSK 10.5.1 M MANDATORY PATCH FOR DCL INITIALIZE COMMAND Error Control Package (ERROR$) Package Notes 12.1.1 N UNDERSTANDING "PA MEMORY SYSTEM" ERROR LOGS Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSER$) Package Notes 14.1.1 N NOTES ON USE OF THE SERIAL LA180 (LA180S) TERMINAL 14.1.2 N USING TWO OR MORE PRINTERS TO SERVE A QUEUE Print/Batch Services Package (PB$) Package Notes 15.1.1 R PBS MUST BE STARTED FROM A PRIVILEGED ACCOUNT RSTS/E DOCUMENTATION Documentation Installation and Update Guide 19.4.1 N PBUILD.TSK NO LONGER INCLUDED IN RSTS/E 19.5.1 N ACCOUNT System Manager's Guide [0,200) NOT AVAILABLE FOR CUSTOMER USE 18 / Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Juh 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * RUN-TIME SYSTEMS SUPPORT DCL Package Notes 20.1.1 N FILE SPECIFICATIONS IN DCL 20.1.2 N SETTING UP THE DCL LINK COMMAND RSX Utilities Package Notes 21.1.1 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS 21.2.1 N USING THE RSX CRF UTILITY CRF.TSK * RT-11 Run-time System and Utilities Package Notes 22.1.1 N USE OF UNDERSCORE 22.1.2 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS IN RT-11 EMULATOR UTILITIES 22.3.1 N NOTES ON HOOK.SAV HOOK.SAV OPTIONAL SOFTWARE RSTS/E 2780 Package V3.0 RJ2780 25.2.1 M FAILURE TO CLEAR 'JOB ACTIVE* 25.2.2 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT FAILURE ON ATTACH V9.0 Jun 85 * V9.0 Jun 85 * DECnet/E V2.0 Utilities NFT SUBMIT 31.21.1 R REMOTE BATCH CONTROL FILES BEING DELETED BEFORE EXECUTING V9.2 V9.3 Apr 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 86 V9.0 N/A Jan 86 DECmail-11 V2.0 36.1.1 N USING EDT V3.0 FOR DECmail-11 V2.0 DIBOL V5.2 Announcement 39.1.1 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E DIBOL V5.2 19 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Jul 85 V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + Jun 85 + ADE V2.4 Package Notes 47.1.1 N ANNOUNCING ADE V2.4 FOR RSTS/E V9.0 AND Micro/RSTS VI.1 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E V2.6 55.3.1 N CALL ASSIGN CARRIAGE CONTROL ARGUMENT DOES NOT 55.3.2 N DSIN YIELDS RESULTS WITH THE WRONG SIGN FOR 55.3.3 N INSTALLING FORTRAN-IV V2.6 ON RSTS/E V9.n WORK PROPERLY NEGATIVE ANGLES DECWORD/DP VI.2 Package Notes 69.1.1 N NEW DECWORD INSTALLATION/UPDATE CONTROL FILE ON 69.1.2 N DECWORD VI.2 CBI FILES MAY BE DELETED TO SAVE 69.1.3 N DECWORD VI.2 COMMUNICATIONS FILES MAY BE DELETED TO V9.0 N/A 69.1.4 N ANNOUNCING AVAILABILITY OF DECWORD FOR Micro/RSTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + 69.1.5 N DECWORD/DP VI.2 SUPPORT FOR LN03 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 69.1.6 N INFORMATION ON RUNNING DECWORD/DP VI.2 ON RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + Apr 86 RSTS/E V9.0 DISK SPACE SAVE DISK SPACE LASER PRINTER WPSMEN 69.2.0 M REPLACEMENT MODULE ISSUED FOR WPSMEN WPSUDK 69.3.0 M REPLACEMENT MODULE ISSUED FOR WPSUDK RMS-11 V2.0 Access Methods 75.2.1 M INDEX FILE CORRUPTION IN ALTERNATE KEY PATH V9.0 V9.1 75.2.2 M CORRUPTION IN VERY LARGE FILES V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 75.2.3 M RMS-11 V9.2 V9.2 Sep 86 INDEXED FILE CORRUPTION BASIC-PLUS-2 V2.3 79.2.1 N V9.0 PROBLEM WITH PRINT USING 20 Jan 86 Sequence Released Title Corrected Mon/Yr FORTRAN IV/RSX V2.6 OTS 90.1.1 N LIST-DIRECTED READ V9.0 Jan 86 SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) SUBMISSIONS Digital Equipment Corporation guarantees a response to every SPR submitted by DIGIT AL specialists and customers who purchase software product service agreements. Blank SPR forms are available upon request in desired quantities from SPR Administration. P.O. Box F, Maynard, MA 01754, or your local DIGITAL office. Inquiries on the progress of submitted SPRs should be directed to your local DIGITAL office or SPR Administration at (617) 493-4722. An SPR Answer Survey Card is enclosed with each SPR response. Please complete the survey card; it provides essential feedback for monitoring the quality of our SPR responses. Completing an SPR Form Complete the entire form by either typing or printing clearly. Remove ‘Customer File Copy" for your records. Leave carbon in tact. Include customer name and complete mailing address. To expedite the processing of your SPR, enter your Customer Number in the space provided. This number is located in the upper left-hand corner of your Dispatch label. It can also be obtained from your local DIGITAL office or by calling SPR Administration at (617) 493-6683. If you do not want your SPR to be published, check the DO NOT PUBLISH" box on the SPR form. However, if the SPR is determined to be of universal value and it does not describe a security problem, DIGITAL may elect to publish it. For SPRs which describe security prob¬ lems, it is imperative that the “DO NOT PUBLISH" box be marked. Describe one problem per SPR form. If an SPR is submitted with more than one problem, it can lengthen the turnaround time. State the problem clearly. If necessary, summarize the problem, then describe in detail. Include all the information needed to reproduce the problem. The easiest problems to fix are those reported in statements similar to the following: if you do X. Y happens when Z should. State all version numbers and all inserted patches. The problem can be fixed sooner if the version is known. Please include the operating system version even on operating system SPRs, since operating system bugs sometimes manifest themselves as "bugs" in other pro¬ grams. A statement of patches inserted in the relevant software is also helpful. State the type of terminal or work station on which the software is running, e g., VT100. VT220. PRO 350. DECmate. Include as much information as possible; too much information is better than not enough. Send all information in machine-readable format if it occupies more than half a page. Please include the following: 1. Program causing the problems 2. All necessary auxiliary files, such as DBMS or LIBRARY files 3. Assembly switches which are on (if applicable) 4. Switches handed to the software, since different switches cause different sections of the code to be executed 5. All necessary run-time files for language run-time problems 6. A directory listing of media, when included; label media carefully 23 SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs To insure timely processing of SPRs submitted with tapes, please follow the suggestions below: 1. Use either a floppy or a magnetic tape. 2. If a magnetic tape is used, it should be either 800, 1600, or 6250 bpi. 3. Include a directory with each tape submitted. 4. Label each tape with the following information: a. b. c. d. e. 5. Customer name Tape format bpi Track Preprinted number of the SPR submitted with the tape Remove from the tape any unnecessary or confidential files. Thank you. 24 SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS Questions and problems regarding, and enhancements to, DIGITAL software should be reported on a Software Performance Report (SPR) form and mailed to the SPR Center at one of the following DIGITAL offices (SPR forms are available from the SPR Center): AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER United States Corporate Administrative Services Group P.O. Box F Maynard, MA 01754 Canada Digital Equipment of Canada, Ltd. P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario Canada, K2K 2A6 Mexico Digital Equipment de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Apartado Postal 12-1009 Mexico 12, O.F. Mexico Puerto Rico Digital Equipment Latin America P.O. Box 11038 Fernandez Juncos Station Santurce 00910 Puerto Rico Australia, New Zealand Digital Equipment Aust Pty Ltd 754 Pacific Hwy 1st floor M/SSNH/B-1 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Brazil Digital Equipment Comercio e Industria Ltda. Avenida Augusto Severo, 156-A 20021 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brazil China Digital Equipment Hong Kong Ltd. 5-7th Floor Intercontinental Plaza 94 Granville Road Tsimshatsui East Kowloon Hong Kong Remainder of General International District (GID) Digital Equipment Corp. General International District - SWS 100 Nagog Park Acton, MA 01720-3499 United States United Kingdom, Bahrein, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Qatar, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Syria, United Arab Emirates, Yemen Arab Republic Digital Equipment Co. Ltd. Jays Close Basingstoke, Hampshire RG22 4DE England France Digital Equipment France Zone Industrielle Bois de L’Epine 11 Avenue Joliot Curie BP 202 91007 Evry Cedex France 25 AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER Italy Digital Equipment S.p.A. Viale Fulvio Testi, 11 Ang. Via Gorki 105 1-20092 Cinisello Balsamo Milan Italy Japan Nihon Digital Equipment Corp. Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1 Higashi Ikebukuro 3-Chome, Toshima-Ku, Tokyo, 170 Japan Belgium, Luxemburg Digital Equipment N.V./S.A. Rue De L’Aeronef 1 B-1140 Brussels Belgium Holland Digital Equipment B.V. Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV Utrecht Holland Sweden Digital Equipment AB SPR Admin. M-B Duff/CSC Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark Finland Digital Equipment Corp. OY Box 16 02201 ESPOO Finland Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway Austria, East Germany, West Germany, Poland, Hungary, Rumania, Czechoslovakia, Russia, Bulgaria Digital Equipment Corp. GmbH SPR Centre - D2 Freischuetzstrasse 91 8000 Muenchen 81 West Germany Israel Digital Equipment Ltd. Digital House Acadia Junction Herzlia 46 733 Israel • 4 ♦ • • * * 4 Digital Equipment Corp. AG Kanalstrasse 21 CH-8152 Glattbrugg (Zurich) Switzerland Greece, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland, Yugoslavia, (Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Cyprus, Turkey, Malta) • 26 DIGITAL SOFTWARE LICENSING DATA SHEET Modification to the Software Product This data sheet explains what software licenses are and why customers must obtain a software license to run any item of DIGITAL proprietary software. Any modification to licensed software does not exempt the product from DIGITAL license terms. Every line of code from a software product falls under the terms of the license. Only those modifi¬ cations that are not part of the original software are the customer’s property. It is important to note that warranty on the product is limited to the original software supplied by DIGITAL. DIGITAL does not sell software; DIGITAL offers software under a license agreement. DIGITAL has a license agreement for source software and object software. Since DIGITAL software programs are made available primarily in object code, this data sheet focuses on the purchase of object programs. Transferability of Licensed Software Products License Transfer - A license agreement does not automatically allow transfer of licensed software to another party or another CPU. If the customer intends to sell the licensed CPU and pass on the software with the sale or move the software onto another CPU, permission must be obtained from DIGITAL. A case-by-case License Transfer is required to relicense the software. Introduction to Software Licensing When DIGITAL hardware is purchased, all rights of ownership (legally called “title”) to the hardware pass to the customer. This is not the case with software. DIGITAL regards software as proprie¬ tary information. Since software is easily repro¬ duced, it must be legally protected from improper copying. Therefore, DIGITAL uses a combination of trade secret and copyright legal protection for software. DIGITAL protects its investment by retaining title to its software at all times and requires anyone wishing to use it to obtain a license. Software Sublicensing - DIGITAL customers with a purchase agreement authorizing sublicensing, such as OEMs, may transfer licensed object pro¬ ducts to their customers without a License Transfer. A valid sublicense, executed by an OEM with its customer, gives the OEM’s customer the same license rights and responsibilities as a license agreement made directly with DIGITAL. How DIGITAL Licenses Software The license agreement for object programs is con¬ tained in DIGITAL’S standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale and Corporate Volume Purchase Agreements instead of as a separate agreement. Therefore, when software products are purchased under DIGITAL’S Terms of Sale, the software license agreement is made at the same time. Source Software Sources are only available for selected products. A license agreement for source software must be separately executed for each facility/location which intends to purchase sources in machinereadable, listing, or microfiche form. Further information and availability of sources can be found in the applicable Software Product Descrip¬ tion (SPD). Key Principles of the License Agreement Object code is licensed for single use. This means obtaining a license for a product allows the asso¬ ciated software to be used on the “single” CPU on which it was first installed. Other key points are as follows: Software Warranty Each licensed software product offered has an SPD describing the warranty commitment for the product. Software products under DIGITAL war¬ ranty must conform to the description provided for a 90-day period, which generally begins upon product installation or 30 days after delivery. All other products are provided AS IS, without war¬ ranty. The SPD clearly states under which war¬ ranty category the product falls. • If the licensed CPU temporarily malfunctions, the software may be run on another machine while the CPU is down. • Copies of the software may be made for backup purposes if appropriate proprietary and copy¬ right notices are included. • The software may be modified or merged with other software if appropriate proprietary and copyright notices are included. • The software may be used by the customer’s employees and its agents directly concerned with the internal use, but may not be made available to anyone else. 27 Purchasing the License for the Software Product A license must be obtained for each CPU on which the licensed software will be used (unless other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). A Single-use License for object code is generally ordered according to the type/classifcation of the CPU or system configuration intended to run the product. Further information and availability can be found in the applicable SPD. Software Product A license is a prerequisite to purchase the asso¬ ciated software. The Media and Documentation Option fora product isordered according to media type. Further information and availability of media can be found in the applicable SPD. Purchasing Software Product Revisions/Updated Versions If a licensed customer is not covered by a product service agreement, updated versions can be pur¬ chased when they are made generally available. Updated versions are ordered according to media type. A customer can also choose to run updated versions on additional CPUs, but not purchase multiple media distributions. If this is the case, the Software Revision Right-to-Copy option must be purchased for each CPU which runs the updated version. Software Product Services A licensed customer can purchase annual product service agreements to receive updated versions on media when available. A customer may choose to copy updated versions onto additional CPUs dur¬ ing this service agreement period. In this case, the software Service Right-to-Copy must be purchased for each CPU which runs the updated version. Further information and availability can be found in the applicable SPD. Your local DIGITAL office can be contacted for additional assistance. 28 DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY BENEFITS OF BELONGING The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Mem¬ bership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, pro¬ vides the individual user with information and serv¬ ices not found anywhere else. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide a unique opportunity for users with a wide spectru m of experience to meet for up to five days of intensive technical exchange. Symposium activities include workshops, clinics, panels, tuto¬ rials, and formal paper presentations. DIGITAL parti¬ cipates in symposia by sending Product Group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with DIGITAL. Members can find out the latest news on DIGITAL’S hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with DIGITAL allows the users of DIGITAL’s products to have a voice in the com¬ pany’s future. Publications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and DIGITAL, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications generated by DECUS support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also pub¬ lishes Special Interest Groups’ newsletters that pro¬ vide information pertaining to specific DIGITAL products. Founded in 1961, DECUS now has three autono¬ mous areas worldwide-DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, made up of eight independent chapters, and DECUS GIA (General International Area), made up of four independent chapters. DECUS services and activi¬ ties are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. Program Library All DECUS services promote the exchange of infor¬ mation in a noncommercial environment. Included in these services are: The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of software among users of all DIGITAL systems. The Library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submit¬ ted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The Library publishes an annual software catalog that lists and describes all the DECUS programs available to all users for a minimal charge. Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, operating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the areas of most interest to the users. You are cordially invited to join over 60,000 other users of DIGITAL products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both successes and problems. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do they have common professional interest, but they also have geographic and cultural ties. DIGITAL representatives attend¬ ing these meetings often unveil new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS chapter office listed here. 29 DECUS CHAPTER OFFICES — WORLDWIDE w DECUS U.S. DECUS, U.S. Chapter 219 Boston Post Road (BP02) Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 U.S. Activities: (617) 480-3259 (3302) Library: (617) 480-3521 Finance and Administration: (617) 480-3634 • DECUS Europe DECUS At Large (in Europe) C.P. 510 CH-1213 PETIT-LANCY 1/GE Switzerland DECUS Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark DECUS France BP. 136 F-91004 EVRY CEDEX DECUS Italia Viale Fulvio Testi 11 1-20092 CINISELLO BALSAMO DECUS Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Sweden S-172 89 SUNDBYBERG Sweden DECUS Holland Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV UTRECHT The Netherlands DECUS U.K., Ireland and Middle East P.O . Box 53 READING. RG2 OTW U.K DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91 D-8000 MUENCHEN 81 Federal Republic of Germany DECUS Switzerland Schaffhauserstrasse 144 8302 Kloten Switzerland a w DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS Australia Northern Tower, Chatswood Plaza Railway Street Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Phone: (02) 412.5237 DECUS Canada 100 Herzberg Road P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario K2K 2A6 Canada Phone: (613) 592-5111, ext. 2115 A W DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1, Higashi Ikeburo 3-Chome Toshima-ku, Tokyo .170 Japan Phone: [81 ]-(3)-9897111 DECUS GIC 100 Nagog Park AK01-1/B11 Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. Phone: (617) 264-6561 /S\ \W/ DECUS 30 November 1985 # 4 £ • » 0DB0Q0D digital equipment corporation Printed in U.S.A. The Software Dispatch The Software Dispatch RSTS/E October 1986 AD-5514G-13 RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH Published by Technical Services Group Operations Digital Equipment Corporation 129 Parker Street (PK02/E49) Maynard, MA 01754 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions, programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is developed from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supple¬ ment the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). PRODUCTS SUPPORTED in the RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH ADE/RST5 BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, PDP-11 COBOL, PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECAL DECgraph-11 DECmail/RSTS DECnet/E DECWORD/DP D MS-500 FMS-11/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E FORTRAN-77 DEBUG, PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS RPG II, PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E-2730 SORT-11 DISTRIBUTION The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest DIGITAL field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. Software binary and sources are provided under licenses only. The standard Terms and Condi¬ tions, OEM Agreement, and/or Quantity Discount Agreement contain the licenses for ail binaries other than DECsystem-10. Barbara Scollan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1986. All Rights Reserved. The material is this document is for information purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is subject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital Field Office. TRADEMARKS of DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION Maynard, Massachusetts DEC DECUS EDBDD0O DECnet DECsystem-10 DECSYSTEM-20 DECwriter DIBOL EDUsystem IAS MASSBUS PDP PDT RSTS RSX RT ULTRIX UNIBUS VAX VMS VT 7 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 TABLE OF CONTENTS Sequence No, PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES Page i RSTS/E V9 File Processor Patches REMOVE RECEIVER SYS() CALL FAILS TO REMOVE OTHER JOBS - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH 3.5.8 M 3 6.2.1 M 7 7.1.1 M 9 20.1.3 N 11 68.1.1 N 13 BACKUP.TSK BACKUP DOES NOT HANDLE MULTIDISK PUBLIC STRUCTURES - MANDATORY PATCH FOR BACKUP.TSK DECnet/E V2.1 Monitor Patches DECnet/E DISALLOWS SOME CONNECT DATA BLOCKS - MANDATORY DECnet/E PATCH Package Notes PROPER ERROR MESSAGE FORMAT MENU-11 V2.0 MENU-11/CALCULATOR NOW SETS TERMINAL GRAPHIC/CHARACTER SETS PROPERLY RSTS/E V9 CUMULATIVE INDEX SOFTWARE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT 15 (SPDs) (SPR) 23 SUBMISSIONS 29 SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs 30 SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS 31 DIGITAL SOFTWARE LICENSING 33 DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY (DECUS) 35 PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES - RSTS/E OCTOBER 1986 The following list contains date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who are in warranty or have a software product service agreement during the month the product became available, are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible customers who have not received the new release should contact their local DIGITAL office. PRODUCT VERSION ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECdx/RSTS DECmail-11 for RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E DECtap DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-11/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E PDP-11 SYMBOLIC DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) FORTRAN-7 7/RSTS/E,PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS Message Router for RSTS/E RPG II,PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E RSTS/E DECgraph-11 RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator AVAILABLE 2.4 2.3 JUL 85 JUN 85 4.4 2.4 3.1 1.0 2.0 MAY MAY SEP NOV MAR 2.1 1.5 1.2 SPD ONLY 2.1 1.5 2.6 2.0 JUN 85 MAR 86 MAY 85 JUL 82 APR 85 JUN 83 APR 86 5.0 1.0 ARCHIVED 1.4 2.0 1.0 8.8 1.1 9.2 1.2 5.2 SPD ONLY 1.1 RETIRED OCT DEC JUN DEC AUG JUL NOV JUN NOV MAY MAR G 2.1 RETIRED APR 85 MAR 86 82 86 84 84 84 83 84 85 83 84 83 84 86 84 86 86 RSTS/E V9 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive File Processor Patches Seq. No. 3.5.8 M 1 of 3 REMOVE RECEIVER SYS() CALL FAILS TO REMOVE OTHER JOBS - MANDATORY PROCESSOR PATCH FILE PROBLEM: The remove receiver SYS() call will not remove receiver declarations of jobs. Instead, it will remove declarations from the calling job. other SOLUTION: The patch procedures outlined below will correct the problem. The declare receiver SYS() call will correctly remove receiver declarations of other jobs. This problem is corrected in source for RSTS/E V9.3. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2 executives. It must be installed in all target monitor SILs. Note that the patch for RSTS/E V9.1 is different than the one for V9.2. Be sure to select the patch that corresponds to your version of RSTS/E. 2. The patch described in steps 4 and 5 below PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. can be installed using the (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. If you have not installed an overlay file using the INSTALL/OVERLAY__FILE command, it will take effect immediately. If you have installed an overlay file, you must use the REMOVE/OVERLAY__FILE command to have the patch take effect (or wait until the system is rebooted)• RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) 3 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 Seq. No. 3.5.8 M RSTS/E V9.1 Executive File Processor Patches 4. For the RSTS/E V9.1 executive, the patch is as follows: Module name? OVR Base address? SND2 Offset address? 76 Base Offset Old ?????? 000076 010403 ?????? 000100 022323 ?????? 000102 005721 Offset address? 610 Base Offset Old ?????? 000610 000000 ?????? 000612 000000 ?????? 000614 000000 ?????? 000616 000000 ?????? ?????? 000620 Offset address? Base address? SND2SI Offset address? 0 Offset Base Old ????? 000000 000610 ?????? ?????? 000002 Offset address? Base address? ~ z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0305 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 5. 2 of 3 New? ? 4767 ? 610-102 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) New? ? 10403 ? 62703 ? 5 ? 207 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 620 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? Q! 200 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) For the RSTS/E V9.2 executive, the patch is as follows: Module name? OVR Base address? SND2 Offset address? 100 Base Offset Old ?????? 000100 010403 ?????? 000102 022323 ?????? 000104 005721 Offset address? 640 Offset Base Old ?????? 000640 000000 ?????? 000642 000000 New? ? 4767 ? 640-104 ? ~Z New? ? 10403 ? 62703 4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive File Processor Patches ?????? 000644 000000 ?????? 000646 000000 ?????? 000650 ?????? Offset address? ~Z Base address? SND2SI Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 000640 ?????? 000002 ?????? Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0305 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? ?????? 000000 000002 ?????? ?????? Seq. No. 3.5.8 M 3 of 3 ? 5 ? 207 ? ~Z New? ? 650 ? ~Z New? ? Q!200 ? ~C 5 4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 System Files BACKUP.TSK Seq. No. 6.2.1 M 1 of 2 BACKUP DOES NOT HANDLE MULTIDISK PUBLIC STRUCTURES - MANDATORY PATCH FOR BACKUP.TSK PROBLEM: If one refers to SY: in a BACKUP or RESTORE command, only SYO: of structure is actually referenced. the public SOLUTION: The patching procedure detailed below corrects the problem. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2 BACKUP programs. This problem will be fixed in source in RSTS/E V9.3. 2. This patch must be installed manually using ONLPAT, program. It will take effect immediately. the on-line patching RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> (RETURN for manual patch installation) File to patch? __SY: [0,1 ] BACKUP• TSK 3. For RSTS/E V9.1, the patch is as follows: Base address? BCKCUI-24 Offset address? 740 Offset Old Base 177400 063526 000740 000742 000434 063526 Offset address? 762 Base Offset Old 113767 000762 063526 000764 000434 063526 Offset address? 770 Base Offset Old 112767 000770 063526 177777 000772 063526 New? ? 0 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for a new offset) New? ? 13767 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for a new offset) New? ? 102002 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit) 7 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 System Files BACKUP.TSK 4. Seq. No. 6. 2 of 2 For RSTS/E V9.2, the patch is as follows: Base address? BCKCUI-24 Offset address? 1104 Base Offset Old 062044 001104 177400 062044 001106 000434 Offset address? 1126 Base Offset Old 062044 001126 113767 062044 001130 000434 Offset address? 1134 Base Offset Old 062044 001134 112767 062044 177777 001136 .1 M New? ? 0 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for a new offset) New? ? 13767 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for a new offset) New? ? 102002 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit) 8 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 DECnet/E V2.1 for RSTS/E V9.0 Monitor Patches Seq. No. 7.1.1 M 1 of 2 DECnet/E DISALLOWS SOME CONNECT DATA BLOCKS - MANDATORY DECnet/E PATCH PROBLEM: DECnet/E will return an "?Illegal byte count for I/O" error when attempting to send a connect initiate message if the connect data block begins on an odd byte boundary. Some programming languages, especially DIBOL, do not attempt to align data structures on even byte boundaries, so this problem can occur or go away at apparently random times just by making unrelated changes to a program. SOLUTION: The patching procedures outlined below will correct the problem. Note, however, that DECnet/E is able to process connect messages that begin on even byte boundaries more efficiently than on odd byte boundaries. DIGITAL recommends that connect data blocks be aligned on even byte boundaries whenever possible. This problem is corrected in source for DECnet/E V4.0 and RSTS/E V9.3. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.0, V9.1, and V9.2 executives. It must be installed in all target monitor SILs that include support for DECnet/E. This patch will fail to install in any monitor that does not include support for DECnet/E. Note that the patch for RSTS/E V9.0 and V9.1 is different than the one for RSTS/E V9.2. Be sure to select the version that corresponds to your version of RSTS/E. 2. The patch described in steps 4 and 5 below PATCH option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. can be installed using the (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. If you have not installed an overlay file using the INSTALL/OVERLAY__FILE command, it will take effect immediately. If you have installed an overlay file, you must use the REMOVE/OVERLAY_FILE command to have the patch take effect (or wait until the system is rebooted). 9 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 DECnet/E Monitor Package V2.1 for RSTS/E V9.0 Monitor Patches 4. 2 of 2 For RSTS/E V9.0 and V9.1 executives, the patch is as follows: File to patch? Module name? OVR Base address? NET13 Offset address? 274 Base Offset Old ?????? 000274 001004 ?????? 000276 004767 Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0701 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? 5. Seq. No. 7.1.1 M New? ? 240 ? ~Z New? ? Q!2 ? ~C (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) For RSTS/E V9.2 executives, the patch is as follows: File to patch? Module name? OVR Base address? NET13 Offset address? 270 Base Offset Old ?????? 000270 001004 ?????? 000272 004767 Offset address? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0701 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? 000000 ?????? ?????? 000002 ?????? New? ? 240 ? ~Z New? ? Q!2 ? ~C (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 10 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 DCL Package Notes Seq. No. 20.1.3 N 1 of 1 PROPER ERROR MESSAGE FORMAT Information describing the proper format of error messages was inadvertently left out of the RSTS/E Guide to Writing Command Procedures. Incorrectly formatted error messages may prevent some command procedures from reacting correctly to errors. To determine error severity, the RSTS terminal server examines the first one or two characters of every output line looking for special prefix characters. If the first character on the line is a percent sign ("%"), then the severity level is set to WARNING. If the first character is a question mark ("?"), then severity depends on the second character. If it is another question mark, then it is a SEVERE ERROR message. If the second character is not a question mark and is not a space, then the severity level is set to ERROR. If the second character is a space, then the line is not treated as an error message and the severity level of the message is SUCCESS. This behavior prevents BASIC-PLUS input prompts ("? ") from being incorrectly treated as error messages. This is not new and is compatible with the old ATPK program and the OPSER-based BATCH processor. To ensure correct ERROR severity, do not begin error messages with a question mark and a space ("? "). 11 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, October 1986 MENU-11 V2.0 for RSTS/E V9.1 Package Notes Seq. No. 68.1.1 N 1 of 1 MENU-11/CALCULATOR NOW SETS TERMINAL GRAPHIC/CHARACTER SETS PROPERLY The calculator application of MENU-11 sometimes causes the following problems: o Terminals print the British pound sign instead of the American pound sign after exiting from the application o Terminals enter graphics mode during the calculator application Both problems EZCALC.TSK. will be corrected in RSTS/E V9.3 by a replacement module for 13 RSTS/E VERSION 9 CUMULATIVE INDEX OCTOBER 1986 This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.0 and all subsequent point releases, and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. IMPORTANT1 The following numerical system has been grouped in logical order denoted by the first digit (X.X.X). The second digit (X.JC.X.) refers to the subcomponent and the third digit (X.X._X) denotes the issue number or sequential order. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. M = Mandatory Patch. The flags and definitions are as follows. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accompanying article specifies otherwise. F « Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current release because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. + » Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review (Order No. AA-5514G-BC), June 1985. * * Article appeared in the RSTS/E V9.0 Maintenance Notebook (Order No. AA-L997D-TC), June 1985. - * Article is being republished. 15 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Jun 85 * RSTS/E V9 General Notes System Notes 0.1.1 N RSTS/E V9.0 COMPONENT SUMMARY V9.0 N/A 0.1.2 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 0.1.3 N UNDERSTANDING ?NO ROOM FOR USER ON DEVICE ERRORS V9.0 N/A Jul 85 0.1.4 N WARNING ON USE OF THE PEEK() FUNCTION V9.0 N/A Nov 85 0.1.5 N FPJ11 FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND 0.1.6 N ANNOUNCING NEW HARDWARE SUPPORT IN RSTS/E MicroPDP-il/83 SYSTEMS V9.0 N/A Jan 8 6 V9.0 N/A Apr 86 0.1.7 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.1—SUPPORT FOR TK50 AND RD53 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 - 0.1.8 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.0 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 - 0.1.9 N FPJil FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-li/84 AND Micro PDP-11/83 SYSTEMS V9.1 0.1.10 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.2 V9.2 0.1.11 N HARDWARE PROBLEM USING TK50 TAPE DRIVE ON SOME Q-BUS 0.1.12 N RSTS/E V9.0 SUPPORT TERMINATED SYSTEMS Jun 86 N/A Jun 86 - V9.2 N/A Aug 86 V9.0 N/A Aug 86 0.1.13 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.1 V9.2 N/A Aug 86 0.1.14 N UPGRADING RQDX1 AND RQDX2 CONTROLLERS TO RQDX3 V9.2 V9.2 Sep 86 0.2.1 N USING SAVE/RESTORE ON A TWO-DISK SYSTEM V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 V9.1 Oct 85 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 DEVICES WITH NON-STANDARD UNIBUS ADDRESSES AND VECTORS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * System Management Guidelines Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.1 RESERVED 1.1.2 RESERVED 1.1.3 RESERVED 1.1.4 M DSKINT OPTION OF INIT.SYS MAY NOT DETECT BAD BLOCKS 1.1.5 M TMSCP DRIVES ARE NOT MARKED AS AVAILABLE AFTER 1.1.6 M OFF-LINE SAVRES INVALIDATES ALL BUT LAST VOLUME 1.1.7 M INIT SAV/RES TO TMSCP TAPE MAY ABORT WITH REWIND-OFFLINE OPERATIONS OF MULTIVOLUME MAGTAPE SAVE SET "TRAP THROUGH 4" INIT.SYS Program Notes 1.2.1 N System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N CSPLIB.TSK AND CSPLIB.STB MISSING FROM V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 2.1.2 N PBUILD.TSK SHOULD NOT BE INCLUDED IN V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.1 F DISABLING THE USE OF DATA SPACE 16 Sequence Title 3.3.1 F Released Corrected Mon/Yr CHANGING SPECIAL LOGIN TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.3.2 F INPUT ESCAPE SEQUENCE HANDLING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.3.3 RESERVED Jun 86 Terminal Services Patches 3.3.4 RESERVED 3.3.5 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.0 V9.2 3.3.6 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 3.3.7 M FIX CONTROL/0 PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL V9.0 V9.3 Jul 86 V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 Jun 85 * SERVICE PATCH 3.3.8 M FIX PROBLEMS WITH USING PRINT DEVICES ON TERMINAL LINES Terminal Service Notes 3.4.1 N UNDERSTANDING TERMINAL PARITY AND STOP BIT SETTINGS V9.0 N/A 3.4.2 N MODEM CONTROL ON PRIVATE, LEASED LINES V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.4.3 N MODEM SUPPORT ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 86 3.5.1 F CONTROLLING EMT LOGGING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.5.2 M SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL MAY V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 3.5.3 M ERROR IN HANDLING OF PUBLIC DISKS V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 3.5.4 M FIX CORRUPTION OF LOW-CORE LOCATIONS V9.0 V9.2 Jan 86 3.5.5 M ALLOW MULTIPLE OPENS ON NONMOUNTED NFS DISK V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 3.5.6 M DISK MODE 8 IS IGNORED V9.0 V9.2 Sep 86 3.5.7 M ACCOUNTS MAY BECOME UNDELETABLE V9.1 V9.3 Sep 86 3.5.8 M REMOVE RECEIVER SYS() CALL FAILS TO REMOVE V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.2 N/A Sep 86 File Processor Patches HANG THE SYSTEM MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH OTHER JOBS - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH File Processor Notes 3.6.1 PENDING SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL CHANGE Device Driver Patches 3.7.1 F USING THE CSS PAPER TAPE READER ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.7.2 M ACCESSING TMSCP TAPES MAY CAUSE SYSTEM TO CRASH V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 Jun 85 * BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches 4.1.1 F SPECIAL PRINT-USING CHARACTERS V9.0 N/A 4.1.2 F DEFAULT SCALE FACTOR V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.3 F OMITTING SCALE FACTOR WARNING MESSAGE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.4 F DEFAULT TO NOEXTEND MODE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.5 F IMMEDIATE MODE FROM .BAS FILE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.6 F NO PPN'S IN CATALOG COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.7 F DISABLING THE CCL SYS CALL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.8 F CLEAR I/O BUFFERS USED BY OPEN STATEMENTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.9 F FORCE "ILLEGAL STATEMENT" ERROR WHEN USING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * OBSOLETE SEND/RECEIVE 17 Released Corrected Mon/Yr THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG FACILITY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.2 N THE BASIC-PLUS DUMP FACILITY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.3 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG KEYWORDS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * < VO • o N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * Sequence Title 4.10.1 N Non-Standard BASIC-PLUS Features 4.10.4 F ENABLING THE BASIC-PLUS DUMP FEATURE 4.10.5 F ENABLING DUMP FROM COMPILED FILES FOR 4.10.6 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS D?MP KEYWORD NON-PRIVILEGED USERS RSTS/E 2780 DEVICE DRIVER 2780 Device Driver Patches Jun 85 * 5.1.1 M BUFFER LIMIT CHECKING V9.0 5.1.2 M DISCONNECT COMMAND HANDLING V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.3 M DP11 TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.4 M DU11/DP11 TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.5 M LOSS OR DUPLICATION OF DATA V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.6 M DOUBLE CLOSE ALTERS MONITOR V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.7 M GET/PUT INTERLOCK PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.8 M 2780 HANDLER FAILURE PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.9 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.2.1 N INSTALLING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING 2780*s 2780 Device Notes V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.0 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.2 V9.3 Jul 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * SYSTEM FILES BACKUP.TSK 6.2.1 M BACKUP DOES NOT HANDLE MULTI-DISK PUBLIC STRUCTURES DECnet/E MONITOR PACKAGE V2.1 Monitor Patches 7.1.1 M DECnet/E DISALLOWS SOME CONNECT DATA BLOCKS RSTS/E UTILITIES System Library ($) DSKINT.TSK 10.5.1 M MANDATORY PATCH FOR DCL INITIALIZE COMMAND Error Control Package (ERROR$) Package Notes 12.1.1 N UNDERSTANDING "PA MEMORY SYSTEM" ERROR LOGS Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSER$) Package Notes 14.1.1 N NOTES ON USE OF THE SERIAL LA180 (LA180S) TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 14.1.2 N USING TWO OR MORE PRINTERS TO SERVE A QUEUE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.1 V9.2 Feb 86 Print/Batch Services Package (PB$) Package Notes 15.1.1 R PBS MUST BE STARTED FROM A PRIVILEGED ACCOUNT 18 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 Jun 85 * RSTS/E DOCUMENTATION Documentation Installation and Update Guide 19.4.1 N PBUILD.TSK NO LONGER INCLUDED IN RSTS/E 19.5.1 N ACCOUNT [0,200] NOT AVAILABLE FOR CUSTOMER USE System Manager's Guide RUN-TIME SYSTEMS SUPPORT DCL Package Notes 20.1.1 N FILE SPECIFICATIONS IN DCL V9.0 N/A 20.1.2 N SETTING UP THE DCL LINK COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 20.1.3 N PROPER ERROR MESSAGE FORMAT V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * RSX Utilities Package Notes 21.1.1 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS 21.2.1 N USING THE RSX CRF UTILITY CRF.TSK RT-11 Run-time System and Utilities Package Notes 22.1.1 N USE OF UNDERSCORE IN RT-11 EMULATOR UTILITIES V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 22.1.2 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 22.3.1 N NOTES ON HOOK.SAV V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * HOOK.SAV OPTIONAL SOFTWARE RSTS/E 2780 Package V3.0 RJ2780 25.2.1 M FAILURE TO CLEAR 'JOB ACTIVE' ON ATTACH V9.0 Jun 85 * 25.2.2 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT FAILURE V9.0 Jun 85 * DECnet/E V2.0 Utilities NFT SUBMIT 31.21.1 R REMOTE BATCH CONTROL FILES BEING DELETED BEFORE EXECUTING V9.2 V9.3 Apr 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 86 DECmail-11 V2.0 36.1.1 N USING EDT V3.0 FOR DECmail-11 V2.0 19 Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Jan 86 V9.0 N/A Jul 85 V9.0 O • Title > Sequence Jun 85 + V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + Jun 85 + DIBOL V5.2 Announcement 39.1.1 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E DIBOL V5.2 ADE V2.4 Package Notes 47.1.1 N ANNOUNCING ADE V2.4 FOR RSTS/E V9.0 AND Micro/RSTS VI.1 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E V2.6 55.3.1 N CALL ASSIGN CARRIAGE CONTROL ARGUMENT DOES NOT WORK PROPERLY 55.3.2 N DSIN YIELDS RESULTS WITH THE WRONG SIGN FOR NEGATIVE ANGLES 55.3.3 N INSTALLING FORTRAN-IV V2.6 ON RSTS/E V9.n MENU-11 V2.0 Package Notes 68.1.1 N MENU-11/CALCULATOR NOW SETS TERMINAL GRAPHIC/CHARACTER SETS PROPERLY DECWORD/DP VI.2 Package Notes 69.1.1 N NEW DECWORD INSTALLATION/UPDATE CONTROL FILE ON 69.1.2 N DECWORD VI.2 CBI 69.1.3 N DECWORD VI.2 COMMUNICATIONS FILES MAY BE DELETED TO V9.0 N/A 69.1.4 N ANNOUNCING AVAILABILITY OF DECWORD FOR Micro/RSTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + 69.1.5 N DECWORD/DP VI.2 SUPPORT FOR LN03 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 69.1.6 N INFORMATION ON RUNNING DECWORD/DP VI.2 ON RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + Apr 86 RSTS/E V9.0 FILES MAY BE DELETED TO SAVE DISK SPACE SAVE DISK SPACE LASER PRINTER WPSMEN 69.2.0 M REPLACEMENT MODULE ISSUED FOR WPSMEN WPSUDK 69.3.0 M REPLACEMENT MODULE ISSUED FOR WPSUDK RMS-11 V2.0 Access Methods 75.2.1 M INDEX FILE CORRUPTION IN ALTERNATE KEY PATH V9.0 V9.1 75.2.2 M CORRUPTION IN VERY LARGE FILES V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 75.2.3 M RMS-11 V9.2 V9.2 Sep 86 INDEXED FILE CORRUPTION 20 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr BASIC-PLUS-2 V2.3 79.2.1 N PROBLEM WITH PRINT USING V9.0 «Jan 8 6 V9.0 Jan 8 6 FORTRAN IV/RSX V2.6 OTS 90.1.1 N LIST-DIRECTED READ 21 I Software Product Descriptions (SPDs) Below is a revised SPD which appears on the following pages: 13.16.09 COBOL-81/RSTS/E, Version 2.4 23 Software Product Description PRODUCT NAME: COBOL-81/RSTS/E, Version 2.4 VAX COBOL and COBOL-81 share many common fea¬ tures. These features are implemented with the same syntax and semantics on both compilers. In this way, source code developed using COBOL-81 may be mi¬ grated to VAX COBOL. Additionally, a VAX/VMS system may be used to develop source code that will eventually be compiled using COBOL-81. DESCRIPTION COBOL-81/RSTS/E is a high level language for business data processing that operates under control of the RSTS/E Operating System. It is based upon the 1974 ANSI COBOL Standard X3.23-1974 and includes some of the features planned for the next COBOL standard. COBOL-81/RSTS/E is a subset of VAX COBOL and includes various DIGITAL extensions to COBOL, including screen handling at the source language level. The following DIGITAL extensions to COBOL are imple¬ mented in COBOL-81: COBOL-81/RSTS/E meets the low-intermediate level requirements of the United States government, as described in FIPS PUB21-1. Many of the individual mod¬ ules are designed to meet the high level requirements, as described below: ANS-74 MODULE Nucleus Table Handling Sequential I/O Relative I/O Indexed I/O Segmentation Library Debug Interprogram Communication SORT/MERGE Communication * Level Supported by COBOL-81 2* 2 2 2 2 2** It *** 1 2 - SPD 13.16.09 FIPS PUB21-1 Requirements for High Level 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 • Screen handling is implemented as extensions to the DISPLAY and ACCEPT statements. The DISPLAY statement enables the programmer to display informa¬ tion or prompts anywhere on a video screen. The ACCEPT statement takes information typed anywhere on the screen and returns the value to a running COBOL-81 program. If requested, the ACCEPT state¬ ment can convert data to a numeric format. Supported terminal-types are recognized at run-time from informa¬ tion provided by the operating system. • RMS-STS and RMS-STV special registers may be examined to assist debugging. These registers contain status values from the RMS file system. • File sharing features enable more than one user to access data at the same time. The following utilities are provided to assist the COBOL81 programmer: • BLDODL (BuiLD ODL), which merges Skeleton Over¬ lay Descriptor Language (SKL) files generated by COBOL compilation into a single Overlay Descriptor Language (ODL) file. • RFM (ReForMat), a utility that converts source pro¬ grams from terminal format to conventional ANS COBOI and vice-versa. 2 2 The Nucleus module complies at level 2, except that the ALTER statement and the ALPHABET IS literal clause are not included. ** The Segmentation module complies at level 2, except that independent segments from level 1 are not included. COBOL-81 consists of a compiler and an Object Time System/Library. The compiler produces an object module from a source program. The compiler is capable of produc¬ ing a source listing with embedded diagnostics indicating the line and position of a source-code error, a data-name map, a procedure-name map, and a cross-reference list¬ ing in alphabetical order. *** COBOL-81 uses the PDP-11 Interactive Symbolic Debugger, which may be substituted for the Debug module at all but the high level. t The Library module includes a partial level 2 REPLAC¬ ING facility. March 1986 sorware 25 AE-L880J-TC SPD 13.16.09 COBOL-81/RSTS/E, Version 2.4 ORDERING INFORMATION Object modules produced by the compiler can be linked with other object modules produced by either the MACRO-11 or COBOL-81 language processor. These subprograms are accessed with the CALL statement. Single-Use licensed software is furnished under the licens¬ ing provisions of DIGITAL’S Standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale, which provide in part that the software and any part thereof may be used on only the single CPU on which the software is first installed, and may be copied, in whole or in part (with the proper inclusion of DIGITAL’S copyright notice and any proprietary notices on the soft¬ ware) for use that same CPU. COBOL-81 file I/O operations are controlled through the RMS data management software. This method of record I/O supports sequential, relative and indexed file opera¬ tions. COBOL-81 also supports the Commercial Instruction Set (CIS). You will need a separate license for each CPU on which you will be using the software product (except as other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). Then, Materials and Service Options are selected to utilize the product effectively. THE LICENSE OPTIONS ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. IF YOU ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE SERVICE OPTIONS, YOU MAY OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PRODUCT SERVICE DESCRIPTION(S) FROM YOUR LOCAL DIGITAL OFFICE. If you are already familiar with these options, you may obtain the ordering information directly from the Software Options Chart. MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIRED Any valid RSTS/E system configuration that includes the following: • A user area of at least 48K bytes of memory if using an RMS resident library, 52K bytes for all other applica¬ tions • At least 5000 free blocks of on-line storage on the public disk structure, plus additional space for user programs and data files * Single-Use License Option OPTIONAL HARDWARE The Single-Use License is your right to use the software product on a single CPU. • Any mass storage or terminal device supported by the prerequisite software, except TU56 DECtape and TU58 DECtape II For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: • KEF11-BB Commercial Instruction Set for PDP-11/24 • Single-Use License Option, and • KE44-A Commercial Instruction Set for PDP-11/44 • Distribution and Documentation Option • A VT200 family, VT100 family, VT52 or Professional terminal is required for the screen handling extensions to the ACCEPT and DISPLAY statements. The license gives you the right to use the software on a single CPU and the Distribution and Documentation Option provides the machine-readable software and related documentation. PREREQUISITE SOFTWARE To use this software product on additional CPUs, you must purchase for each CPU as a minimum: RSTS/E Operating System Refer to the RSTS/E Optional Software Cross Reference Table (SPD 20.97.xx) for the required version. • Single-Use License Option In addition to the right to use, the license gives you the one-time right to copy the software from your original CPU installation to the additional CPU. Therefore, the Distribution and Documentation Option is not required, but optional. OPTIONAL SOFTWARE PDP-11 Symoblic Debugger, Version 2.0 SOFTWARE WARRANTY Warranty for this software product is provided by DIGITAL with the purchase of a license for the product as defined in the Software Warranty Addendum of this SPD. The licensee may also reproduce and distribute object modules and/or resident libraries which are necessary to run programs compiled with this product provided such programs are distributed: 1) in accordance with the provi¬ sions of licensee’s standard software license; or 2) with licensee’s copyright notice included on such programs; or 3) if conditions (1) or (2) are not met, with DIGITAL’S COPYRIGHT notice included on such programs. INSTALLATION This software product can be installed by the customer using the step-by-step documentation available for this product. Optionally you can purchase DIGITAL Installation Services which provide for the installation of the software product by an experienced DIGITAL Software Specialist. Migration Option Courtesy Installation Service Current licensed users of PDP-11 COBOL are eligible for the migration option. This is a Single-Use License offered at a reduced price and provides all of the License rights described above. This software product will be installed by DIGITAL at no additional charge if you purchase it concurrent with a Startup Service Package that includes installation service. Both the operating system and this product must be installed concurrently. For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: • Migration Option, and 26 * COBOL-81 /RSTS/E, Version 2.4 SPD 13.16.09 ware for the first time. When revised versions of this software product become available, they may also be obtained by purchasing this option again. • Distribution and Documentation Option To use this software product on additional CPUs currently licensed for PDP-11 COBOL, you must purchase for each CPU as a minimum: Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option • Migration Option The Right-To-Copy Option allows a customer with multi¬ ple CPUs to copy a revised version of a software product from one CPU to another. Each CPU must be licensed for that product. You first install the revised software on one CPU; then you can make copies for additional CPUs by purchasing the Right-To-Copy Option for each additional CPU. Migration Option COBOL-81/RSTS/E offers a special Migration Option. This special license allows currently licensed users of PDP-11 COBOL to upgrade to COBOL-81 at a reduced cost. A translator utility is provided to help make the transition from PDP-11 COBOL to COBOL-81 as smooth as possible. Documentation-Only Option The Documentation-Only Option provides one copy of the basic documentation. Distribution and Documentation Option Software Product Services The Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine-readable software and the basic documentation. You must have, or order, a Single-Use License to obtain this option. You will need this option to install the soft¬ A variety of service options are available. For more infor¬ mation on these or other services, please contact your local Digital office. 27 COBOL-81 /RSTS/E, Version 2.4 SPD 13.16.09 SOFTWARE OPTIONS CHART The distribution Media Codes used in the Software Options Chart are described below. You specify the desired Media Code at the end of the Order Number, e.g., QJ993-HD = binaries on 9-track 800 BPI Magtape (NRZI). 5 = TK50 Tape Cartridge D = 9-track 800 BPI Magtape (NRZI) H = RL02 Disk Cartridge NOTE: M = 9-track 1600 BPI Mgtape (PE) V = RK07 Disk Cartridge Z = No hardware dependency The availability of these software product options and services may vary by country. Customers should con¬ tact their local DIGITAL office for information on availability. OPTIONS ORDER NUMBER CLASS L SYSTEMS * ORDER NUMBER CLASSH SYSTEMS * Single-Use License QY993-UZ QJ993-UZ Migration Option from PDP-11 COBOL, Version 4.4 QY998-UZ QJ998-UZ QY993-H5 QY993-HH QY993-HM QJ993-H5 QJ993-HD QJ993-HH QJ993-HM QJ993-HV LICENSE OPTIONS: A LICENSE IS REQUIRED FOR EACH CPU. MATERIALS AND SERVICE OPTIONS: Distribution and Documentation Option (Includes a Translator Utility and Manual) Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option QY993-HZ QJ993-HZ Documentation Only Option QY993-GZ QJ993-GZ Installation Service Option QY993-I5 QY993-IH QY993-IM QJ993-I5 QJ993-ID QJ993-IH QJ993-IM QJ993-IV DECsupport Service QY993-95 QY993-9H QY993-9M QJ993-95 QJ993-9D QJ993-9H QJ993-9M QH993-9V Basic Service QY993-85 QY993-8H QY993-8M QJ993-85 QJ993-8D QJ993-8H QJ993-8M QJ993-8V Self-Maintenance Service QY993-35 QY993-3H QY993-3M QJ993-35 QJ993-3D QJ993-3H QJ993-3M QJ993-3V * Class H (for high-end systems) include: — All UNIBUS models and systems — MicroPDP-11/83 * Class L (low-end systems) include: — All Q-BUS models and systems except MicroPDP-11/83 — KD11, KDF11, KDJ11 CPU modules — DCT11, DCF11, DCJ11 microprocessor chips 28 SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) SUBMISSIONS Digital Equipment Corporation guarantees a response to every SPR submitted by DIGITAL specialists and customers who purchase software product service agreements. Blank SPR forms are available upon request in desired quantities from SPR Administration. P.O. Box F, Maynard, MA 01754, or your local DIGITAL office. Inquiries on the progress of submitted SPRs should be directed to your local DIGITAL office or SPR Administration at (617) 493-4722. An SPR Answer Survey Card is enclosed with each SPR response. Please complete the survey card; it provides essential feedback for monitoring the quality of our SPR responses. Completing an SPR Form Complete the entire form by either typing or printing clearly. Remove “Customer File Copy” for your records. Leave carbon in tact. Include customer name and complete mailing address. To expedite the processing of your SPR, enter your Customer Number in the space provided. This number is located in the upper left-hand corner of your Dispatch label It can also be obtained from your local DIGITAL office or by calling SPR Administration at (617) 493-6683. If you do not want your SPR to be published, check the “DO NOT PUBLISH” box on the SPR form. However, if the SPR is determined to be of universal value and it does not describe a security problem, DIGITAL may elect to publish it. For SPRs which describe security prob¬ lems, it is imperative that the “DO NOT PUBLISH” box be marked. Describe one problem per SPR form. If an SPR is submitted with more than one problem, it can lengthen the turnaround time. State the problem clearly. If necessary, summarize the problem, then describe in detail. Include all the information needed to reproduce the problem. The easiest problems to fix are those reported in statements similar to the following: if you do X. Y happens when Z should. State all version numbers and all inserted patches. The problem can be fixed sooner if the version is known. Please include the operating system version even on operating system SPRs, since operating system bugs sometimes manifest themselves as “bugs” in other pro¬ grams. A statement of patches inserted in the relevant software is also helpful. State the type of terminal or work station on which the software is running, e.g., VT100. VT220. PRO 350. DECmate. Include as much information as possible; too much information is better than not enough. Send all information in machine-readable format if it occupies more than half a page. Please include the following: 1. Program causing the problems 2. All necessary auxiliary files, such as DBMS or LIBRARY files 3. Assembly switches which are on (if applicable) 4. Switches handed to the software, since different switches cause different sections of the code to be executed 5. All necessary run-time files for language run-time problems 6. A directory listing of media, when included; label media carefully 29 SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs ' To insure timely processing of SPRs submitted with tapes, please follow the suggestions below: 1. Use either a floppy or a magnetic tape. 2. If a magnetic tape is used, it should be either 800, 1600, or 6250 bpi. 3. Include a directory with each tape submitted. 4. Label each tape with the following information: a. b. c. d. e. 5. Customer name Tape format bpi Track Preprinted number of the SPR submitted with the tape Remove from the tape any unnecessary or confidential files. Thank you. 30 SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS Questions and problems regarding, and enhancements to, DIGITAL software should be reported on a Software Performance Report (SPR) form and mailed to theSPR Center at one of the following DIGITAL offices (SPR forms are available from the SPR Center): AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER United States Corporate Administrative Services Group P.O. Box F Maynard, MA 01754 Canada Digital Equipment of Canada, Ltd. P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario Canada, K2K 2A6 Mexico Digital Equipment de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Apartado Postal 12-1009 Mexico 12, O.F. Mexico Puerto Rico Digital Equipment Latin America P.O. Box 11038 Fernandez Juncos Station Santurce 00910 Puerto Rico Australia, New Zealand Digital Equipment Aust Pty Ltd 754 Pacific Hwy 1st floor M/SSNH/B-1 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Brazil Digital Equipment Comercio e Industria Ltda. Avenida Augusto Severo, 156-A 20021 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brazil China Digital Equipment Hong Kong Ltd. 5-7th Floor Intercontinental Plaza 94 Granville Road Tsimshatsui East Kowloon Hong Kong Remainder of General International District (GID) Digital Equipment Corp. General International District - SWS 100 Nagog Park Acton, MA 01720-3499 United States United Kingdom, Bahrein, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Qatar, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Syria, United Arab Emirates, Yemen Arab Republic Digital Equipment Co. Ltd. Jays Close Basingstoke, Hampshire RG22 4DE England France Digital Equipment France Zone Industrielle Bois de L’Epine 11 Avenue Joliot Curie BP 202 91007 Evry Cedex France 31 AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER Italy Digital Equipment S.p.A. Viale Fulvio Testi, 11 Ang. Via Gorki 105 1-20092 Cinisello Balsamo Milan Italy Japan Nihon Digital Equipment Corp. Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1 Higashi Ikebukuro 3-Chome, Toshima-Ku, Tokyo, 170 Japan Belgium, Luxemburg Digital Equipment N.V./S.A. Rue De L’Aeronef 1 B-1140 Brussels Belgium Holland Digital Equipment B.V. Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV Utrecht Holland Sweden Digital Equipment AB SPR Admin. M-B Duff/CSC Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark Finland Digital Equipment Corp. OY Box 16 02201 ESPOO Finland Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway Austria, East Germany, West Germany, Poland, Hungary, Rumania, Czechoslovakia, Russia, Bulgaria Digital Equipment Corp. GmbH SPR Centre - D2 Freischuetzstrasse 91 8000 Muenchen 81 West Germany Israel Digital Equipment Ltd. Digital House Acadia Junction Herzlia 46 733 Israel Greece, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland, Yugoslavia, (Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Cyprus, Turkey, Malta) Digital Equipment Corp. AG Kanalstrasse 21 CH-8152 Glattbrugg (Zurich) Switzerland 32 DIGITAL SOFTWARE LICENSING DATA SHEET This data sheet explains what software licenses are and why customers must obtain a software license to run any item of DIGITAL proprietary software. Modification to the Software Product Any modification to licensed software does not exempt the product from DIGITAL license terms. Every line of code from a software product falls under the terms of the license. Only those modifi¬ cations that are not part of the original software are the customer’s property. It is important to note that warranty on the product is limited to the original software supplied by DIGITAL. DIGITAL does not sell software; DIGITAL offers software under a license agreement. DIGITAL has a license agreement for source software and object software. Since DIGITAL software programs are made available primarily in object code, this data sheet focuses on the purchase of object programs. Transferability of Licensed Software Products License Transfer - A license agreement does not Introduction to Software Licensing automatically allow transfer of licensed software to another party or another CPU. If the customer intends to sell the licensed CPU and pass on the software with the sale or move the software onto another CPU, permission must be obtained from DIGITAL. A case-by-case License Transfer is required to relicense the software. When DIGITAL hardware is purchased, all rights of ownership (legally called “title”) to the hardware pass to the customer. This is not the case with software. DIGITAL regards software as proprie¬ tary information. Since software is easily repro¬ duced, it must be legally protected from improper copying. Therefore, DIGITAL uses a combination of trade secret and copyright legal protection for software. DIGITAL protects its investment by retaining title to its software at all times and requires anyone wishing to use it to obtain a license. Software Sublicensing - DIGITAL customers with a purchase agreement authorizing sublicensing, such as OEMs, may transfer licensed object pro¬ ducts to thei r customers without a License Transfer. A valid sublicense, executed by an OEM with its customer, gives the OEM’s customer the same license rights and responsibilities as a license agreement made directly with DIGITAL. How DIGITAL Licenses Software The license agreement for object programs is con¬ tained in DIGITAL’S standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale and Corporate Volume Purchase Agreements instead of as a separate agreement. Therefore, when software products are purchased under DIGITAL’S Terms of Sale, the software license agreement is made at the same time. Source Software Sources are only available for selected products. A license agreement for source software must be separately executed for each facility/location which intends to purchase sources in machinereadable, listing, or microfiche form. Further information and availability of sources can be found in the applicable Software Product Descrip¬ tion (SPD). Key Principles of the License Agreement Object code is licensed for single use. This means obtaining a license for a product allows the asso¬ ciated software to be used on the “single” CPU on which it was first installed. Other key points are as follows: Software Warranty Each licensed software product offered has an SPD describing the warranty commitment for the product. Software products under DIGITAL war¬ ranty must conform to the description provided for a 90-day period, which generally begins upon product installation or 30 days after delivery. All other products are provided AS IS, without war¬ ranty. The SPD clearly states under which war¬ ranty category the product falls. • If the licensed CPU temporarily malfunctions, the software may be run on another machine while the CPU is down. • Copies of the software may be made for backup purposes if appropriate proprietary and copy¬ right notices are included. • The software may be modified or merged with other software if appropriate proprietary and copyright notices are included. • The software may be used by the customer’s employees and its agents directly concerned with the internal use, but may not be made available to anyone else. 33 DECUS CHAPTER OFFICES — WORLDWIDE DECUS U.S. DECUS, U.S. Chapter 219 Boston Post Road (BP02) Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 U.S. Activities: (617) 480-3259 (3302) Library: (617) 480-3521 Finance and Administration: (617) 480-3634 DECUS Europe DECUS At Large (in Europe) C.P. 510 CH-1213 PETIT-LANCY 1/GE Switzerland DECUS Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark DECUS France BP. 136 F-91004 EVRY CEDEX DECUS Italia Viale Fulvio Testi 11 1-20092 CINISELLO BALSAMO DECUS Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Sweden S-172 89 SUNDBYBERG Sweden DECUS Holland Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV UTRECHT The Netherlands DECUS U.K., Ireland and Middle East P.O. Box 53 READING, RG2 OTW U.K. DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91 D-8000 MUENCHEN 81 Federal Republic of Germany DECUS Switzerland Schaffhauserstrasse 144 8302 Kloten Switzerland DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS Australia Northern Tower, Chatswood Plaza Railway Street Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Phone: (02) 412.5237 DECUS Canada 100 Herzberg Road P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario K2K 2A6 Canada Phone: (613) 592-5111, ext. 2115 DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1, Higashi Ikeburo 3-Chome Toshima-ku, Tokyo 170 Japan Phone: [81 ]-(3)-9897111 DECUS GIC 100 Nagog Park AK01-1/B11 Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. Phone: (617) 264-6561 November 1985 36 digital equipment corporation Printed in U.S.A. The Software Dispatch The Software Dispatch RSTS/E November 1986 AD-5514G-14 sort 14/a re RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH Published by Technical Services Group Operations Digital Equipment Corporation 129 Parker Street (PK02/E49) Maynard, MA 01754 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions, programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is developed from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed here to supple¬ ment the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). PRODUCTS SUPPORTED in the RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, PDP-11 COBOL, PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECAL DECgraph-11 DECmail/RSTS DECnet/E DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-11/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E FORTRAN-77 DEBUG, PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS RPG II, PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E-2780 SORT-11 DISTRIBUTION The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest DIGITAL field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. Software binary and sources are provided under licenses only. The standard Terms and Condi¬ tions, OEM Agreement, and/or Quantity Discount Agreement contain the licenses for all binaries other than DECsystem-10. Barbara Scollan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1986. All Rights Reserved. The material is this document is for information purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is subject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital Field Office. TRADEMARKS of DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION Maynard, Massachusetts DEC DECUS snuDoso DECnet DECsystem-10 DECSYSTEM-20 DECwriter DIBOL EDUsystem IAS MASSBUS P DP F'DT RSTS RSX RT ULTRIX UNIBUS VAX VMS VT RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 TABLE OF CONTENTS Sequence No, PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES Page i RSTS/E V9 System Notes WRITING NON-FILE-STRUCTURED TO MOUNTED DISKS 0.1.15 N 3 1.2.2 R 5 3.1.2 M 7 FIX CONTROL/O PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH 3.3.7 M 11 CORRECT DHUll/DHVll PROBLEMS - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH 3.3.9 M 15 3.7.3 F 19 36.0.1 N 21 68.1.2 N 25 INIT.SYS Program Notes INIT MAY START TIMESHARING WITH NO MONITOR INSTALLED Monitor Patches LARGE OVERLAID I- AND D-SPACE TASKS MAY FAIL RANDOMLY - MANDATORY MONITOR PATCH Terminal Service Patches Device Driver Patches MONITOR WILL PREMATURELY TIMEOUT LONG OPERATIONS ON TK25s DECraail-11 V3.0 ANNOUNCING A MAJOR RELEASE AND 60-DAY FREE TRIAL OFFER FOR DECmail-11 V3.0 MENU-11 V2.0 MENU-11 $AREA COMMAND BROKEN IN RSTS/E V9.2, FIXED IN V9.3 RSTS/E V9 CUMULATIVE INDEX 27 SOFTWARE PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS (SPDs) 35 SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) SUBMISSIONS 61 SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs 62 SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS 63 DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY (DECUS) 65 PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES - RSTS/E NOVEMBER 1986 The following list contains date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who are in warranty or have a software product service agreement during the month the product became available, are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible customers who have not received the new release should contact their local DIGITAL office. PRODUCT VERSION ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECdx/RSTS DECmail-11 for RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E DECtap DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-11/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E PDP-11 SYMBOLIC DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E,PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS Message Router for RSTS/E RPG II,PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E RSTS/E DECgraph-11 RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator AVAILABLE 2.4 2.3 JUL 85 JUN 85 4.4 2.4 3.1 1.0 2.0 MAY 82 MAY 86 SEP 84 NOV 84 MAR 84 2.1 1.5 1.2 SPD ONLY 2.1 1.5 2.6 2.0 JUN 85 MAR 86 MAY 85 JUL 82 APR 85 JUN 83 APR 86 5.0 1.0 ARCHIVED 1.4 2.0 1.0 8.8 1.1 9.2 1.2 5.2 SPD ONLY l.l RETIRED OCT 83 DEC 84 JUN 85 DEC 83 AUG 84 JUL 83 NOV 84 JUN 86 NOV 84 MAY 86 MAR 86 G 2.1 RETIRED APR 85 MAR 86 RSTS/E V9 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.15 N 1 of 2 WRITING NON-FILE-STRUCTURED TO MOUNTED DISKS Prior to RSTS/E V9.0 and Micro/RSTS V2.0, RSTS did not allow writing non-filestructured (NFS) to a mounted disk. Utilities such as HOOK that needed to do so had to first dismount the disk before writing to it. As of RSTS/E V9.0 and Micro/RSTS V2.0, with the introduction of multiple privileges, users with sufficient privilege (WRTNFS and SYSMOD) were permitted to write non-file-structured to mounted disks. In some instances, users with such privileges could corrupt their system disk or other mounted disks by running an application that prompted for an "Output file?" and entering only the device name of a mounted disk. The application would then open (for read/write access) the disk supplied and write directly to it, corrupting some or all of the disk's structure (boot block, label block, etc.). SYSTAT is an example of such an application. If you respond to SYSTAT's "Output to?" prompt with only the device name of a mounted disk and you have both SYSMOD and WRTNFS privileges enabled, SYSTAT writes its report directly onto the disk, corrupting one or more blocks at the beginning of the disk. Also, some utilities such as ONLCLN and SAVRES check to see if a disk is mounted by opening the device NFS and seeing if write access is granted. Previously, if write access was granted, then the disk was not mounted (since write access was never granted to mounted disks opened NFS). As of RSTS/E V9.0 and Micro/RSTS V2.0, such utilities, when run by users with SYSMOD privilege, may conclude that the disk is not mounted, when in fact, it is. Because of the serious consequences of these cases, steps are being taken to guard against such accidental corruption of mounted disks. Specifically, the RSTS monitor will be changed to require that MODE bit 16384 be set when opening a mounted disk for NFS write access. If the bit is not set, then write access will not be granted. This parallels the current safeguards when opening a disk directory for write access. Opening unmounted disks for NFS writes will not be affected by this change. This change is currently under development and will be included in RSTS/E V9.3 and a future release of Micro/RSTS. Once implemented, this change will not be compatible with versions of RSTS/E beginning with V9.0, or versions of Micro/RSTS beginning with V2.0 (earlier versions did not permit NFS writing to mounted disks, regardless of user privileges). 3 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.15 N 2 of 2 Any user-written applications designed to write NFS to a mounted disk will have to be modified to include MODE bit 16384 to continue working properly. Until this change is made, we recommend that you take the following steps to prevent the possible corruption of any mounted disks on your system: o Carefully control which users are granted WRTNFS and SYSMOD privileges. Generally, very few users need WRTNFS privilege, and virtually no one should require SYSMOD privilege. o Users that do require these privileges should modify their LOGIN.COM file to disable these privileges, using the command: $ SET J0B/PRIVILEGE=(N0WRTNFS,N0SYSM0D) This will help to prevent "accidental11 reenable these privileges when needed. problems; such users can o Use care in entering file-specs to commands or applications that might open the file-spec as supplied and write to it. Be sure to include a file name in any such file-specs. o Be especially careful using ONLCLN and SAVRES. Users with SYSMOD privilege can, as of RSTS/E V9.0 and Micro/RSTS V2.0, rebuild a mounted disk (ONLCLN), or perform SAVEs and IMAGES to or from a mounted disk (SAVRES). 4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Notes Seq. No. 1.2.2 R 1 of 1 INIT MAY START TIMESHARING WITH NO MONITOR INSTALLED PROBLEM: When using the undocumented INSTALL option, or when starting a monitor by specifying its name (for example, START RSTS starts the monitor named RSTS), INIT.SYS does not handle errors properly. When INIT attempts to install a new monitor, it first deinstalls the currently installed monitor SIL. If INIT cannot install the new monitor for any reason (an error or CTRL/C), then the system is left with no monitor installed. In such cases, if you then attempt to start the system, INIT will try to start timesharing with no monitor installed. The result is unpredictable: the monitor size may be reduced to less than 10K words, or a monitor may appear to start but then immediatly HALT instead of continuing with start-up. SOLUTION: If INIT reports an error while installing a new monitor, or you type CTRL/C to terminate an INSTALL operation, then you must explicitly reinstall or start a different monitor. You should also reissue the DEFALT option to set defaults in any monitor SIL which you install or start after such an event. This problem will be corrected in a future release of RSTS/E. 5 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Monitor Patches Seq. No. 3.1.2 M 1 of 3 LARGE OVERLAID I- AND D~SPACE TASKS MAY FAIL RANDOMLY - MANDATORY MONITOR PATCH PROBLEM: The GTSK$ and EXTK$ directives under the RSX emulator do not work correctly for programs using overlays and separate instruction and data space. This is known to cause BASIC-PLUS-2 programs to fail with "?Odd address trap" errors immediately at start-up. Programs written in other programming languages may behave in different ways. The most common errors would be "?Odd address trap" and "?Memory management violation." SOLUTION: The patch procedures outlined below correct the problem. Overlaid programs using separate instruction and data space will run correctly. This problem is corrected in source in RSTS/E V9.3 and later. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2 monitors. It must be installed in all target monitor SILs. Note that the patch for RSTS/E V9.1 is different than the one for RSTS/E V9.2. Be sure to select the patch that corresponds to your version of RSTS/E. 2. The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> can be installed using the PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) 3. This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) 7 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Monitor Patches 4. Seq. No, 3.1.2 M 2 of 3 For RSTS/E V9.1 monitors, the patch is as follows: Module name? RSX Base address? EMU0OVR Offset address? 10300 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 010300 062702 ? 4737 ?????? 010302 000037 ? RSXPAT0OVR ?????? ? ~Z 010304 072227 (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? 10330 Base Offset Old New? ?????? ? 240 010330 060305 ?????? ? ~Z 010332 010537 (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new base) Base address? RSXPAT@OVR Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ? 10205 120000 000000 000000 ? 120000 000002 000000 62702 ? 37 120000 000004 000000 ? 207 120000 000006 000000 ?????? ? 120000 000010 ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? ~z (CTRL/Z for new base) Base address? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new module) Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0301 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000000 ?????? ? Q!2 ?????? 000002 ?????? ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 5. For RSTS/E V9.2 monitors, the patch is as follows: Module name? RSX Base address? EMU@0VR Offset address? 10550 Base Offset Old ?????? 010550 062702 ?????? 010552 000037 ?????? 010554 072227 Offset address? 10600 Base Offset Old New? ? 4737 ? RSXPAT0OVR ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) New? 8 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Executive Seq. No. 3.1.2 M Monitor Patches 3 of 3 ?????? ?????? ? 240 010600 060305 ? ~z 010602 010537 Offset address? ~Z Base address? RSXPAT@OVR Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ? 10205 120000 000000 000000 ? 62702 120000 000002 000000 ? 37 120000 000004 000000 ? 120000 000006 000000 207 ?????? ? ~Z 120000 000010 Offset address? ~z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0301 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000000 ?????? ? Q! 2 ?????? 000002 ?????? (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 9 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches Seq. No. 3.3.7 M 1 of 3 *Supersedes RSTS/E V9.0 Maintenance Notebook and July 1986 Dispatch Seq 3.3.7* FIX CONTROL/0 PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH PROBLEM: Typing ~0 (Control/O) on a nonconsole terminal while outputting.large amounts of text causes the system's general buffer pool to be depleted and the text not to be suppressed. Note: This article supersedes article Seq. No. 3.3.7 M, published in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch, July 1986. What action you must take is dependent on the following: 1. If you have genned your monitor with echo control support and you have installed the July version of the patch, you do not need to install this patch. 2. If you have not included echo control support in your monitor and you have not installed the July version of this patch, then this patch must be installed. 3. If you did not include echo control support in your monitor and you have installed the July version of this patch, then you will need to recreate your monitor and reinstall all monitor patches, replacing the July version with this article. The installation of the July version of this article would have shown different values for the old contents and therefore should not have been installed. SOLUTION: The patch procedures outlined below will correct the above problem and must be applied to all RSTS/E V9.0, V9.1, and V9.2 monitors. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E installed in all target monitor SILs. 11 V9.0 executive. It must be RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches 2. Seq. No. 3.3.7 M 2 of 3 The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. can be installed using PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This problem will be corrected in source for RSTS/E V9.3. 4. the The patch is as follows: Module name? TER Base address? TTOMUL Offset address? 4 Base Offset Old ?????? 000004 012763 ?????? ?????? 000006 ?????? 000010 000016 ?????? 000012 004567 New? ? 240 ? 137 ? TERPAT+110 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? 250-(24 *(EKOCTL=0)) Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000250 005711 ? 137 ?????? 000252 100403 ? TERPAT+136 ?????? 000254 004767 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new base) Base address? TERPAT Offset address? 110 New? Base Offset Old ?????? 000110 000000 ? 12763 ?????? 000112 000000 ? CHOUT ?????? 000114 000000 ? 16 ?????? 000116 000000 ? 32761 ?????? 000120 000000 ? DDCONS 12 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 Executive Terminal Service Patches ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? 000122 000000 000124 000000 000126 000000 000130 000000 000132 000000 000134 000000 000136 000000 000140 000000 000142 000000 000144 000000 000146 000000 000150 000000 000152 000000 000154 000000 000156 000000 000160 000000 000162 000000 000164 000000 000166 000000 000170 000000 000172 000000 Offset address? ~z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0303 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? ?????? 000000 000002 ?????? ?????? Seq. No. 3.3.7 H 3 of 3 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 6 BNE+2 5711 BMI+15 137 TTOMUL+12 5711 BMI+2 137 TT0MUL+(2 54-(24*(EKOCTL=0))) 32761 DDCONS 6 BEQ+2 137 TT0MUL+(26 2—(24*(EKOCTL=0))) 5726 4737 CHKLIN 207 "Z (CTRL/Z for new of: (CTRL/Z for new bai (CTRL/Z for new module) New? ? Q!100 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 13 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Monitor Terminal Service Patches Seq. No. 3.3.9 M 1 of 3 CORRECT DHU11/DHV11 PROBLEMS - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH PROBLEM: Opening a device connected to a DHU11/DHV11 multiplexer in binary mode (mode 1) may disable flow control for the wrong line. This problem, coupled with the use of the multiterminal service feature, may cause the system to crash. A timing window exists in the terminal driver whereby an output interrupt on a DHU11/DHV11 line may be lost, consequently, suspending output on that line. Output will resume on the suspended line when an input interrupt occurs on any line on that multiplexer. SOLUTION: The following patch corrects the above problems for both RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2. These problems are fixed in source in RSTS/E V9.3 and later. NOTE This patch should only be applied if you have included support for DHU11/DHV11 multiplexers in your monitor. If after entering "VHINT" to the "Base address?" prompt the message "Symbol not found in STB" appears, then your monitor does not contain support for the DHU11/DHV11 multiplexer and this patch should not be installed. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to must be installed in all DHU11/DHV11 multiplexers. the RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2 executives. It target monitor SILs that include support for 2. The patch described in step 4 below option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> can be installed using the PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) 15 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Monitor Terminal Service Patches 3. Seq. No. 3.3.9 M 2 of 3 This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] A. (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) The patch is as follows: Module name? TER Base address? VHINT Offset address? 10 Base Offset Old New? ?????? ? MOV+4505 000010 031345 ?????? ? <LF> 000012 001402 (no change; verify only) ?????? ? 000014 005002 4737 ?????? ?????? ? PATCH+56 000016 ?????? ?????? ? ~Z 000020 (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? (CTRL/Z for new base) Base address? SETMOD Offset address? (6*(EKOCTLOO))+(110*(FMSSUP<>0))+40 Base Offset Old New? ?????? ?????? ? 4337 016003 ?????? ?????? ?????? ? PATCH+22 ?????? ?????? ? 004767 <LF> (no change; verify only) ? <LF> ?????? ?????? ?????? (no change; verify only) ?????? ?????? ? 4737 042763 ?????? ?????? ? PATCH+40 000020 ?????? ?????? ? 000010 MOV+2603 ?????? ?????? ?????? ? "Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? ~z (CTRL/Z for new base) Base address? ~ z (CTRL/Z for new module) Module name? RSTS Base address? PATCH Offset address? 22 Base Offset Old New? ?????? ? M0V+0346 000022 000000 ?????? ? 000024 000000 MOV+6003 ?????? ? CSR.KB 000026 000000 ?????? 000030 000000 ? M0V+2737 16 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Monitor Terminal Service Patches ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? 000032 000000 000034 000000 000036 000000 000040 000000 000042 000000 000044 000000 000046 000000 000050 000000 000052 000000 000054 000000 000056 000000 000060 000000 000062 000000 000064 000000 ?????? 000066 000000 ?????? ?????? 000070 Offset address? ~z Base address? $$0303 Offset address? 0 ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?????? Seq. No. 3.3.9 M 3 of 3 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? PR5 PS 207 BIC+2763 20 10 MOV+2737 PR3 PS 207 BIT+1305 BEQ+2 CLR+02 L0G$KB 207 ~Z ? Q!400 ? (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 17 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Seq. No. 3.7.3 F Monitor Device Driver Patches 1 of 2 MONITOR WILL PREMATURELY TIMEOUT LONG OPERATIONS ON TK25s PROBLEM: There is a 4-minute timeout for tape operations in the MS driver. This is long enough for all known operations on MS-type tape devices, except for the TK25, which can take 20 minutes or more to perform a long SKIP RECORD operation. The result is that during a long TK25 SKIP operation, the driver will timeout, then when the drive is again ready, the driver will retry the SKIP, This process will continue until the drive reaches either a tape mark or the end of the tape. One application problem caused by this is the occurrence of the error "Sequencing problem on magtape - recovery in progress" while attempting a partial RESTOR of a RSTS/E V8.0 BACKUP set from TK25 tape. SOLUTION: The attached patch provides a temporary solution to the problem and should be installed only on a system on which you are experiencing the problem. The patch removes the timeout entirely, which means that the driver software will wait indefinitely for any MS tape operation to complete, just as it used to do in RSTS/E V8.0. The problem exists in RSTS/E V9.0, V9.1, and V9.2, and this patch may be applied to any of these versions. The problem will be fixed permanently in RSTS/E V9.3, by providing a longer timeout for TK25 SKIP operations. PROCEDURE: 1. This is an optional patch to the RSTS/E V9.0, V9.1, and V9.2 executives. It should be installed in all target monitor SILs experiencing the problem described above. 2. The patch described option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> in step 4 below can be installed using the PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) 19 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Monitor Device Driver Patches 3. Seq. No. 3.7.3 F 2 of 2 This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the on-line patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] 4. (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) The patch is as follows: Module name? MVR Base address? MSDVRM@OVR Offset address? 154 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000154 105264 ? 4737 ?????? 000156 000116 ? MVRPAT0OVR+1OO ?????? 000160 001407 ? 103407 ?????? 000162 000433 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new base) Base address? MVRPAT@OVR Offset address? 100 Base Offset Old ?????? 000100 000000 ?????? 000102 000000 ?????? 000104 000000 ?????? 000106 000000 ?????? 000110 000000 ?????? 000112 000000 ?????? 000114 000000 ?????? 000116 000000 ?????? 000120 000000 ?????? 000122 000000 ?????? 000124 ?????? Offset address? ~z New? ? 105264 ? 116 ? 1004 ? 126427 ? 177775 ? 4 ? 1001 ? 5727 ? 261 ? 207 ? ~Z Base address? ~Z Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0307@OVR Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000000 ?????? ? Q!4 ?????? 000002 ?????? ? ~C (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) (CTRL/Z for new module) (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 20 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 DECmail-11 V3.0 for RSTS/E V9 Seq. No. 36.0.1 N 1 of 4 ANNOUNCING A MAJOR RELEASE AND 60-DAY FREE TRIAL OFFER FOR DECmail-11 V3.0 Applications and Timesharing Software Engineering (ATSE) announces a major release of DECmail-11 V3.0, which runs on RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS operating systems. Free Trial Offer A 60-day free trial package is being offered for a limited time (November 1986 through April 1987). The trial package consists of DECmail-11 V3.0 on RX50 or 1600-bpi magtape and one copy each of the DECmail-11 V3.0 Installation Guide, DECmail-11 V3.0 Getting Started Guide, and DECmail-11 V3.0 User^s Guide. This is an excellent opportunity to try DECmail-11 at no risk. For more information on this free trial offer, contact Ginger Landry, Product Manager, 603-884-0206, or contact your Digital account representative. Product Description DECmail-11 is an easy-to-use, full-functionality, menu or command-driven electronic message system that operates on PDP-11 computers running under the following operating systems: o RSTS/E V9.0 (or later) o Micro/RSTS V2.0 (or later) DECmail-11 provides facilities for creating, editing, sending, reading, printing, deleting, and filing messages. Some unique features include user-defined commands, user-defined nicknames, system manager-defined commands and nicknames (global), the ability to set auto answer, and the ability to have DECmail-11 act on single messages or sequences of messages. These and other features make this mail system an effective means of communication management. The power of the mail system can be easily controlled by the user through flexible, simple-to-learn and use commands, an on line help facility, and complete in-depth user documentation. Commands such as NEXT, PREVIOUS, and LAST allow the user to move through a large number of messages quickly and easily. Messages can be sent to and received from PDP-11, VAX, and TOPS-10/20 systems connected via DECnet. 21 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 Seq. No. 36.0.1 N DECmail-11 V3.0 for RSTS/E V9 2 of 4 Major New Features o One-level menu interface This added functionality provides each user the option of either a menu or command-mode interface. The menu, which contains a major subset of the DECmail-11 functions, will quickly aid the new or infrequent user to be productive with the use of mail within minutes. The design of the menu is similar to ALL-IN-1. Upon user request, the menu can be turned off. The user will then be in command mode. The menu can be turned back on at the user's request. o Remote VMS Message Router support DECmail-11 V3.0 supports connections to a remote VMS Message Router (V2.0 or later) via DECnet. DECmail-11 users who wish to use the STORE and FORWARD features of Message Router, or wish to correspond with users of ALL-IN-1 based mail products (without using MRGATE, the Message Router VMSmail Gateway), will be able to do so by using a remote Message Router mailbox located on a VMS node. o Mail queue task DECmail-11 V3.0 includes a mail queue task to handle the delivery of queued messages. Messages can be queued by user request or queued automatically if, for example, the destination node is not available. The mail queue task automatically restarts after a system has recovered from a crash. In addition, error messages are returned to the user, and users will be able to query the system as to the status of their queued messages through the SHOW QUEUE command. o Improved batch mail message sending When sending messages via the BA send menu option, DECmail-11 notifies the user of any errors which prevent the message from being delivered and returns the entire message back to the sender. o Support for EDT V3 EDT V3 is supported for all operating systems as the default editor. 22 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 DECmail-11 V3.0 for RSTS/E V9 Seq. No. 36.0.1 N 3 of 4 o Display full network error messages DECmail-11 V3.0 repeats DECnet messages exactly, giving its own interpretation of the message. o in to Printer port support DECmail-11 V3.0 supports the printing of messages printer ports on VT100 and VT200-family terminals. o addition though local UNDELETE command The UNDELETE command recovers deleted messages, o Documentation The documentation for DECmail-11 consists of the following: - User's Guide - Installation/System Manager's Guide - Getting Started - Reference Card Use of DECmail-11 Communications is a key ingredient that helps teams work in a business environment, and electronic mail is today's most effective communication tool. Electronic mail enables users to work more productively by eliminating "telephone tag" and the interoffice mail blues. Benefits obtained with electronic mail include the fact that it is instantaneous, reliable delivery, it maintains an automatic record of transmissions, it is the most direct way of getting an idea from one person to another and/or a group of people, it is a cost savings in regard to manual mail processing, and it provides a spontaneous situation. DECmail-11 offers these benefits and more, and it has been tailored for personal, departmental, and organizational users of the PDP-11 family. DECmail-11 can be used to meet the needs of the small office with a stand-alone computer or those of a large corporation or university with a complex distributed network of both PDP-lls and VAXs. DECmail-11 is an excellent way people in a small corporation or department to leave messages 23 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 DECmail-11 V3.0 for RSTS/E V9 Seq. No. 36.0.1 N 4 of 4 for each other. It is their electronic message board, electronic highway, and electronic filing system. Communications is faster and easier. DECmail-11 supports the PDP-11 strategy of providing low-cost software solutions for the business environment. As a communication tool, DECmail-11 is fully compatible with the way people work, not in isolation, but together as a team, sharing and refining information. Prerequisite Software One of the following is required: o RSTS/E V9.0 (or later) o Micro/RSTS V2.0 (or later) Availability DECmail-11 V3.0 is available from Digital this month. Contact your Digital account representative for information on DECmail-11 and participating in the free trial offer. 24 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, November 1986 MENU-11 V2.0 for RSTS/E V9.2 Package Notes Seq. No. 68.1.2 N 1 of 1 MENU-11 $AREA COMMAND BROKEN IN RSTS/E V9.2, FIXED IN V9.3 PROBLEM: Because of an incompatibility between MENU.TSK and MCTRL.TSK that occurs after installing the replacement module MENU.TSK (PA6801.TSK) in RSTS/E V9.2, the $AREA command does not work. SOLUTION: The problem will be solved by replacement of MCTRL.TSK in RSTS/E V9.3. 25 RSTS/E VERSION 9 CUMULATIVE INDEX NOVEMBER 1986 This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.0 and all subsequent point releases, and layered products. Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems. IMPORTANT1 The following numerical system has been grouped in logical order denoted by the first digit (X.X.X). The second digit (X.JC.X.) refers to the subcomponent and the third digit (X.X.jK) denotes the issue number or sequential order. Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED. Flags are currently being installed for all articles. M * * Mandatory Patch. The flags and definitions are as follows. These patches correct errors in the software product. All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level" unless the accompanying article specifies otherwise. F = Optional Feature Patch. These patches extend or configure functionality into the product. These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release. R = Restriction. These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current release because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product. Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. N = Note. These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package. + * Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review (Order No. AA-5514G-BC), June 1985. * * Article appeared in the RSTS/E V9.0 Maintenance Notebook (Order No. AA-L997D-TC), June 1985. - * Article is being republished. 27 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Jun 85 * RSTS/E V9 General Notes System Notes 0.1.1 N RSTS/E V9.0 COMPONENT SUMMARY V9.0 N/A 0.1.2 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 0.1.3 N UNDERSTANDING ?NO ROOM FOR USER ON DEVICE ERRORS V9.0 N/A Jul 85 V9.0 N/A Nov 85 0.1.4 N WARNING ON USE OF THE PEEK() FUNCTION 0.1.5 N FPJll FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND V9.0 N/A Jan 86 0.1.6 N ANNOUNCING NEW HARDWARE SUPPORT IN RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Apr 86 0.1.7 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.1—SUPPORT FOR TK50 AND RD53 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 - 0.1.8 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.0 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 - 0.1.9 N FPJll FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND Micro PDP-11/83 SYSTEMS V9.1 0.1.10 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.2 V9.2 N/A Jun 86 - 0.1.11 N HARDWARE PROBLEM USING TK50 TAPE DRIVE ON SOME Q-BUS V9.2 N/A Aug 86 0.1.12 N RSTS/E V9.0 SUPPORT TERMINATED V9.0 N/A Aug 86 0.1.13 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.1 V9.2 N/A Aug 86 0.1.14 N UPGRADING RQDX1 AND RQDX2 CONTROLLERS TO RQDX3 V9.2 V9.2 Sep 86 0.1.15 N WRITING NON-FILE-STRUCTURED TO MOUNTED DISKS V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 V9.1 Oct 85 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 1.2.1 N DEVICES WITH NON-STANDARD UNIBUS ADDRESSES AND VECTORS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 1.2.2 R INIT MAY START TIMESHARING WITH NO MONITOR INSTALLED V9.1 N/A Nov 86 MicroPDP-11/83 SYSTEMS SYSTEMS Jun 86 - System Management Guidelines 0.2.1 N USING SAVE/RESTORE ON A TWO-DISK SYSTEM Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.1 RESERVED 1.1.2 RESERVED 1.1.3 RESERVED 1.1.4 N DSKINT OPTION OF INIT.SYS MAY NOT DETECT BAD BLOCKS 1.1.5 N TMSCP DRIVES ARE NOT MARKED AS AVAILABLE AFTER 1.1.6 N OFF-LINE SAVRES INVALIDATES ALL BUT LAST VOLUME REWIND-OFFLINE OPERATIONS OF MULTIVOLUME MAGTAPE SAVE SET 1.1.7 N INIT SAV/RES TO TMSCP TAPE MAY ABORT WITH "TRAP THROUGH 4" INIT.SYS Program Notes System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N CSPLIB.TSK AND CSPLIB.STB MISSING FROM V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 2.1.2 N PBUILD.TSK SHOULD NOT BE INCLUDED IN V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.1 F DISABLING THE USE OF DATA SPACE 3.1.2 M LARGE OVERLAID I- AND D-SPACE TASKS MAY FAIL RANDOMLY - MANDATORY MONITOR PATCH 28 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Terminal Services Patches 3.3.1 F CHANGING SPECIAL LOGIN TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3.3.2 F INPUT ESCAPE SEQUENCE HANDLING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3.3.3 RESERVED 3.3.4 RESERVED 3.3.5 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.0 V9.2 Jun 86 3.3.6 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 3.3.7 N FIX CONTROL/O PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL V9.0 V9.3 Nov 86 3.3.8 M FIX PROBLEMS WITH USING PRINT DEVICES ON TERMINAL V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 3.3.9 N CORRECT DHU11/DHV11 PROBLEMS - MANDATORY TERMINAL V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 Jun 85 SERVICE PATCH LINES SERVICE PATCH Terminal Service Notes 3.4.1 N UNDERSTANDING TERMINAL PARITY AND STOP BIT SETTINGS V9.0 N/A 3.4.2 N MODEM CONTROL ON PRIVATE, LEASED LINES V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3.4.3 N MODEM SUPPORT ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 86 3.5.1 F CONTROLLING EMT LOGGING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3.5.2 M SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL MAY V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 3.5.3 M ERROR IN HANDLING OF PUBLIC DISKS V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 3.5.4 N FIX CORRUPTION OF LOW-CORE LOCATIONS V9.0 V9.2 Jan 86 3.5.5 M ALLOW MULTIPLE OPENS ON NONMOUNTED NFS DISK V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 3.5.6 M DISK MODE 8 IS IGNORED V9.0 V9.2 Sep 86 3.5.7 N ACCOUNTS MAY BECOME UNDELETABLE V9.1 V9.3 Sep 86 3.5.8 M REMOVE RECEIVER SYS() CALL FAILS TO REMOVE V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.2 N/A Sep 86 File Processor Patches HANG THE SYSTEM MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH OTHER JOBS - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH File Processor Notes 3.6.1 PENDING SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL CHANGE 3.7.1 F USING THE CSS PAPER TAPE READER ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3.7.2 M ACCESSING TMSCP TAPES MAY CAUSE SYSTEM TO CRASH V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 3.7.3 F MONITOR WILL PREMATURELY TIMEOUT LONG OPERATIONS V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 Jun 85 Device Driver Patches ON TK25s BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches SPECIAL PRINT-USING CHARACTERS V9.0 N/A 4.1.2 F DEFAULT SCALE FACTOR V9.0 N/A Jun 85 4.1.3 F OMITTING SCALE FACTOR WARNING MESSAGE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 4.1.4 F DEFAULT TO NOEXTEND MODE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 4.1.5 F IMMEDIATE MODE FROM .BAS FILE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 4.1.6 F NO PPN'S IN CATALOG COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 4.1.7 F DISABLING THE CCL SYS CALL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 • • 00 4.1.1 F CLEAR I/O BUFFERS USED BY OPEN STATEMENTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 4.1.9 F FORCE "ILLEGAL STATEMENT" ERROR WHEN USING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 OBSOLETE SEND/RECEIVE 29 Released Corrected Mon/Yr THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG FACILITY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.2 N THE BASIC-PLUS DUMP FACILITY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.3 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG KEYWORDS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.4 F ENABLING THE BASIC-PLUS DUMP FEATURE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.5 F ENABLING DUMP FROM COMPILED FILES FOR V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.6 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS D?MP KEYWORD V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * Sequence Title 4.10.1 N Non-Standard BASIC-PLUS Features NON-PRIVILEGED USERS RSTS/E 2780 Device Driver 2780 Device Driver Patches 5*1*1 N BUFFER LIMIT CHECKING V9.0 5*1*2 M DISCONNECT COMMAND HANDLING V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.3 M DP11 TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * Jun 85 * 5.1.4 M DU11/DP11 TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.5 M LOSS OR DUPLICATION OF DATA V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.6 M DOUBLE CLOSE ALTERS MONITOR V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.7 M GET/PUT INTERLOCK PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.8 M 2780 HANDLER FAILURE PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.9 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.2.1 N INSTALLING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING 2780's 2780 Device Notes V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.0 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.2 V9.3 Jul 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * System Files BACKUP.TSK 6.2.1 M BACKUP DOES NOT HANDLE MULTI-DISK PUBLIC STRUCTURES DECnet/E Monitor Package V2.1 Monitor Patches 7.1.1 M DECnet/E DISALLOWS SOME CONNECT DATA BLOCKS RSTS/E Utilities System Library ($) DSKINT.TSK 10.5.1 M MANDATORY PATCH FOR DCL INITIALIZE COMMAND Error Control Package (ERROR$) Package Notes 12.1.1 N UNDERSTANDING "PA MEMORY SYSTEM" ERROR LOGS Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSER$) Package Notes 14.1.1 N NOTES ON USE OF THE SERIAL LA180 (LA180S) TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 14.1.2 N USING TWO OR MORE PRINTERS TO SERVE A QUEUE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.1 V9.2 Feb 86 Print/Batch Services Package (PB$) Package Notes 15.1.1 R PBS MUST BE STARTED FROM A PRIVILEGED ACCOUNT 30 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 Jun 85 * RSTS/E Documentation Documentation Installation and Update Guide 19.4.1 N PBUILD.TSK NO LONGER INCLUDED IN RSTS/E 19.5.1 N ACCOUNT [0,200] NOT AVAILABLE FOR CUSTOMER USE System Manager's Guide RUN-Time Systems Support DCL Package Notes 20.1.1 N FILE SPECIFICATIONS IN DCL V9.0 N/A 20.1.2 N SETTING UP THE DCL LINK COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 20.1.3 N PROPER ERROR MESSAGE FORMAT V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * RSX Utilities Package Notes 21.1.1 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS 21.2.1 N USING THE RSX CRF UTILITY CRF.TSK RT-11 Run-Time System and Utilities PACKAGE NOTES 22.1.1 N USE OF UNDERSCORE IN RT-11 EMULATOR UTILITIES V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 22.1.2 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * HOOK.SAV 22.3.1 N NOTES ON HOOK.SAV Optional Software RSTS/E 2780 Package V3.0 RJ2780 25.2.1 M FAILURE TO CLEAR 'JOB ACTIVE' ON ATTACH V9.0 Jun 85 * 25.2.2 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT FAILURE V9.0 Jun 85 * DECnet/E V2.0 Utilities NFT Submit 31.21.1 R REMOTE BATCH CONTROL FILES BEING DELETED BEFORE EXECUTING V9.2 V9.3 Apr 86 DECmail-11 V3.0 36.0.1 N ANNOUNCING A MAJOR RELEASE AND 60-DAY FREE TRIAL OFFER FOR DECmail-11 V3.0 Nov 86 DECmail-11 V2.0 36.1.1 N USING EDT V3.0 FOR DECmail-11 V2.0 V9.0 31 N/A Jun 86 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Jan 86 V9.0 N/A Jul 85 V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 ♦ V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.2 V9.3 Nov 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + Jun 85 + DIBOL V5.2 Announcement 39.1.1 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E DIBOL V5.2 ADE V2.4 Package Notes 47.1.1 N ANNOUNCING ADE V2.4 POR RSTS/E V9.0 AND Micro/RSTS VI.1 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E V2.6 55.3.1 N CALL ASSIGN CARRIAGE CONTROL ARGUMENT DOES NOT 55.3.2 N DSIN YIELDS RESULTS WITH THE WRONG SIGN FOR 55.3.3 N INSTALLING FORTRAN-IV V2.6 ON RSTS/E V9.n WORK PROPERLY NEGATIVE ANGLES MENU-11 V2.0 Package Notes 68.1.1 N MENU-11/CALCULATOR NOW SETS TERMINAL GRAPHIC/CHARACTER 68.1.2 N MENU-11 $AREA COMMAND BROKEN IN RST/E V9.2, FIXED IN SETS PROPERLY RSTS/E V9.3 DECWORD/DP VI.2 Package Notes 69.1.1 N NEW DECWORD INSTALLATION/UPDATE CONTROL FILE ON 69.1.2 N DECWORD VI.2 CBI FILES MAY BE DELETED TO SAVE RSTS/E V9.0 DISK SPACE 69.1.3 N DECWORD VI.2 COMMUNICATIONS FILES MAY BE DELETED TO SAVE DISK SPACE V9.0 N/A 69.1.4 N ANNOUNCING AVAILABILITY OF DECWORD FOR Micro/RSTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + 69.1.5 N DECWORD/DP VI.2 SUPPORT FOR LN03 LASER PRINTER V9.0 N/A Sep 85 69.1.6 N INFORMATION ON RUNNING DECWORD/DP VI.2 ON RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + Apr 86 WPSMEN 69.2.0 M REPLACEMENT MODULE ISSUED FOR WPSMEN WPSUDK 69.3.0 M REPLACEMENT MODULE ISSUED FOR WPSUDK RMS-11 V2.0 Access Methods 75.2.1 M INDEX FILE CORRUPTION IN ALTERNATE KEY PATH V9.0 V9.1 75.2.2 M CORRUPTION IN VERY LARGE FILES V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 75.2.3 M RMS-11 INDEXED FILE CORRUPTION V9.2 V9.2 Sep 86 32 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr BASIC-PLUS-2 V2.3 79.2.1 N PROBLEM WITH PRINT USING V9.0 Jan 86 V9.0 Jan 86 FORTRAN IV/RSX V2.6 OTS 90.1.1 N LIST-DIRECTED READ 33 Software Product Descriptions (SPDs) Below is a list of the revised SPDs which appear on the following pages 13.14.06 14.49.10 14.54.14 18.12.04 DECWORD/DP, Version 1.2 (and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS) PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, Version 5.0 PDP-11 BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, Version 2.3 Micro/RSTS, Version 2.1 35 Software Product Description PRODUCT NAME: DEC WORD/DP, Version 1.2 (and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS) SPD 13.14.06 DESCRIPTION • Computer-Based Instruction (CBI) DECWORD/DP and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS is a word processing software package that supplements RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS data processing capabilities. It features menu-driven document processing, including word and list processing, communications, and Com¬ puter-Based Instruction (CBI). • DECWORD/DP and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS editing capabilities permit the user to input and correct text with¬ out retyping. List processing allows production of many identical or nearly identical documents, including reports, customized letters, and mailing lists. Math and sort utilities permit the user to manipulate data within the list process¬ ing documents. • Automatic index and table of contents generation Note: • Seven-level automatic paragraph numbering • Automatic footnote generation—Footnotes defined in the text will be printed automatically in the foot¬ note section at the bottom of the page • For the remainder of this document, “DECWORD” will refer to both DECWORD/DP and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS. Full control of tabs, margins, justification and pagi¬ nation with: Ragged, justified or semi-justified margins Automatic line centering CBI provides on-line, self-paced instructions to teach basic word processing skills. The course is comprised of eleven basic word prpcessing lessons, which allow the user to build confidence in the use of DECWORD and the keyboard. Discretionary pagination control Standard, decimal and right aligned tabs Semi-automatic hyphenation CBI is task oriented, rather than feature oriented. By following simple commands at the terminal, trainees can ieam to perform straight-forward tasks, such as writing and printing a letter. Line spacing from half-line to triple-line spacing Word wrapping control Automatic page and section numbering DECWORD should be managed and supported by RSTS/E data processing staff, who can manage system resources and ensure that users are adequately trained. System management is provided by a combination of RSTS/E utilities and DECWORD utilities. Installation, user management, and document management are clearly described in the DECWORD Manager’s Manual Set. Features Document Preparation • 100 user-defined keys (UDKs) for predetermined repetitive operations that can be recalled with either a three or four keystroke sequence. UDKs allow sequences of frequently used steps to be stored, including repetitive looping and storage of up to 500 keystrokes per UDK. Menu driven operation • Selectable pitch and type fonts • Underlined and overstruck (bold) printout • Superscripts, subscripts, and composite characters • Even and odd page handling to allow for different formats on facing pages • Running headers and footers • Figure marking to reserve a block of space for pasteup figures that are added after printing • Automatic insertion of current date and time in printed document • Easy-to-leam commands CBI features eleven lessons that teach the user to: June 1986 sorware 37 AE-L394G-TC SPD 13.14.06 DECWORD/DP, Version 1.2 (and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS) • Create Printer Utilities • Edit • Ten stored printer settings for repeated settings • Print documents • Queued printing (spooling) allows printers to be shared by all users without tying up terminals • Use rulers • Direct printing option allows printing to non-spooled printers, to the terminal, or to a RSTS/E or Micro/ RSTS file on disk • Full device control can be used to restrict users to designated output devices • Cut and paste • Use Spelling Error Detection • Perform simple list processing • Create paragraphs and tables • Copy, rename, or delete a document • An expanded printing line up to 255 columns can be defined • Use abbreviation documents • Single sheet or continuous forms printing Editing Capabilities • • Special editing keypad Turning on/off, underline and bold • Up to 25 storage locations (paste buffers) for manipu¬ lating portions of text and for transferring text from one document to another Defining first/last characters to print Defining special function keys (SFK) used for special character sets, changing type fonts, etc. • Automatic word wrapping Define two bin sheet feeder option • Operations by grammatical entity (character, word, tab position, sentence, paragraph, line, page, screen) List Processing • Stored documents, paragraphs, phrases and abbrevia¬ tions can be inserted into the document being edited with a few keystrokes • List processing creates customized form letters and reports selectively from stored information (lists). This utility provides a comprehensive tool for customized data storage and retrieval. “Undeleted” capability allows retrieval of accidentally deleted text Extensive arithmetic capabilities allow manipulation of numeric information by addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. Users can store, retrieve and print subtotals and totals for both rows and columns. • Swap transposed character key • Column operations—Insert, move, or delete text as a column, total a column of numbers, and insert the result in the text • Flexible printer control tables enable users to custom¬ ize printouts by: String operations can be used to manipulate non-numeric information. Search and replace—Search for a phrase; search and select the phrase found; replace the selected phrase with the contents of a paste buffer; search forward, backward, case sensitive List Processing Features • Variable selection—Records can be chosen from the list for processing, based on the contents of the record • Global search and replace—Replaces all occurrences of a phrase with another phrase or the contents of a paste buffer; replaces one to 99 occurrences of a phrase; conditionally replaces occurrences of a phrase; replaces forward, backward, case sensitive • Multiple form documents can be processed, based on information in the records • 10 key sort on list processing format documents • Detached processing prevents extended operations from tying up the terminal • Delete by character and word, rubout by line, sen¬ tence, word or character Spelling Error Detection • Edit normal width documents (79 columns) on VT52 or VT100-W terminals or wide documents (131 columns) on VT100-W terminals Spelling errors in a document can be detected by compar¬ ison of words in a document against a stored dictionary with: • Date and time stamp key for inserting current date and time into text • Output of errors to screen, printer, or disk file • Four levels of dictionary for each user-system, group, personal, or special • Easily modifiable dictionaries (words added or deleted as necessary) • Ten stored rulers for repeated settings 38 DEC WORD/DP, Version 1.2 (and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS) • SPD 13.14.06 10,000 word dictionary, expandable to 32,000 words, is supplied with the system converts a DECWORD document to DX-WPS protocol, enabling the document to be sent with most of the special format control intact (Underlining, bolding, ruler settings, etc.). Documents are converted according to the conver¬ sion rules used for the WPS-8 floppy disk conversion. • One word dictionary provided for starting from scratch Conversion Utilities Using DX, documents can be sent to: DECWORD conversion utilities provide for the integration of word and data processing. Information can be trans¬ ferred in the following ways • Another DECWORD system • Another DIGITAL word processing system running WPS-8, (at least at Version 3.0) or WPS-8/Diskette (DECmate series software) • ASCII data file to/from DECWORD • RNO (RSTS/E Runoff Utility) to DECWORD • An unattended DIGITAL word processing system (using the corresponding WPS-8 or DECWORD com¬ munications option AX) • RX01/RX02 floppy disk to/from DECWORD Reads an RX01/RX02 floppy disk, one document, all documents, or selected documents • Any of several DIGITAL operating systems that have the corresponding DX layered application project. Writes a document to an RX01/RX02 floppy disk Deletes a document on an RX01/RX02 floppy disk AX Automatic Transmission Displays the RX01/RX02 floppy index Used in conjunction with DX, the AX feature provides the same document transmission capabilities as the DX fea¬ ture, and, in addition, allows for one of the word process¬ ing systems (WPS-8 or DECWORD) in the communication link to be used in automatic mode. This makes it possible for one user to send or receive documents across the communications link. Initializes an RX01/RX02 floppy disk Document Maintenance • Copies documents from one account to another • Protects documents or index • Sorts index System Features • Verifies index, document, or task file Communications The following features provide for system management and system security: DECWORD Communications enables users to communi¬ cate with other users. • User security Features • • Password security • Asynchronous, serial RS232 compatible, full duplex transmission • Transmission rates from 300 to 2400 baud are fully supported • Transmission rates from 4800 baud to 9600 baud are supported, but system performance is likely to be degraded Document protection • Index protection • Printer security • Up to 999 documents per user account • Monitoring of users • Messages can be sent to all or selected users CX Character Transmission • Document validation CX provides for transmission of data (keyboard input or from documents) to another computer system, and to a number of other devices that transmit and receive ASCII characters. Special word processing control characters (for example, bold, underline, rulers) are not transmitted. Documentation DECWORD user documentation is written in a clear con¬ sistent style, and is designed for users of varying back¬ grounds. The following books make up the documentation set. CX provides flexible control of communications character¬ istics for embedded control characters and answerback support. CX supports multiple combinations of input from keyboard, document or remote host, and output to screen, document or remote host. DECWORD User’s Set DECWORD Directory Beginner’s Guide to DECWORD • How to Use DECWORD • Glossary of DECWORD terms • DECWORD Quick Reference Guide • • DX Document Transmission The DX feature provides document transmission between DECWORD and any word processor or system which understands the DX-WPS error correcting protocol. DX DECWORD Advanced Set • 39 DECWORD Directory DECWORD/DP, Version 1.2 (and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS) • • • • • SPD 13.14.06 — VT102-A How to Use DECWORD Options How to Use DECWORD List Processing DECWORD for WPS-8 Users DECWORD Quick Reference Guide How To Use DECWORD Communications — VT123-A — VT200 Series PREREQUISITE SOFTWARE DECWORD Manager’s Set • • • • • RSTS/E or Micro/RSTS Operating System DECWORD Directory DECWORD Release Information How to Install DECWORD How to Manage DECWORD DECWORD Quick Reference Guide Refer to the RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS Optional Software Cross Reference Tables (SPD 20.97.xx and SPD 20.94.xx) for the required versions. Notes: 1. The RSTS/E SYSGEN options for multiterminal sup¬ port and echo control must be enabled. The BASICPLUS Run-Time System must be generated with “Print Using” enabled. 2. Depending on workload, each terminal used for DECWORD word processing could consume RSTS/E resources equivalent to two terminals being used for data processing applications DECWORD Basic User Course CBI Booklets MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIRED Any valid RSTS/E or Micro/RSTS system configuration with: • At least 248KB of main memory • At least 4,000 blocks of free disk space of which 600 must be contiguous for the DECWORD code, libraries and related files OPTIONAL SOFTWARE • At least one VT52-W, VT100-W, VT102-W, VT125-W, or VT200 series word processing terminal SOFTWARE WARRANTY None United States and Canada Only • At least one of the supported terminal interfaces Warranty for this software product is provided by DIGITAL with the purchase of a license for the product as defined in the Software Warranty Addendum of this SPD. OPTIONAL HARDWARE • Keyboard conversion package (VT1XX-CE) to upgrade the user terminal (VT100-A) to a standard word pro¬ cessing terminal (VT100-W) Outside the United States and Canada THIS PRODUCT IS PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. • LQPSE-FA, LQP02 or LQP03 letter quality printers (Note however that DECWORD for Micro/RSTS does not support the LQPSE-FA.) INSTALLATION • Keyboard surrounds identifying the DECWORD spe¬ cific functions on the VT100-W and VT52-W word processing terminal keyboard. This software product can be installed by the customer using the step-by-step documentation available for this product. Optionally you can purchase DIGITAL Installation Services which provide for the installation of the software product by an experienced DIGITAL Software Specialist. • LN01, LQP02 or LQP03 dual bin sheet feeder • Any of the following terminal interfaces: Courtesy Installation — DZ11-C This software product will be installed by DIGITAL at no additional charge if you purchase it concurrent with a Start-Up Service Package that includes Installation Ser¬ vice. Both the host operating system and this product must be installed concurrently. — DZQ11 — DHV11 — DH11 —DHU11 ORDERING INFORMATION — DZ11 Single-Use licensed software is furnished under the licens¬ ing provisions of DIGITAL’S Standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale, which provide in part that the software and any part thereof may be used on only the single CPU on which the software is first installed, and may be copied, in whole or in part (with the proper inclusion of DIGITAL’S copyright notice and any proprietary notices on the soft¬ ware) ior use on that same CPU. — DL11-A, -E, -W, DLV11 (as a word processing terminal interface) • Any of the following terminal interfaces. — VT52-A — VT100-A, -B — VT101-A 40 DECWORD/DP, Version 1.2 (and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS) SPD 13.14.06 You will need a separate license for each CPU on which you will be using the software product (except as other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). Then, Materials and Service Options are selected to utilize the product effectively. THE LICENSE OPTIONS ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. IF YOU ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE SERVICE OPTIONS, YOU MAY OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PRODUCT SERVICE DESCRIPTION(S) FROM YOUR LOCAL DIGITAL OFFICE. If you are already familiar with these options, you may obtain the ordering information directly from the Software Options Chart. In addition to the right to use, the license gives you the one-time right to copy the software from your original CPU installation to the additional CPU. Therefore, the Distribution and Documentation option is not required, but optional. Distribution and Documentation Option The Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine-readable software and the basic documentation. You must have, or order, a Single-Use License to obtain this option. You will need this option to install the soft¬ ware for the first time. When revised versions of this software product become available, they may also be obtained by purchasing this option again. LICENSE OPTIONS Single-Use License Option The Single-Use License is your right to use the software product on a single CPU. Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option The Right-To-Copy option allows a customer with multiple CPUs to copy a revised version of a software product from one CPU to another. Each CPU must be licensed for that product. You first install the revised software on one CPU; then you can make copies for additional CPUs by purchasing the Right-To-Copy option for each additional CPU. For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: • Single-Use License option, and • Distribution and Documentation option The license gives you the right to use the software on a single CPU and the Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine-readable software and related docu¬ mentation. Documentation-Only Option The Documentation-Only option provides one copy of the basic documentation. To use this software product on additional CPUs, for each CPU you must purchase as a minimum: Software Product Services • Single-Use License option A variety of service options are available. For more infor¬ mation on these or other services, please contact your local DIGITAL office. 41 SPD 13.14.06 DECWORD/DP, Version 1.2 (and DECWORD for Micro/RSTS) SOFTWARE OPTIONS CHART The distribution Media Codes used in the Software Options Chart are described below. You specify the desired Media Code at the end of the Order Number, e.g. QR480-HD = binaries on 9-track 800 BPI Magtape (NRZI). 3 = RX50 Floppy Diskette D = 9-track 800 BPI Magtape (NRZI) H = RL02 Disk Cartridge NOTE: M= 9-track 1600 BPI Magtape (PE) V = RK07 Disk Cartridge Z = No hardware dependency The availability of these software product options and services may vary by country. Customers should con¬ tact their local DIGITAL office for information on availability. OPTIONS ORDER NUMBER DECWORD/DP ORDER NUMBER DECWORD For Micro/RSTS QR480-UZ QY480-UZ Distribution and Documentation Option QR480-HD QR480-HH QR480-HM QR480-HV QY480-H3 Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option QR480-HZ QY480-HZ Documentation-Only Option QR480-GZ QY480-GZ User’s Documentation Kit QR480-GZ QY490-GZ Advanced User’s Documentation Kit QR481-GZ QY491-GZ Manager’s Documentation Kit QR482-GZ QY492-GZ Installation Service Option QR480-ID QR480-IH QR480-IM QR480-IV QY480-I3 DECsupport Service QR480-9D QR480-9H QR480-9M QR480-9V QY480-93 Basic Service QR480-8D QR480-8H QR480-8M QR480-8V QY480-83 Self-Maintenance Service QR480-3D QR480-3H QR480-3M QR480-3V QY480-33 LICENSE OPTIONS: A LICENSE IS REQUIRED FOR EACH CPU. Single-Use License MATERIALS AND SERVICE OPTIONS: 42 Software Product Description PRODUCT NAME: PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, Version 5.0 DESCRIPTION • PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E is an extended implemen¬ tation of the ANSI subset FORTRAN-77 standard (X3.91978) that runs on the RSTS/E Operating System. PDP11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E contains all the features of ANSI FORTRAN-77 subset, many of the full set language features, and extensions that are not included in the ANSI FORTRAN-77 standard. Switch-selectable support is pro¬ vided for user programs conforming to the previous ANSI FORTRAN standard (X3.9-1966). Lower and declarators SPD 14.49.10 upper bounds specification in array • Substrings of character variables and character array elements • Optional syntax for I/O statements (UNIT and FMT) PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E includes the following extensions to the ANSI standard: PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E also meets the Federal Information Processing Standard Publication (FIPS PUB69) requirement for a flagger. The flagger optionally pro¬ duces diagnostic messages for syntax and/or source form elements which do not conform to the full-level ANSI FORTRAN X3.9-1978 Standard. • Language elements for keyed and sequential access to RMS multikey ISAM files • DEFINE FILE, FIND, UNLOCK statements DELETE, REWRITE, and • TYPE and ACCEPT input/output statements • Comments permitted at the end of each source line PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E programs can be op¬ tionally executed under control of PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger/RSTS/E (SPD 12.79.xx). Execution of applica¬ tion programs using PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger/RSTS/E aids in the location of programming errors in successfully compiled programs that behave abnormally when exe¬ cuted. • PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E includes all subset ANSI features including: INCLUDE statement • BYTE data type • ENCODE, DECODE statements • Explicit specification of storage allocation units for data types (e.g., INTEGERS) • Hexadecimal and octal constants • O and Z format edit descriptors • CHARACTER data type The PDP-11 FORTRAN-77 compiler produces direct PDP11 machine code optimized for execution-time efficiency on a PDP-11 with a floating point processor. PDP-11 FORTRAN-77 compiler optimizations include: • Block IF construct, including IF...THEN, ELSE IF, ELSE, and END IF statements, for conditional execu¬ tion of blocks of statements The PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E compiler includes the following features of full-language FORTRAN as defined by the ANSI Standard: • Optimizations of arithmetic and logical IF statements • Double precision and complex data types • • Intrinsic functions, including LEN, ICHAR, and INDEX • Allocation of processor registers across block IF con¬ structs and DO loops • Exponentiation forms, including double precision and complex Object Time System • Common subexpression elimination Removal of invariant expressions from DO loops The PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E Object Time System (OTS) is a set of object modules that are selectively linked with compiler-produced object modules by the operating system’s task builder, to produce a task (program) ready for execution. • Format edit descriptors, including S, SP, SS, T, TL, TR, Iw.m, and Gw.dEe • Generalized DO loop parameters • Generic function selection based on argument data type for FORTRAN-defined functions July 1986 sor ware 43 AE-H297K-TC PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, Version 5.0 SPD 14.49.10 PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E provides the capability of creating either or both of the following Object-Time sys¬ tems: • The OTS based on File Control Services (FCS) allows sequential and random access to sequentially orga¬ nized files. • The OTS based on Record Management Services (RMS) uses RMS to provide access to sequential, relative, and indexed organizational files. ORDERING INFORMATION Single-Use licensed software is furnished under the licens¬ ing provisions of DIGITAL’S Standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale, which provide in part that the software and any part thereof may be used on only the single CPU on which the software is first installed, and may be copied, in whole or in part (with the proper inclusion of DIGITAL’S copyright notice and any proprietary notices on the soft¬ ware) for use on that same CPU. You will need a separate license for each CPU on which you will be using the software product (except as other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). Then, Materials and Service Options are selected to utilize the product effectively. THE LICENSE OPTIONS ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. IF YOU ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE SERVICE OPTIONS, YOU MAY OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PRODUCT SERVICE DESCRIPTION(S) FROM YOUR LOCAL DIGITAL OFFICE. If you are already familiar with these options, you may obtain the ordering information directly from the Software Options Chart. The RMS OTS is normally larger than the FCS OTS, but provides additional capabilities. For a given task, it is not possible to mix FCS OTS modules with RMS OTS mod¬ ules. MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIRED Any valid RSTS/E Operating System configuration with: • Floating Point Processor (FPP) • At least 56K bytes of user memory • Up to 390 contiguous disk blocks for the compiler task LICENSE OPTIONS • An additional 150 to 250 disk blocks are required for the Object Time System library file and auxiliary sup¬ port files, depending on installation options Single-Use License Option The Single-Use License is your right to use the software product on a single CPU. The compiler can use 370 or more blocks of temporary disk space when compiling large programs. Note: For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: The FPP is not required if the user’s source program does not exercise floating point arithme¬ tic. OPTIONAL HARDWARE • Single-Use License option, and • Distribution and Documentation option The license gives you the right to use the software on a single CPU and the Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine-readable software and related docu¬ mentation. None PREREQUISITE SOFTWARE RSTS/E Operating System To use this software product on additional CPUs, for each CPU you must purchase as a minimum: Refer to RSTS/E Optional Software Cross Reference Table (SPD 20.97.xx) for the required version. • OPTIONAL SOFTWARE Single-Use License option In addition to the right to use, the license gives you the one-time right to copy the software from your original CPU installation to the additional CPU. Therefore, the Distribution and Documentation option is not required, but optional. PDP-11 Symbolic Debugger/RSTS/E SOFTWARE WARRANTY Warranty for this software product is provided by DIGITAL with the purchase of a license for the product as defined in the Software Warranty Addendum of this SPD. The licensee may also reproduce and distribute object modules and/or resident libraries which are necessary to run programs compiled with this product provided such programs are distributed: 1) in accordance with the provi¬ sions of licensee’s standard software license; or 2) with licensee’s copyright notice included on such programs; or 3) if conditions (1) or (2) are not met, with DIGITAL’S COPYRIGHT notice included on such programs. INSTALLATION This software product can be installed by the customer using the step-by-step documentation available for this product. Optionally you can purchase DIGITAL Installation Services which provide for the installation of the software product by an experienced DIGITAL Software Specialist. Migration Option Courtesy Installation Current licensed users of FORTRAN-IV/RSTS/E are eligi¬ ble for the migration option. This is a Single-Use License offered at a reduced price and provides all of the License rights described above. This software product will be installed by DIGITAL at no additional charge if you purchase it concurrent with a Start-Up Service Package that includes Installation Ser¬ vice. Both the host operating system and this product must be installed concurrently. 44 PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, Version 5.0 SPD 14.49.10 For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: • Migration Option, and • Distribution and Documentation option To use this software product on additional CPUs currently licensed for FORTRAN-IV/RSTS/E, for each CPU you must purchase as a minimum: • Migration option License Agreement and then purchasing the source option(s) you want. The agreement entitles you to use the source materials at one customer facility or location which is specified in the agreement. Most users do not require source materials. They are used primarily to make modifications to the software product. Source kits provided by DIGITAL do not neces¬ sarily contain all source files used by DIGITAL to build binary kits. Source License and Sources Distribution Option Distribution and Documentation Option The Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine readable software and the basic documentation. You must have, or order, a Single-Use License to obtain this option. You will need this option to install the soft¬ ware for the first time. When revised versions of this software product become available, they may also be obtained by purchasing this option again. Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option The Right-To-Copy option allows a customer with multiple CPUs to copy a revised version of a software product from one CPU to another. Each CPU must be licensed for that product. You first install the revised software on one CPU; then you can make copies for additional CPUs by purchasing the Right-To-Copy option for each additional CPU. Documentation-Only Option The Documentation-Only option provides one copy of the basic documentation. Software Product Services A variety of service options are available. For more infor¬ mation on these or other services, please contact your local DIGITAL office. SOURCE MATERIALS OPTIONS You can obtain optional source materials for this software product by signing DIGITAL’S Software Program Sources 45 This option provides you with the machine-readable source code for this software product. It gives you the right to use the source code on any CPU at the facility/ location specified in the agreement which has a SingleUse License for the object code. Source License and Sources Listings Option This option provides you with listings of the source pro¬ grams for this software product. It gives you the right to use the listings for any CPU at the facility/location speci¬ fied in the agreement which has a Single-Use License for the object code. Sources Update Distribution Option This option provides you with the revised version of the machine-readable source code for this software product. You must have purchased the Source License and Source Distribution Option to obtain this option. Sources Update Listings Option This option provides you with listings of source code for the revised version of the software product. You must have purchased the Source License and Source Listings Option to obtain this option. SPD 14.49.10 PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, Version 5.0 SOFTWARE OPTIONS CHART The distribution Media Codes used in the Software Options Chart are described below. You specify the desired Media Code at the end of the Order Number, e.g., QR100-HD = binaries on 9-track 800 BPI Magtape (NRZI). 5 = TK50 Tape Cartridge D = 9-track 800 BPI Magtape (NRZI) H = RL02 Disk Cartridge M = 9-track 1600 BPI Magtape (PE) NOTE: R = Microfiche V = RK07 Disk Cartridge Z = No hardware dependency The availability of these software product options and services may vary by country. Customers should con¬ tact their local DIGITAL office for information on availability. ORDER NUMBER CLASSL SYSTEMS1 ORDER NUMBER CLASS H SYSTEMS2 Single-Use License QY100-UZ QR100-UZ Migration Option from PDP-11 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E QY453-UZ QR453-UZ Distribution and Documentation Option QY100-H5 QY100-HH QY100-HM QR100-H5 QR100-HD QR100-HH QR100-HM QR100-HV Software Revision Rightr-To-Copy Option QY100-HZ QR100-HZ Documentation Only Option QY100-GZ QR100-GZ Installation Service Option QY100-15 QY100-IH QY100-IM QR100-15 QR100-ID QR100-IH QR100-IM QR100-IV DECsupport Service QY100-95 QY100-9H QY100-9M QR100-95 QR100-9D QR100-9H QR100-9M QR100-9V Basic Service QY100-85 QY100-8H QY100-8M QR100-85 QR100-8D QR100-8H QR100-8M QR100-8V Self-Maintenance Service QY100-35 QY100-3H QY100-3M QR100-35 QR100-3D QR100-3H QR100-3M QR100-3V OPTIONS LICENSE OPTIONS: A LICENSE IS REQUIRED FOR EACH CPU. MATERIALS AND SERVICE OPTIONS: 46 PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, Version 5.0 SPD 14.49.10 OPTIONS ORDER NUMBER CLASSL SYSTEMS1 ORDER NUMBER CLASSH SYSTEMS2 SOURCE MATERIALS OPTIONS: Source License and Sources Distribution for Compiler QR100-ED QR100-EM Source License and Sources Distribution for Object Time Systems QR101-ED QR101-EM Source License, and Sources Listings for Compiler and Object Time Sys¬ tems QR101-FR Sources Distribution for Compiler QR100-ND QR100-NM Sources Distribution for Object Time Systems QR101-ND QR101-NM Sources Listings for Compiler and Object Time System QR101-NR 1 Class L Systems (low-end systems): — All Q-BUS models and systems except MicroPDP-11/83 — KD11, KDF11, KDJ11 CPU modules — DCT11, DCF11, DCJ11 microprocessor chips 2Class H Systems (high-end systems): — All UNIBUS models and systems — MicroPDP-11/83 47 Software Product Description PRODUCT NAME: PDP-11 BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, Version 2.3 — Conditional compilation (%IF) DESCRIPTION — Listing and cross-reference output controls (%LIST, %CROSS) PDP-11 BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E is an extended BASIC compiler that runs under the RSTS/E Operating System. It takes full advantage of the PDP-11 floating point hardware option and integer instruction sets, and generates threaded code instructions. • Structured Programming Constructs —* 31 character alphanumeric statement labels — 31 character variable names, allowing (__) and (.) BASIC-PLUS-2 provides a high performance program execution environment for applications development and timesharing. It combines immediate mode with the power of a structured programming language. — DECLARE statement removes the requirement for (%) and ($) suffixes in variables — Explicit declarations provide access to many data types In addition to elementary BASIC language features, BASIC-PLUS-2 provides: — Most program lines do not need line numbers • BASIC Programming Support Environment — Statement condition/repeat modifiers simplify struc¬ ture — The compiler generates code suitable for Instruction and Data space on processors where both the hardware and software operating system support this feature. — IF...THEN...ELSE.. END IF conditional blocks — SELECT...CASE.. END SELECT multiway decision blocks — RUN command for immediate execution of BASIC programs — EXIT and ITERATE statements for iterative state¬ ment blocks — RUN allows use of RMS-11 Sequential, Relative, and Indexed file organizations — Dynamic linking (LOAD) of separately compiled BASIC modules for immediate execution using the RUN command — EDIT command for revision of program text while within BASIC SPD 14.54.14 — OTHERWISE out-of-range clause for ON GOTO and ON GOSUB statements • EXTERNAL statement allows access to global vari¬ ables, functions, and constants, and allows data typing of parameters to aid in minimizing runtime mismatches • — HELP (INQUIRE) for on-line assistance Language Subsets and Subset Flaggers — SEQUENCE command for generating line numbers — Declining Feature Flagger for program maintenance/ conversion use — Direct execution of unnumbered statements (imme¬ diate mode) • Exception Handling (ON ERROR) for main and subpro¬ grams — Direct execution of command line statements • — Integrated cross-reference and listing facility • Multiline Statements and Multistatement Lines Program Segmentation — Ability to detect and report multiple errors on a source line — Single and multiline user-defined functions using DEF — A high degree of compatibility with VAX BASIC — SUB and FUNCTION programs as individually com¬ piled modules • Compile-Time Directives — External module parameter passing BY VALUE, REFerence, or DESCriptor — Text inclusion through use of the %INCLUDE direc¬ tive July 1986 sor ware AE-J054O-TC 49 SPD 14.54.14 PDP-11 BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, Version 2.3 — Ability to invoke EXTERNAL function procedures from BASIC-PLUS-2 — CR (credit) or DR (debit) indicators — Up to eight actual arguments per call or external function invocation — Asterisk-fill on numeric fields — Floating currency symbol for numeric fields — FORMAT} function accepts full PRINT USING edit¬ ing syntax — COMMON and MAP statements for creating static storage areas and sharing data between modules • Arrays up to eight dimensions, declarable at run-time — Specification of data types permitted on COMMON, DECLARE, DEF, DIMENSION, EXTERNAL, FUNC¬ TION, MAP, and SUB statements • Matrix manipulation capabilities • Compatibility with key RSTS/E BASIC-PLUS features including: — Default data allocation rules can be specified with BASIC commands or by the OPTION statement in program text — FIELD Statement — CVT, MAGTAPE, and SWAP% functions — By default all declarations are implicit, however, the OPTION TYPE=EXPLICIT can be used to require explicit declaration of all variables — Virtual arrays — A subset of RSTS/E System Service (SYS) calls — Integer data type: PDP-11 BASIC-PLUS-2 uses the full printable ASCII char¬ acter set and 8-bit character codes within constants and I/O operations. BYTE (8 bit) with range of -128 to +127 WORD (16 bit) with range of -32768 to +32767 LONG (32 bit) with range of -2147483648 to +2147483647 The BASIC-PLUS-2 user has the option of traditional compilation with subsequent linker invocation or use of the RUN command that causes the program to be placed into execution. — Real data type: SINGLE (6 digits) with range of 29x10**-38 to 1. 70x10**38 DOUBLE (16 digits) with range of 29x10**-38 to 1. 70x10**38 Subprograms and function programs compiled under BASIC-PLUS-2 can be included by the LOAD command for execution when RUN is used. — STRING data type, allowing both static (in MAP or COMMON) and dynamic length Object Time System • Definition of user-defined program constants through DECLARE CONSTANT The BASIC-PLUS-2 Object Time System is a set of object modules selectively linked with object modules produced by the BASIC-PLUS-2 compiler by the operating system linker (task builder utility) to produce a task (program) ready for execution. • A BASIC Symbolic Debugger allowing inspection and alteration of program variables Any valid RSTS/E system configuration with: • File Organizations and Access Methods • • Symbolic names for control characters BEL, BS, HT, LF, VT, FF, CR, SO, SI, ESC, and DEL MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIRED Minimum of 64K bytes of user memory — Block I/O (random access to sequential files of 512 byte records) • At least 2000 - 2500 blocks, 1500 of which must be contiguous, at compile time — Virtual Arrays (arrays mapped onto disk structures) • At least 6200 - 8000 blocks, 1500 of which must be contiguous, temporarily required during installation pro¬ cedure — RMS Sequential I/O — RMS Relative I/O • Extended Instruction Set — Multikey RMS Indexed I/O operations, including support for integer and segmented keys OPTIONAL HARDWARE — RMS Record File Address (RFA) access for high performance applications Floating Point Processor (as supported by the RSTS/E Operating System configuration) • Dynamic record definition and variable allocation via MAP DYNAMIC PREREQUISITE SOFTWARE • Extended Report Formatting Capabilities — Suppression of zero fields Refer to the RSTS/E Optional Software Cross Reference Table (SPD 20.97.xx) for the required version. — Zero fill or blank fill fields OPTIONAL SOFTWARE — Commas in large numeric values None RSTS/E Operating System 50 PDP-11 BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, Version 2.3 SPD 14.54.14 SOFTWARE WARRANTY The license gives you the right to use the software on a single CPU and the Distribution and Documentation Option provides the machine-readable software and related documentation. Warranty for this software product is provided by DIGITAL with the purchase of a license for the product as defined in the Software Warranty Addendum of this SPD. To use this software product on additional CPUs, you must purchase for each CPU as a minimum: INSTALLATION This software product can be installed by the customer using the step-by-step documentation available for this product. Optionally you can purchase DIGITAL Installation Services which provide for the installation of the software product by an experienced DIGITAL Software Specialist. • Single-Use License Option In addition to the right to use, the license gives you the one-time right to copy the software from your original CPU installation to the additional CPU. Therefore, the Distribution and Documentation Option is not required, but optional. Courtesy Installation Service This software product will be installed by DIGITAL at no additional charge if you purchase it concurrent with a Startup Service Package that includes installation service. Both the operating system and this product must be installed concurrently. The licensee may also reproduce and distribute object modules and/or resident libraries which are necessary to run programs compiled with this product provided such programs are distributed: 1) in accordance with the provi¬ sions of licensee’s standard software license; or 2) with licensee’s copyright notice included on such programs; or 3) if conditions (1) or (2) are not met, with DIGITAL’S COPYRIGHT notice included on such programs. ORDERING INFORMATION Single-Use licensed software is furnished under the licens¬ ing provisions of DIGITAL’S Standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale, which provide in part that the software and any part thereof may be used on only the single CPU on which the software is first installed, and may be copied, in whole or in part (with the proper inclusion of DIGITAL’S copyright notice and any proprietary notices on the soft¬ ware) for use on that same CPU. Distribution and Documentation Option The Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine-readable software and the basic documentation. You must have, or order, a Single-Use License to obtain this option. You will need this option to install the soft¬ ware for the first time. When revised versions of this software product become available, they may also be obtained by purchasing this option again. You will need a separate license for each CPU on which you will be using the software product (except as other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). Then, Materials and Service Options are selected to utilize the product effectively. THE LICENSE OPTIONS ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. IF YOU ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE SERVICE OPTIONS, YOU MAY OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PRODUCT SERVICE DESCRIPTION(S) FROM YOUR LOCAL DIGITAL OFFICE. If you are already familiar with these options, you may obtain the ordering information directly from the Software Options Chart. Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option The Right-To-Copy Option allows a customer with multi¬ ple CPUs to copy a revised version of a software product from one CPU to another. Each CPU must be licensed for that product. You first install the revised software on one CPU; then you can make copies for additional CPUs by purchasing the Right-To-Copy Option for each additional CPU. LICENSE OPTIONS Documentation-Only Option Single-Use License Option The Documentation-Only option provides once copy of the basic documentation. The Single-Use License is your right to use the software product on a single CPU. Software Product Services For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: A variety of service options are available. For more infor¬ mation on these or other serivces, please contact your local DIGITAL office. • Single-Use License Option, and • Distribution and Documentation Option 51 PDP-11 BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, Version 2.3 SPD 14.54.14 SOFTWARE OPTIONS CHART The distribution Media Codes used in the Software Options Chart are described below. You specify the desired Media Code at the end of the Order Number, e.g., QY916-HH = binaries on RL02 Disk Cartridge. 5 = TK50 Tape Cartridge D = 9-track 800 BPI Magtape (NRZI) H = RL02 Disk Cartridge NOTE: M = 9-track 1600 BPI Magtape (PE) V = RK07 Disk Cartridge Z = No hardware dependency The availability of these software product options and services may vary by country. Customers should con¬ tact their local DIGITAL office for information on availability. OPTIONS ORDER NUMBER CLASS L SYSTEMS1 ORDER NUMBER CLASS H SYSTEMS2 QY916-UZ QJ916-UZ Distribution and Documentation Option QY916-H5 QY916-HH QY916-HM QJ916-H5 QJ916-HD QJ916-HH QJ916-HM QJ916-HV Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option QY916-HZ QJ916-HZ Documentation-Only Option QY916-GZ QJ916-GZ Installation Service Option QY916-I5 QY916-IH QY916-IM QJ916-I5 QJ916-ID QJ916-IH QJ916-IM QJ916-IV DECsupport Service QY916-95 QY916-9H QY916-9M QJ916-95 QJ916-9D QJ916-9H QJ916-9M QJ916-9V Basic Service QY916-85 QY916-8H QY916-8M QJ916-85 QJ916-8D QJ916-8H QJ916-8M QJ916-8V Self-Maintenance Service QY916-35 QY916-3H QY916-3M QJ916-35 QJ916-3D QJ916-3H QJ916-3M QJ916-3V LICENSE OPTIONS: A LICENSE IS REQUIRED FOR EACH CPU. Single-Use License MATERIALS AND SERVICE OPTIONS: 52 PDP-11 BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, Version 2.3 SPD 14.54.14 1 Class L Systems — All Q-BUS models and systems except MicroPDP-11/83 — KD11, KDF11, KDJ11 CPU modules — DCT11, DCF11, DCJ11 microprocessor chips 2Class H Systems — All UNIBUS models and systems -MicroPDP-11/83 53 Software Product Description PRODUCT NAME: Micro/RSTS, Version 2.1 SPD 18.12.04 included to meet the needs of the more experienced user. Installation of help information is optional. DESCRIPTION Micro/RSTS, Version 2.1, a subset of RSTS/E, Version 9.2, is a multiuser general purpose timesharing operating system which is distributed on RX50 flexible diskettes and TK50 cartridge tapes. Micro/RSTS is optimized for the MicroPDP-11 family of computers and provides a powerful run-time environment for applications developed on either RSTS/E or Micro/RSTS. In addition to the appli¬ cation run-time environment, EDT (DIGITAL’S standard text editor), the BASIC-PLUS language, PDP-11 SORT/ MERGE, and RMS-11 file management utilities are pro¬ vided as standard components of the Micro/RSTS sys¬ tem’s Base Kit. • Both RMS-11 and native RSTS file management support is provided and includes such features as file sharing and protection. • Reliability features include disk file backup and restore commands support individual file, error protected save set and volume image archiving methods. • Lineprinter spooling to allow flexible sharing of printing devices • For users who require a program development environ¬ ment using either MACRO-11 or any of the Micro/RSTS high level compilers, an optional Application Development Kit can be purchased and layered on the Base Kit to support these activities. Standard Base Kit components include EDT (DIGITAL’S standard text editor), the BASIC-PLUS development environment, and PDP-11 SORT/MERGE (DIGITAL’S standard sort product for PDP-11 sys¬ tems). • Support for applications which include DIGITAL’S Forms Management product - FMS Standard Features The User Interface - DIGITAL Command Language (DCL) • Support for all RSTS/E system services including all SYSCALLs DCL is based upon the DCL available on most DIGITAL operating systems. In particular, it is similar to the DCL implemented on VAX/VMS. In addition to fundamental operations such as listing directories and copying files, DCL includes features such as user-defined command synonyms, string and numeric symbol substitution, read¬ ing and writing files, system and account management functions, security control such as setting passwords, submitting to batch, setting terminal characteristics, and terminal activity logging. • Support for all RSTS/E standard run-time environ¬ ments • Support for up to 14 terminals and 20 jobs on MicroPDP-11/73, MicroPDP-11/53, and MicroPDP-11/ 83 systems and for MicroPDP-11/23 systems with more than 256KB of memory. Support for up to 14 terminals and 10 jobs on MicroPDP-11/23 systems with 256KB of memory. The system operator can adjust the maximum number for jobs. A comprehensive set of HELP frames explaining the oper¬ ation of all DCL commands is available to users at all times through the use of the “HELP” command. Entering the HELP command alone will provide a directory of all the subjects on which information is available. Entering HELP followed by the listed subject will yield information on the specific topic. Often additional subtopics provide more specialized information which can then be selected by the user. All help information is provided in the Base Kit however, installation of the help information is optional. • Designed to optimize the system around low cost per terminal, ease of installation and ease of use • DCL - DIGITAL Command Language which prompts users for input. DCL commands are English words that are self-documenting when typed in full, but can be abbreviated once the user is accustomed to the sys¬ tem. • On-line help files. Users can get help on any DCL command by using the “HELP” command. Additional assistance for the new user is provided through tutorial documentation. Detailed documentation is also DCL command file processing provides the DCL user with the capability of placing a collection of DCL commands in a file and executing the commands as if they were a June 1986 son ncre 55 AE-BG27E-TC SPD 18.12.04 Micro/RSTS, Version 2.1 ing printer forms, imposing page limits on requests, and restricting access to certain printers. program. Conceptually, the commands in the file appear to the system as a series of commands which are entered at the keyboard. All command file processing is done within DCL so that no additional keyboards or job slots are required. Information can be passed to the command file processor at the time the file is invoked and used to customize the action taken as the command file is exe¬ cuted. Account Management DCL commands are provided to create and delete accounts, set account attributes, and display account information. Account templates can be created and used to set up a class of accounts with the same attributes. Several different types of accounts can be defined. User accounts allow access to the Micro/RSTS system. Cap¬ tive accounts cause the system to startup a specific application such as word processing or a menu. When the user leaves the application, the job is killed and the user is logged off. Guest accounts can be set up causing the system not to prompt for the password for the account during login. Non-interactive accounts can be setup caus¬ ing the system not to allow a user to login. In addition to standard DCL commands, the command file processor interprets set of specialized commands that allow operations such as conditional branching, local and global symbols, special purpose DCL Functions, error handling, “Control C” trapping, up to 13 nesting levels, selective display, optional time-stamping and user prompt¬ ing. DCL command files are used to start up the system and automatically set up the system, group and individual user environments when the user logs into the system. Accounts have privileges associated with them. The privi¬ lege attributes assigned to an account determine what a user logged into the account can do on the system. Security and Privilege Access to the system is controlled by the use of pass¬ words which can be 6 to 14 characters in length. Initial assignment of passwords is done by the system man¬ ager. Each user, given the required privilege, can change the password assigned to his/her account. Accounts can be set up with an expiration date. After the expiration date has passed, users can no longer login to the account. The account is not automatically deleted and the information in the account can be retrieved by a user with the required privileges. The system manager may optionally define a system password which must be entered before the user is prompted to login to an account. This feature is available for different classes of access such as directly connected versus dial-up lines. As a resource sharing system, Micro/ RSTS can give every user access to the system peripherals and resources, as well as a wide range of additional capabilities. Usage restrictions can be imposed on a per user or per system basis on certain of these resources. Disk File and Device Backup Micro/RSTS provides the ability for total or selective backup of accounts and files to disks or to magnetic tapes using DCL commands. This is done through the use of multi-volume container files which may be placed on standard RSTS format disks or ANSI labeled magnetic tape. A separate utility is provided for making image copies. Selective backup can be done on-line. Image copies of disk volumes can be made on-line for all volumes except the system disk and off-line for ail volumes including the system disk. Micro/RSTS provides 34 separate privilege attributes which can be assigned to any account on the system. Programs, which are resident on the system, may require one or more of these attributes in order to execute. In this way, the system manager can assign only those privileges to an account which are required by the users of that account. Micro/RSTS BACKUP produces BACKUP sets which are subset compatible with the VAX/VMS and MicroVMS BACKUP and can read BACKUP sets produced by the VAX/VMS and MicroVMS BACKUP. This provides for easy transfer of data between machines running these two operating systems. Batch Services Batch jobs are a collection of DCL commands in a file which are placed (submitted) on a queue for execution. Batch services process each job in the queue in turn. Users can submit batch jobs to perform tasks that require no terminal interaction, or to run programs at a later time. For each batch job, the user can set limits on the system resources allocated to the job. Multiple queues can be defined. Each queue can have different attributes. A user with the required privilege can start up and control batch queues. Micro/RSTS BACKUP provides streaming support for streaming tape drives. Refer to the “Optional Hardware” section of this SPD for a list of tape drives which BACKUP supports in streaming mode. File Sort Utility (PDP-11 SORT/MERGE) Micro/RSTS includes a file sort utility, PDP-11 SORT/ MERGE, that accepts as input up to 10 RMS-11 files, and creates a second, reordered RMS-11 file. The input file can contain data stored in binary or ASCII format. The file organization can be sequential, relative, or indexed and the record format can be fixed length, variable length, or stream. The utility can be accessed from DCL "SORT” and “MERGE” commands or as subroutines from within programs written in a language which uses RMS-11. The SORT and MERGE DCL commands are available as a Print Services Micro/RSTS provides centralized printing on line-printers (LP) and printer type terminals (KB). Print requests are maintained on queues and are processed as the required printer becomes available. A privileged user can define and control all aspects of print services including manag¬ 56 Micro/RSTS, Version 2.1 SPD 18.12.04 standard component of the Micro/RSTS Base Kit. The SORT/MERGE subroutines require the Micro/RSTS Appli¬ cation Development Kit. Micro/RSTS Application Development Kit The Application Development Kit is installable on any disk supported by the Base Kit. BASIC-PLUS The Micro/RSTS, Version 2.1 Application Development Kit consists of several optional software packages which can be installed selectively: The BASIC-PLUS language processor which is included as a standard feature of the Micro/RSTS Base kit, is a compiler and a run-time system. The BASIC-PLUS com¬ piler produces a compact pseudo code that is interpreted by the run-time system. BASIC-PLUS programs can be saved in either source form or in compiled form (compact pseudo code). The immediate mode feature of BASIC-PLUS allows sin¬ gle-line statements typed without a line number to be compiled and executed immediately. This is a particularly useful feature in interactive debugging of BASIC-PLUS programs. BASIC-PLUS can serve as a powerful system program¬ ming language. The extensive file processing capabilities of BASIC-PLUS allow users to take full advantage of RSTS/E file processing features. Most system features of RSTS/E are accessible via the flexible SYS system func¬ tion call mechanism. RMS RMS program development compo¬ nents RSX RSX program development tools (MAC, TKB, etc.) RT11 RT-11 program development tools (MACRO, LINK, etc.) SORT SORT/MERGE ment tools UNSUPP Unsupported software (DSKDMP, etc.) MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIRED • Supported hard disk drives which can be used as a system disk include: RD51-A 11MB fixed Winchester disk RD31 20MB fixed Winchester disk RD52-A 31MB fixed Winchester disk RD53-A 71MB fixed Winchester disk RC25 52MB fixed/removable disk RA60 205 MB removable disk RA80 121MB fixed disk RA81 456MB fixed disk Micro/RSTS is available as two separate kits; a Base Kit and an Application Development Kit. All Micro/RSTS users require the Base System which is provided in the Base Kit. The Application Development Kit is optional and provides support of program development using MACRO11 and Micro/RSTS high level languages. The Base Kit is a prerequisite for the Application Development Kit. Micro/RSTS Base Kit • One of the following distribution devices: The Base Kit can be installed from the distribution media onto any hard disk which is supported by the Micro/RSTS System and has a capacity of at least 10 megabytes. (Refer to the “Minimum Hardware” and “Optional Hard¬ ware” sections of this SPD for supported disks.) RX50 800 KB (2 x 400MB) flexible diskette drive RX33 1.2MB flexible diskette drive TK50 Cartridge tape drive • 256KB memory (512KB is recommended for systems supporting more than 2 users) The Micro/RSTS Version 2.1 Base Kit consists of all the software required to run RSTS/E on a MicroPDP-11. In addition, several optional software packages are included which can be installed selectively: TEST Device testing package (CPEXER, KBEXER, etc.) KDF11-B, KDJ11-B or KDJ11-D processor board • One supported hard disk drive with a capacity of at least 10 megabytes Packaging On-line help facility develop¬ A MicroPDP-11 family computer system which consists of: In addition to standard features, BASIC-PLUS features long variable names (with extend mode), IF...THEN... ELSE construct, ON ERROR condition handlers, state¬ ment modifiers such as IF, UNLESS, WHILE, UNTIL, FOR, multiline statements and program chaining. HELP program • Console terminal OPTIONAL HARDWARE • KEF11-AA Floating Chip Option • KEF11-BB CIS Chip Option • FPF11-A Floating Point Option RESTOR Restore function of Version 1.0 and 1.1 BACKUP package • One RLV12 Controller with 1-4 RL02 disk drives for use as add-on disks RMS RMS Utilities (RMSDES, RMSIFL, etc.) • DZV11/DZQ11 4-line serial terminal multiplexer (3 maximum) AUXLIB Auxiliary library programs (DSKCVT, QUOLST, etc.) • One LPV11 line printer SORT Software to support DCL SORT and MERGE commands • 57 DHV11 8-line serial terminal multiplexer (3 maximum) SPD 18.12.04 Micro/RSTS, Version 2.1 YOU MAY OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PRODUCT SERVICE DESCRIPTION(S) FROM YOUR LOCAL DIGITAL OFFICE. If you are already familiar with these options, you may obtain the ordering information directly from the Software Options Chart. • Up to two TK50 cartridge tape drives • Additional RD disks as supported by the RQDX con¬ troller • One additional RC25 52MB Fixed/Removable Disk Subsystem (as units 4-7). Each RC25 drive is 2 disk units; 1 fixed and 1 removable. There can be up to 2 drives (4 disk units) in the subsystem. LICENSE OPTIONS Single-Use License Option The Single-Use License is your right to use the software product on a single CPU. • One TK25 tape subsystem, or one TSV05 tape drive • Up to four RA80, RA81 or RA60 disks on a KDA50-Q controller For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: • Additional Memory (If simultaneous use of two or more large programs is expected then more memory is rec¬ ommended. If more than four simultaneous users are required, additional memory must be added.) s • Single-Use License Option, and • Distribution and Documentation Option The license gives you the right to use the software on a single CPU and the Distribution and Documentation Option provides the machine-readable software and related documentation. PREREQUISITE SOFTWARE For Micro/RSTS Base Kit: None For Micro/RSTS Application Development Kit: To use this software product on additional CPUs, you must purchase for each CPU as a minimum: Micro/RSTS Base Kit • Single-Use License Option OPTIONAL SOFTWARE In addition to the right to use, the license gives you the one-time right to copy the software from your original CPU installation to the additional CPU. Therefore, the Distribution and Documentation Option is not required, but optional. Refer to the Micro/RSTS Optional Software Cross Refer¬ ence Table (SPD 20.94.xx) for available optional software. SOFTWARE WARRANTY Warranty for this software product is provided by DIGITAL with the purchase of a license for the product as defined in the Software Warranty Addendum of this SPD. INSTALLATION This software product can be installed by the customer using the step-by-step documentation available for this product. Optionally you can purchase DIGITAL Installation Services which provide for the installation of the software product by an experienced DIGITAL Software Specialist. Distribution and Documentation Option The Distribution and Documentation option provides the machine-readable software and the basic documentation. You must have, or order, a Single-Use License to obtain this option. You will need this option to install the soft¬ ware for the first time. When revised versions of this software product become available, they may also be obtained by purchasing this option again. Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option ORDERING INFORMATION The Right-To-Copy Option allows a customer with multi¬ ple CPUs to copy a revised version of a software product from one CPU to another. Each CPU must be licensed for that product. You first install the revised software on one CPU; then you can make copies for additional CPUs by purchasing the Right-To-Copy Option for each additional CPU. Single-Use licensed software is furnished under the licens¬ ing provisions of DIGITAL’S Standard Terms and Condi¬ tions of Sale, which provide in part that the software and any part thereof may be used on only the single CPU on which the software is first installed, and may be copied, in whole or in part (with the proper inclusion of DIGITAL’S copyright notice and any proprietary notices on the soft¬ ware) for use on that same CPU. Documentation-Only Option The Documenation-Only Option provides one copy of the basic documentation. You will need a separate license for each CPU on which you will be using the software product (except as other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). Then, Materials and Service Options are selected to utilize the product effectively. THE LICENSE OPTIONS ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. IF YOU ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE SERVICE OPTIONS, Software Product Services A variety of service options are available. For more infor¬ mation on these or other services, please contact your local DIGITAL office. 58 * Micro/RSTS, Version 2.1 SPD 18.12.04 SOFTWARE OPTIONS CHART The distribution Media Codes used in the Software Options Chart are described below. You specify the desired Media Code at the end of the Order Number, e.g., QY829-H3 = binaries on RX50 Floppy Diskette. 3 = RX50 Floppy Diskette (for use with RX50 and RX33 distri-5 = TK50 Tape Cartridge bution devices) Z = No hardware dependency NOTE: The availability of these software product options and services may vary by country. Customers should con¬ tact their local DIGITAL office for information on availability. OPTIONS ORDER NUMBER BASE KIT ORDER NUMBER APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT KIT Single-Use License for Class L Systems1 QY829-UZ QY829-UZ Single-Use License for Class H Systems2 QR829-UZ QR829-UZ Distribution and Documentation Option QY829-H3 QY829-H5 QY830-H3 QY830-H5 Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option QY829-HZ QY830-HZ Documentation-Only Option QY829-GZ QY830-GZ Installation Service Option QY829-I3 QY829-I5 QY830-I3 QY830-I5 DECsupport Service QY829-93 QY829-95 QY830-93 QY830-95 Basic Service QY829-83 QY829-85 QY830-83 QY830-85 Self-Maintenance Service QY829-33 QY829-35 QY830-33 QY830-35 LICENSE OPTIONS: A LICENSE IS REQUIRED FOR EACH CPU. MATERIALS AND SERVICE OPTIONS: 1 Class L Systems - All Q-BUS models and systems except MicroPDP-11/83 - KD11, KDF11, KDJ11 CPU modules - DCT11, DCF11, DCJ11 microprocessor chips 2 Class H Systems - All UNIBUS models and systems - MicroPDP-11/83 59 3 •* 1 SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) SUBMISSIONS Digital Equipment Corporation guarantees a response to every SPR submitted by DIGITAL specialists and customers who purchase software product service agreements. Blank SPR forms are available upon request in desired quantities from SPR Administration, P.O. Box F, Maynard, MA 01754, or your local DIGITAL office. 4 Inquiries on the progress of submitted SPRs should be directed to your local DIGITAL office or SPR Administration at (617) 493-4722. An SPR Answer Survey Card is enclosed with each SPR response. Please complete the survey card; it provides essential feedback for monitoring the quality of our SPR responses. Completing an SPR Form Complete the entire form by either typing or printing clearly. Remove “Customer File Copy" for your records. Leave carbon in tact. Include customer name and complete mailing address. To expedite the processing of your SPR, enter your Customer Number in the space provided. This number is located in the upper left-hand corner of your Dispatch label. It can also be obtained from your local DIGITAL office or by calling SPR Administration at (617) 493-6683. If you do not want your SPR to be published, check the "DO NOT PUBLISH” box on the SPR form. However, if the SPR is determined to be of universal value and it does not describe a security problem, DIGITAL may elect to publish it. For SPRs which describe security prob¬ lems, it is imperative that the "DO NOT PUBLISH" box be marked. Describe one problem per SPR form. If an SPR is submitted with more than one problem, it can lengthen the turnaround time. State the problem clearly. If necessary, summarize the problem, then describe in detail. Include all the information needed to reproduce the problem. The easiest problems to fix are those reported in statements similar to the following: if you do X. Y happens when Z should. State all version numbers and all inserted patches. The problem can be fixed sooner if the version is known. Please include the operating system version even on operating system SPRs, since operating system bugs sometimes manifest themselves as "bugs" in other pro¬ grams. A statement of patches inserted in the relevant software is also helpful. State the type of terminal or work station on which the software is running, e.g., VT100. VT220. PRO 350. DECmate. Include as much information as possible; too much information is better than not enough. Send all information in machine-readable format if it occupies more than half a page. Please include the following: 4 1. Program causing the problems 2. All necessary auxiliary files, such as DBMS or LIBRARY files 3. Assembly switches which are on (if applicable) 4. Switches handed to the software, since different switches cause different sections of the code to be executed 5. All necessary run-time files for language run-time problems 6. A directory listing of media, when included; label media carefully 61 SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs To insure timely processing of SPRs submitted with tapes, please follow the suggestions below: 1. Use either a floppy or a magnetic tape. 2. If a magnetic tape is used, it should be either 800, 1600, or 6250 bpi. 3. Include a directory with each tape submitted. 4. Label each tape with the following information: a. b. c. d. e. 5. Customer name Tape format bpi Track Preprinted number of the SPR submitted with the tape Remove from the tape any unnecessary or confidential files. Thank you. 62 SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS Questions and problems regarding, and enhancements to, DIGITAL software should be reported on a Software Performance Report (SPR) form and mailed to the SPR Center at one of the following DIGITAL offices (SPR forms are available from the SPR Center): AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER United States Corporate Administrative Services Group P.O. Box F Maynard, MA 01754 Canada Digital Equipment of Canada, Ltd. P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario Canada, K2K 2A6 Mexico Digital Equipment de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Apartado Postal 12-1009 Mexico 12, O.F. Mexico Puerto Rico Digital Equipment Latin America P.O. Box 11038 Fernandez Juncos Station Santurce 00910 Puerto Rico Australia, New Zealand Digital Equipment Aust Pty Ltd 754 Pacific Hwy 1st floor M/SSNH/B-1 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Brazil Digital Equipment Comercio e Industria Ltda. Avenida Augusto Severo, 156-A 20021 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brazil China Digital Equipment Hong Kong Ltd. 5-7th Floor Intercontinental Plaza 94 Granville Road Tsimshatsui East Kowloon Hong Kong Remainder of General International Area (GIA) Digital Equipment Corp. General International District - SWS 100 Nagog Park Acton, MA 01720-3499 United States United Kingdom, Bahrein, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Qatar, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Syria, United Arab Emirates, Yemen Arab Republic Digital Equipment Co. Ltd. Jays Close Basingstoke, Hampshire RG22 4DE England France Digital Equipment France Zone Industrielle Bois de L’Epine 11 Avenue Joliot Curie BP 202 91007 Evry Cedex France 63 AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER Italy Digital Equipment S.p.A. Viale Fulvio Testi, 11 Ang. Via Gorki 105 1-20092 Cinisello Balsamo Milan Italy Japan Nihon Digital Equipment Corp. Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1 Higashi Ikebukuro 3-Chome, Toshima-Ku, Tokyo, 170 Japan Belgium, Luxemburg Digital Equipment N.V./S.A. Rue De L’Aeronef 1 B-1140 Brussels Belgium Holland Digital Equipment B.V. Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV Utrecht Holland Sweden Digital Equipment AB SPR Admin. M-B Duff/CSC Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark Finland Digital Equipment Corp. OY Box 16 02201 ESPOO Finland Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway Austria, East Germany, West Germany, Poland, Hungary, Rumania, Czechoslovakia, Russia, Bulgaria Digital Equipment Corp. GmbH SPR Centre - D2 Freischuetzstrasse 91 8000 Muenchen 81 West Germany Israel Digital Equipment Ltd. Digital House Acadia Junction Herzlia 46 733 Israel Greece, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland, Yugoslavia, (Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Cyprus, Turkey, Malta) Digital Equipment Corp. AG Kanalstrasse 21 CH-8152 Glattbrugg (Zurich) Switzerland 64 DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY BENEFITS OF BELONGING The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Mem¬ bership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, pro¬ vides the individual user with information and serv¬ ices not found anywhere else. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide a unique opportunity for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five days of intensive technical exchange. Symposium activities include workshops, clinics, panels, tuto¬ rials, and formal paper presentations. DIGITAL parti¬ cipates in symposia by sending Product Group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with DIGITAL. Members can find out the latest news on DIGITAL’S hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with DIGITAL allows the users of DIGITAL’S products to have a voice in the com¬ pany’s future. Publications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and DIGITAL, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications generated by DECUS support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also pub¬ lishes Special Interest Groups’ newsletters that pro¬ vide information pertaining to specific DIGITAL products. Founded in 1961, DECUS now has three autono¬ mous areas worldwide- DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, made up of eight independent chapters, and DECUS GIA (General International Area), made up of four independent chapters. DECUS services and activi¬ ties are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. Program Library All DECUS services promote the exchange of infor¬ mation in a noncommercial environment. Included in these services are: The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of software among users of all DIGITAL systems. The Library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submit¬ ted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The Library publishes an annual software catalog that lists and describes all the DECUS programs available to all users for a minimal charge. Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, operating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the areas of most interest to the users. You are cordially invited to join over 60,000 other users of DIGITAL products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both successes and problems. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do they have common professional interest, but they also have geographic and cultural ties. DIGITAL representatives attend¬ ing these meetings often unveil new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS chapter office listed here. 65 DECUS CHAPTER OFFICES - WORLDWIDE DECUS U.S. DECUS, U.S. Chapter 219 Boston Post Road (BP02) Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 U.S. Activities: (617) 480-3259 (3302) Library: (617) 480-3521 Finance and Administration: (617) 480-3634 DECUS Europe DECUS At Large (in Europe) C.P. 510 CH-1213 PETIT-LANCY 1/GE Switzerland DECUS Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark DECUS France BP. 136 F-91004 EVRYCEDEX DECUS Italia Viale Fulvio Testi 11 1-20092 CINISELLO BALSAMO DECUS Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Sweden S-172 89 SUNDBYBERG Sweden DECUS Holland Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV UTRECHT The Netherlands DECUS U.K., Ireland and Middle East P.O. Box 53 READING, RG2 OTW UK. DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91 D-8000 MUENCHEN 81 Federal Republic of Germany DECUS Switzerland Schaffhauserstrasse 144 8302 Kloten Switzerland DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS Australia Northern Tower, Chatswood Plaza Railway Street Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Phone: (02) 412.5237 DECUS Canada 100 Herzberg Road P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario K2K 2A6 Canada Phone: (613) 592-5111, ext. 2115 DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1, Higashi Ikeburo 3-Chome Toshima-ku, Tokyo 170 Japan Phone. [81 ]-(3)-9897111 DECUS GIC 100 Nagog Park AKOI-1/BII Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. Phone: (617) 264-6561 DECUS 66 digital equipment corporation Printed in U.S.A. The Software Dispatch The Software Dispatch RSTS/E December 1986 AD-5514G-15 RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH Published by Technical Services Group Operations Digital Equipment Corporation 129 Parker Street (PK02/E49) Maynard, MA 01754 The RSTS/E Software Dispatch complements the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review. New and revised Software Product Descriptions, programming notes, software problems and solutions, and documentation corrections are published here. Much of the material is developed from Software Performance Report (SPR) answers significant to the general audience and is printed hereto supple¬ ment the maintenance notebook (established by the Software Dispatch Review). PRODUCTS SUPPORTED in the RSTS/E SOFTWARE DISPATCH ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E, PDP-11 COBOL, PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECAL DECgraph-11 DECmail/RSTS DECnet/E DECWOR D/DP D MS-500 FMS-11/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E FORTRAN-77 DEBUG, PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E, PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-11/RSTS RPG II, PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E-2780 SORT-11 DISTRIBUTION The RSTS/E Software Dispatch is directed to one software contact for each software product. No mailing will be made to addresses without a software contact name. Address change requests should be sent to the nearest DIGITAL field office. Include the new address and mailing label from the most recently received publication. Software binary and sources are provided under licenses only. The standard Terms and Condi¬ tions, OEM Agreement, and/or Quantity Discount Agreement contain the licenses for all binaries other than DECsystem-10. Barbara Scollan, Editor Copyright © Digital Equipment Corporation 1986. All Rights Reserved. The material is this document is for information purposes only. Digital believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date; such information is subject to change without notice. Digital is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Comments on the contents of this publication should be directed to your local Digital Field Office. TRADEMARKS of DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION Maynard. Massachusetts DEC DECUS asnosn DECnet DECsystem-10 DECSYSTEM-20 DECwriter DIBOL EDUsystem IAS MASSBUS PDF F'DT RSTS RSX RT ULTRIX UNIBUS VAX VMS VT RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 TABLE OF CONTENTS Sequence No. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES Page i RSTS/E V9 System Notes SYSTEM PERFORMANCE LOSS SINCE RSTS/E VERSION 9.0 0.1.16 N 3 RSTS/E V9.1 SUPPORT TERMINATED 0.1.17 N 5 3.3.10 M 7 Terminal Service Patches CORRECT DHU11/DHV11 FLOW CONTROL PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH BACKUP.TSK BACKUP DOES NOT HANDLE MULTIDISK PUBLIC STRUCTURES - MANDATORY PATCH FOR BACKUP.TSK 6.2.1 M 9 6.2.2 R 11 10.12.1 M 13 QUE /DELETE IGNORED UNLESS USER HAS WWRITE OR GWRITE PRIVILEGES 14.1.3 R 15 OUMRUN HIBERNATES UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS 14.1.4 N 16 MULTIVOLUME RSTS/E BACKUP SETS CANNOT BE RESTORED ON VAX/VMS V4.2 AND LATER SHUTUP SHUTUP MAY ABORT DURING ERRCPY SHUT-DOWN PHASE - MANDATORY PATCH FOR SHUTUP.TSK OUMRUN.TSK RSTS/E V9 CUMULATIVE INDEX SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT 17 (SPR) SUBMISSIONS 25 SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs 26 SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS 27 DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY (DECUS) 29 PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES - RSTS/E DECEMBER 1986 The following list contains date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who are in warranty or have a software product service agreement during the month the product became available, are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible customers who have not received the new release should contact their local DIGITAL office. PRODUCT VERSION ADE/RSTS BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 COBOL-81/RSTS/E DATATRIEVE-11 DECdx/RSTS DECmail-11 for RSTS/E and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E DECtap DECWORD/DP DMS-500 FMS-ll/RSTS FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E PDP-11 SYMBOLIC DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E,PDP-11 GIGI Software INDENT MENU-ll/RSTS Message Router for RSTS/E RPG II,PDP-11 RSTS Smart Mailer RSTS/E RSTS/E DECgraph-11 RSTS/E DIBOL RSTS/E High Performance 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE RSTS/E 3271 Protocol Emulator AVAILABLE 2.4 2.3 JUL 85 JUN 85 4.4 2.4 3.1 1.0 2.0 MAY MAY SEP NOV MAR 82 86 84 84 84 2.1 1.5 1.2 SPD ONLY 2.1 1.5 2.6 2.0 JUN MAR MAY JUL APR JUN APR 85 86 85 82 85 83 86 5.0 1.0 ARCHIVED 1.4 2.0 1.0 8.8 1.1 9.2 1.2 5.2 SPD ONLY 1.1 RETIRED OCT DEC JUN DEC AUG JUL NOV JUN NOV MAY MAR 83 84 85 83 84 83 84 86 84 86 86 G 2.1 RETIRED APR 85 MAR 86 RSTS/E V9 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.16 N 1 of 2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE LOSS SINCE RSTS/E VERSION 9.0 Several customers have reported system performance degradation after upgrading from RSTS/E V8.0 to V9.0, V9.1, or V9.2. While configurations reporting these problems were very different, most were running at or above CPU "capacity." Upon receipt of these problem reports, steps were taken to identify areas of the software where performance was negatively affected since the release of V9.0. This investigation revealed that certain areas of the monitor required additional CPU overhead to perform their function. Thus, some customers running RSTS/E V9.0, V9.1, or V9.2 on systems with inadequate CPU processing power or on systems that are heavily loaded might encounter worse performance, while other customers running on lightly loaded systems or systems with CPU power might not notice any performance losses (some have indicated that their performance improved after upgrading from V8.0). Three performance areas were identified. These areas are described in detail below, along with the steps that have been taken to improve performance in RSTS/E V9.3: 1. Terminal Service - Because of the features added to Terminal Service to support DCL command file processing, more CPU overhead was added to character output processing. This was most noticeable on systems using screen-intensive applications or applications using high-volume character output processing. System load directly affected this area. This was a recognized performance area in RSTS/E V9.0, and steps have been taken since then to improve output character processing. While performance in this area is not yet back to that in V8.0, significant improvements have been made, especially in V9.3. More work is planned to continue improving performance in this area for future releases of RSTS/E. 2. Disk Allocation Handling - In RSTS/E V9.1, with the added support for loading a mounted disk's index (sometimes called the Storage Allocation Truth Table (SATT)) into memory, revisions were made to the code that handles SATT searching to locate nonallocated clusters needed to extend a file. Certain optimizations found in the code were not duplicated, yielding increased CPU overhead in searching the SATT. Systems using disks with small pack cluster sizes , or systems that do many file extends (word processing systems generally fall into this category) might encounter performance losses in this area. 3 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.16 N 2 of 2 This performance loss has been eliminated in RSTS/E V9.3. Performance is equal to or better than that found in pre-V9.1 versions of RSTS/E. 3. MSCP Disk Handling - In RSTS/E V9.1, with the added support for TMSCP tape drives (TK50 and TU81), extensive changes were made to the existing MSCP disk driver to provide common code to be shared by both the MSCP and TMSCP drivers. Because of the calling structure used, more CPU overhead was required for most MSCP disk functions than in earlier versions. This problem affected all systems using DU-type (MSCP) disks, whether or not they included any TMSCP tape drives. This performance loss has been virtually eliminated in RSTS/E V9.3 as a result of a major reorganization of the MSCP/TMSCP code in the monitor. Use of a more efficient calling structure has resulted in significant performance gains in this area. Steps are being taken to more closely monitor system performance and identify potential performance problems when new features are added or changes are made to the RSTS/E software. We are interested in hearing about any other performance problems in upgrading from earlier versions of RSTS/E. If you have encountered such problems, please submit a Software Performance Report (SPR). Be sure to include complete details on your system's hardware and software configuration, and the conditions under which the performance loss was observed. 4 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.17 N 1 of 1 RSTS/E V9.1 SUPPORT TERMINATED Digital's support policy for RSTS/E software products is to maintain each version for a period of six months after the release of a newer version. RSTS/E V9.2 was officially released on 18 June 1986. RSTS/E V9.1 terminates on 31 December 1986. Therefore, support for All customers are expected to have installed RSTS/E V9.2 software on their systems if they are to be supported after that date. 5 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Monitor Terminal Service Patches Seq. No. 3.3.10 M 1 of 2 CORRECT DHU11/DHV11 FLOW CONTROL PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH PROBLEM: When using a modem with a DHU11/DHV11 multiplexer line, it is possible for the line to remain in an XOFFed state when carrier is lost. SOLUTION: The following patch corrects this problem for both RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2. problem is fixed in source in V9.3 and later. This NOTE: This patch should only be applied if you have included support for DHU11/DHV11 multiplexers with modem control in your monitor. If the "old" values in the patch below do not match with your monitor, then your monitor does not contain support for the DHU11/DHV11 multiplexer with modem control, and this patch should not be installed. PROCEDURE: !• This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2 executives. It must be installed in all target monitor SILs that include support for DHU11/DHV11 multiplexers. 2. The patch described option of INIT.SYS: in Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. step 4 below can be installed using the PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the online patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $0NLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? <lf> File found in account [0,1] (RETURN for manual patch installation) (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) 7 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Monitor Terminal Service Patches 4. Seq. No. 3.3 .10 M 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: Module name? TER Base address? TTMRNG Offset address? —(6+(56 *(DL11E<>0))) Base Offset Old New? ?????? ?????? 052763 ? 4737 ?????? ?????? 011000 ? PATCH+7 0 ?????? ?????? 000010 ? 240 ?????? ?????? ?????? ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new Offset address? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new Base address? "'Z (CTRL/Z for new module) Module name? RSTS Base address? PATCH Offset address? 70 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000070 000000 ? BIS+2763 ?????? 000072 000000 11000 ?????? 000074 000000 10 ?????? 000076 000000 BIS+2763 ?????? ?????? 000100 000102 000000 000000 ?????? ?????? 000104 000000 nnninfi ?????? 000106 Offset address? ~Z Base address? $$0303 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old ?????? ?????? 000000 000002 ?????? ?????? 100000 14 207 ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? Q!1000 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 8 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 System Files BACKUP.TSK Seq. No. 6.2.1 M 1 of 2 ***Supersedes RSTS/E V9 October 1986 Software Dispatch Seq. No. 6.2.1 M*** BACKUP DOES NOT HANDLE MULTIDISK PUBLIC STRUCTURES - MANDATORY PATCH FOR BACKUP.TSK PROBLEM: If one refers to SY: in a BACKUP or RESTORE command, only SYO: of structure is actually referenced. the public SOLUTION: The patching procedure detailed below corrects the problem. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.1 and V9.2 BACKUP programs. This problem will be fixed in RS’tS/E V9.3. 2. This patch must be installed manually using program. It will take effect immediately. ONLPAT, the online patching RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> (RETURN for manual patch installation) File to patch? _SY:[0,1]BACKUP.TSK 3. For RSTS/E V9.1, the patch is as follows: Base address? BCKCUI-24 Offset address? 740 Base Offset Old 063526 000740 177400 063526 000742 000434 Offset address? 762 Base Offset Old 063526 000762 113767 063526 000764 000434 Offset address? 770 Base Offset Old 063526 112767 000770 063526 000772 177777 New? ? 0 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for a new offset) New? ? 13767 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for a new offset) New? ? 102002 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit) 9 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 System Files BACKUP.TSK 4. Seq. No. 6. 2 of 2 For RSTS/E V9.2, the patch is as follows: Base address? BCKCUI-24 Offset address? 1104 Base Offset Old 061364 001104 177400 061364 001106 000434 Offset address? 1126 Base Offset Old 113767 061364 001126 061364 001130 000434 Offset address? 1134 Base Offset Old 061364 001134 112767 061364 001136 177777 .1 M New? ? 0 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for a new offset) New? ? 13767 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for a new offset) New? ? 102002 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit) 10 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.0 System Files BACKUP.TSK Seq. No. 6.2.2 R 1 of 1 MULTIVOLUME RSTS/E BACKUP SETS CANNOT BE RESTORED ON VAX/VMS V4.2 AND LATER PROBLEM: A multivolume BACKUP container set created with RSTS/E V9 BACKUP cannot be restored on VMS. The problem exists on all RSTS/E V9 releases. We are currently examining this problem and a solution is expected in a future release. SYMPTOMS: There are two reasons why VMS rejects RSTS/E BACKUP container sets. Both have to do with the way RSTS/E handles volume changes. The first reason causes VMS to yield errors pertaining to the block sequence number (unexpected block number, blocks missing from file), and the second produces errors pertaining to file ID mismatches. It should be noted that VMS produces "Invalid record type" errors when it encounters RSTS/E accounting information. These errors have nothing to do with this problem and may be ignored. WORKAROUND: The only way to circumvent the problem is to use single-volume container sets. This can be done by either going to higher-density media or producing more than one container set: make a few passes, backing up just enough to fit on a single volume on each pass. 11 * RSTS/'E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 System Library Package SHUTUP Seq. No. 10.12.1 M 1 of 1 SHUTUP MAY ABORT DURING ERRCPY SHUT-DOWN PHASE - MANDATORY PATCH FOR SHUTUP.TSK PROBLEM: The RSTS/E system shut-down program, SHUTUP.TSK, sometimes aborts during the ERRCPY shut-down phase. The ERRCPY program does shut down, but SHUTUP prints the following message and then aborts the system shutdown: 7ERRCPY failed to shutdown ??SHUTUP aborting - Please try again later SOLUTION: The folowing patch will correct the problem. simply rerunning SHUTUP after the failure. You can also work around it by This problem is corrected in RSTS/E V9.3. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.2 SHUTUP.TSK program. This patch must be installed manually using program. It will take effect immediately. ONLPAT, the RUN $0NLPAT Command file name? <CR> File to patch? $SHUTUP.TSK 3. The patch is as follows: Base address? 55672 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old 055672 000000 000002 055672 000002 014674 New? ? 1 ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit) 13 online patching RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.2 Operator Services and Spooling Package QUMRUN.TSK Seq. No. 14.1.3 R 1 of 1 QUE /DELETE IGNORED UNLESS USER HAS WWRITE OR GWRITE PRIVILEGES PROBLEM: Because of an error in the QUMRUN program, a user logged into an account lacking WWRITE or GWRITE privileges cannot use the /DELETE qualifier when submitting a job through the OPSER QUE command. The user sees no errors, but the file is not deleted upon completion of the job. SOLUTION: This problem is fixed in RSTS/E V9.3. 15 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, December 1986 RSTS/E V9.1 Operator Services and Spooling Package QUMRUN.TSK Seq. No. 14.1.4 N 1 of 1 QUMRUN HIBERNATES UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS PROBLEM: Under a particular set of conditions, the QUMRUN program (part of the OPSER Spooling Package) may hibernate, with the result that all OPSER-based spooling stops. If you attach to the hibernating QUMRUN program, you will see the following error message: ??Program failure in QUMRUN ?Subscript out of range at line 2760 This can happen under the following set of conditions: 1. Two or more spoolers or batch jobs are on line. 2. The first online spooler gets hung with its pending messages maximum limit allowed for that job (5/5). 3. Another spooler is brought on line. Approximately two minutes after step 3 happens, QUMRUN will hibernate. SOLUTION: This problem is fixed in RSTS/E V9.3. 16 at the RSTS/E VERSION 9 CUMULATIVE INDEX DECEMBER 1986 This is a complete listing of all articles for RSTS/E V9.0 and all subsequent point releases, and layered products* Missing sequence numbers may pertain to problems unique to other versions of the same product or other major operating systems* IMPORTANT1 The following numerical system has been grouped in logical order denoted by the first digit (X*X*X)* The second digit (X.JC.X.) refers to the subcomponent and the third digit (X.X.jX) denotes the issue number or sequential order* Unassigned articles are indicated: RESERVED* Flags are currently being installed for all articles* M = Mandatory Patch* The flags and definitions are as follows* These patches correct errors in the software product* All users are required to apply these patches to maintain consistent "user level” unless the accompanying article specifies otherwise* F * Optional Feature Patch, These patches extend or configure functionality into the product* These functions will be treated as a supported part of the product for the duration of the current release and may be incorporated in a future release* R = Restriction, These articles discuss areas that will not be patched in the current release because they require major modification or because they are not consistent with the design of the product* Restrictions, except those described as permanent, are reviewed and modified when possible as part of the normal release cycle. N * Note* These articles provide explanatory information that supplements the manual set and provide more detailed information about a program or package. They also provide procedural information to make it easier to use a program or package* ♦ Article appeared in the RSTS/E Software Dispatch Review (Order No. AA-5514G-BC), June 1985* * Article appeared in the RSTS/E V9.0 Maintenance Notebook (Order No* AA-L997D-TC), June 1985* Article is being republished. 17 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Jun 85 * STS/E V9 General Notes System Notes 0.1.1 N RSTS/E V9.0 COMPONENT SUMMARY V9.0 N/A 0.1.2 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 0.1.3 N UNDERSTANDING ?NO ROOM FOR USER ON DEVICE ERRORS V9.0 N/A Jul 85 0.1.4 N WARNING ON USE OF THE PEEKO FUNCTION V9.0 N/A Nov 85 0.1.5 N FPJ11 FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND V9.0 N/A Jan 86 Apr 86 MicroPDP-11/83 SYSTEMS 0.1.6 N ANNOUNCING NEW HARDWARE SUPPORT IN RSTS/E V9.0 N/A 0.1.7 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.1—SUPPORT FOR TK50 AND RD53 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 - 0.1.8 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.0 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 - 0.1.9 N FPJ11 FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND Micro PDP-11/83 SYSTEMS V9.1 0.1.10 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.2 V9.2 0.1.11 N HARDWARE PROBLEM USING TK50 TAPE DRIVE ON SOME Q-BUS 0.1.12 N RSTS/E V9.0 SUPPORT TERMINATED 0.1.13 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.1 0.1.14 N UPGRADING RQDX1 AND RQDX2 CONTROLLERS TO RQDX3 0.1.15 N WRITING NON-FILE-STRUCTURED TO MOUNTED DISKS 0.1.16 N 0.1.17 N Jun 86 N/A Jun 86 - V9.2 N/A Aug 86 V9.0 N/A Aug 86 V9.2 N/A Aug 86 V9.2 V9.2 Sep 86 V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE LOSS SINCE RSTS/E VERSION 9.0 V9.1 N/A Dec 86 RSTS/E V9.1 SUPPORT TERMINATED V9.2 N/A Dec 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 V9.1 Oct 85 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 - V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 1.2.1 N DEVICES WITH NON-STANDARD UNIBUS ADDRESSES AND VECTORS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 1.2.2 R INIT MAY START TIMESHARING WITH NO MONITOR INSTALLED V9.1 N/A Nov 86 SYSTEMS System Management Guidelines 0.2.1 N USING SAVE/RESTORE ON A TWO-DISK SYSTEM Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches 1.1.1 RESERVED 1.1.2 RESERVED 1.1.3 RESERVED 1.1.4 M DSKINT OPTION OF INIT.SYS MAY NOT DETECT BAD BLOCKS 1.1.5 M TMSCP DRIVES ARE NOT MARKED AS AVAILABLE AFTER REWIND-OFFLINE OPERATIONS 1.1.6 M OFF-LINE SAVRES INVALIDATES ALL BUT LAST VOLUME 1.1.7 M INIT SAV/RES TO TMSCP TAPE MAY ABORT WITH OF MULTIVOLUME MAGTAPE SAVE SET "TRAP THROUGH 4" INIT.SYS Program Notes System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N CSPLIB.TSK AND CSPLIB.STB MISSING FROM V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 2.1.2 N PBUILD.TSK SHOULD NOT BE INCLUDED IN V9.0 KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 18 Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 CHANGING SPECIAL LOGIN TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3.3.2 F INPUT ESCAPE SEQUENCE HANDLING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3.3.3 RESERVED Sequence Title Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.1 F 3.1.2 M DISABLING THE USE OF DATA SPACE LARGE OVERLAID I- AND D-SPACE TASKS MAY FAIL RANDOMLY - MANDATORY MONITOR PATCH Terminal Services Patches 3.3.1 F 3.3.4 RESERVED 3.3.5 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.0 V9.2 Jun 86 3.3.6 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 3.3.7 M FIX CONTROL/O PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL V9.0 V9.3 Nov 86 V9.0 V9.3 Aug V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 V9.1 V9.3 Dec 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 SERVICE PATCH 3.3.8 M FIX PROBLEMS WITH USING PRINT DEVICES ON TERMINAL 3.3.9 M CORRECT DHU11/DHV11 3.3.10 M CORRECT DHU11/DHV11 LINES 86 PROBLEMS - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH FLOW CONTROL PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH Terminal Service Notes 3.4.1 N UNDERSTANDING TERMINAL PARITY AND STOP BIT SETTINGS 3.4.2 N MODEM CONTROL ON PRIVATE, 3.4.3 N MODEM SUPPORT ON RSTS/E 3.5.1 CONTROLLING EMT LOGGING LEASED LINES V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.0 N/A Jun 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 Sep 85 File Processor Patches F 3.5.2 M SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL MAY V9.0 V9.1 3.5.3 M ERROR IN HANDLING OF PUBLIC DISKS V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 3.5.4 M FIX CORRUPTION OF LOW-CORE LOCATIONS V9.0 V9.2 Jan 86 V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 V9.0 V9.2 Sep 86 V9.1 V9.3 Sep 86 V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.2 N/A Sep 86 HANG THE SYSTEM 3.5.5 M ALLOW MULTIPLE OPENS ON NONMOUNTED NFS DISK 3.5.6 M DISK MODE 8 3.5.7 M ACCOUNTS MAY BECOME UNDELETABLE - 3.5.8 M REMOVE RECEIVER SYS() IS IGNORED - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH CALL FAILS TO REMOVE OTHER JOBS - MANDATORY FILE PROCESSOR PATCH File Processor Notes PENDING SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL CHANGE 3.6.1 Device Driver Patches USING THE CSS PAPER TAPE READER ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 85 3.7.2 M ACCESSING TMSCP TAPES MAY CAUSE SYSTEM TO CRASH V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 3.7.3 F MONITOR WILL PREMATURELY TIMEOUT LONG OPERATIONS V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 3.7.1 F ON TK25s 19 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr Jun 85 * BASIC-PLUS BASIC-PLUS Patches 4.1.1 F SPECIAL PRINT-USING CHARACTERS V9.0 N/A 4.1.2 F DEFAULT SCALE FACTOR V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.3 F OMITTING SCALE FACTOR WARNING MESSAGE O . > N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.4 F DEFAULT TO NOEXTEND MODE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.5 F IMMEDIATE MODE FROM .BAS FILE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.6 F NO PPN'S IN CATALOG COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.7 F DISABLING THE CCL SYS CALL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.8 F CLEAR I/O BUFFERS USED BY OPEN STATEMENTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.1.9 F FORCE "ILLEGAL STATEMENT" ERROR WHEN USING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * OBSOLETE SEND/RECEIVE Non-Standard BASIC-PLUS Features 4.10.1 N THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG FACILITY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.2 N THE BASIC-PLUS DUMP FACILITY V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.3 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS DEBUG KEYWORDS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.4 F ENABLING THE BASIC-PLUS DUMP FEATURE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.5 F ENABLING DUMP FROM COMPILED FILES FOR V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 4.10.6 F CHANGING THE BASIC-PLUS D?MP KEYWORD V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * NON-PRIVILEGED USERS RSTS/E 2780 Device Driver 2780 Device Driver Patches 5.1.1 M BUFFER LIMIT CHECKING V9.0 5.1.2 M DISCONNECT COMMAND HANDLING V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.3 M DP11 TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * Jun 85 * 5.1.4 M DUll/DPll TRANSMIT HANG CONDITION V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.5 M LOSS OR DUPLICATION OF DATA V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.6 M DOUBLE CLOSE ALTERS MONITOR V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.7 M GET/PUT INTERLOCK PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.8 M 2780 HANDLER FAILURE PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.1.9 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT PROBLEM V9.0 Jun 85 * 5.2.1 N INSTALLING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING 2780's 2780 Device Notes V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.1 V9.3 Dec 86 N/A N/A Dec 86 V9.0 V9.3 Oct 86 System Files BACKUP.TSK 6.2.1 M BACKUP DOES NOT HANDLE MULTIDISK PUBLIC STRUCTURESMANDATORY PATCH FOR BACKUP.TSK 6.2.2 R MULTIVOLUME RSTS/E BACKUP SETS CANNOT BE RESTORED ON VMS DECnet/E Monitor Package V2.1 Monitor Patches 7.1.1 M DECnet/E DISALLOWS SOME CONNECT DATA BLOCKS 20 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.2 V9.3 Jul 86 V9.2 V9.3 Dec 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * RSTS/E Utilities System Library ($) DSKINT.TSK 10.5.1 M MANDATORY PATCH FOR DCL INITIALIZE COMMAND 10.12.1 M SHUTUP MAY ABORT DURING ERRCPY SHUT-DOWN PHASE SHUTUP - MANDATORY PATCH FOR SHUTUP.TSK Error Control Package (ERROR$) Package Notes 12.1.1 N UNDERSTANDING "PA MEMORY SYSTEM" ERROR LOGS Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSER$) Package Notes 14.1.1 N NOTES ON USE OF THE SERIAL LA180 (LA180S) TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 14.1.2 N USING TWO OR MORE PRINTERS TO SERVE A QUEUE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 14.1.3 R QUE /DELETE IGNORED UNLESS USER HAS WWRITE OR 14.1.4 N QUMRUN HIBERNATES UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS GWRITE PRIVILEGES V9.2 V9.3 Dec 86 V9.1 V9.3 Dec 86 V9.1 V9.2 Feb 86 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 Jun 85 * Print/Batch Services Package (PB$) Package Notes 15.1.1 R PBS MUST BE STARTED FROM A PRIVILEGED ACCOUNT RSTS/E Documentation Documentation Installation and Update Guide 19.4.1 N PBUILD.TSK NO LONGER INCLUDED IN RSTS/E 19.5.1 N ACCOUNT [0,200] NOT AVAILABLE FOR CUSTOMER USE System Manager's Guide RUN-Time Systems Support DCL Package Notes 20.1.1 N FILE SPECIFICATIONS IN DCL V9.0 N/A 20.1.2 N SETTING UP THE DCL LINK COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 20.1.3 N PROPER ERROR MESSAGE FORMAT V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * RSX Utilities Package Notes 21.1.1 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS 21.2.1 N USING THE RSX CRF UTILITY CRF.TSK 21 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr RT-11 Run-Time System and Utilities PACKAGE NOTES 22.1.1 N USE OF UNDERSCORE IN RT-11 EMULATOR UTILITIES V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 22.1.2 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * HOOK.SAV 22.3.1 N NOTES ON HOOK.SAV Optional Software RSTS/E 2780 Package V3.0 RJ2780 25.2.1 M FAILURE TO CLEAR 'JOB ACTIVE' ON ATTACH V9.0 Jun 85 * 25.2.2 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT FAILURE V9.0 Jun 85 * DECnet/E V2.0 Utilities NFT Submit 31.21.1 R REMOTE BATCH CONTROL FILES BEING DELETED BEFORE EXECUTING V9.2 V9.3 Apr 86 DECmail-11 V3.0 36.0.1 N ANNOUNCING A MAJOR RELEASE AND 60-DAY FREE TRIAL OFFER FOR DECmail-11 V3.0 Nov 86 DECmail-11 V2.0 36.1.1 N USING EDT V3.0 FOR DECmail-11 V2.0 V9.0 N/A Jun 86 V9.0 N/A Jan 86 V9.0 N/A Jul 85 V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + DIBOL V5.2 Announcement 39.1.1 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E DIBOL V5.2 ADE V2.4 Package Notes 47.1.1 N ANNOUNCING ADE V2.4 FOR RSTS/E V9.0 AND Micro/RSTS VI.1 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E V2.6 55.3.1 N CALL ASSIGN CARRIAGE CONTROL ARGUMENT DOES NOT 55.3.2 N DSIN YIELDS RESULTS WITH THE WRONG SIGN FOR 55.3.3 N INSTALLING FORTRAN-IV V2.6 ON RSTS/E V9.n WORK PROPERLY NEGATIVE ANGLES 22 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 V9.2 V9.3 Nov 86 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + Jun 85 + MENU-11 V2.0 Package Notes 68.1.1 N MENU-11/CALCULATOR NOW SETS TERMINAL GRAPHIC/CHARACTER 68.1.2 N MENU-11 $AREA COMMAND BROKEN IN RST/E V9.2, FIXED IN SETS PROPERLY RSTS/E V9.3 DECWORD/DP VI.2 Package Notes 69.1.1 N NEW DECWORD INSTALLATION/UPDATE CONTROL FILE ON 69.1.2 N DECWORD VI.2 CBI FILES MAY BE DELETED TO SAVE 69.1.3 N DECWORD VI.2 COMMUNICATIONS FILES MAY BE DELETED TO V9.0 N/A 69.1.4 N ANNOUNCING AVAILABILITY OF DECWORD FOR Micro/RSTS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 + 69.1.5 N DECWORD/DP VI.2 SUPPORT FOR LN03 LASER PRINTER V9.0 N/A Sep 85 69.1.6 N INFORMATION ON RUNNING DECWORD/DP VI.2 ON RSTS/E V9.0 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + V9.0 V9.0 Jun 85 + Apr 86 RSTS/E V9.0 DISK SPACE SAVE DISK SPACE WPSMEN 69.2.0 M REPLACEMENT MODULE ISSUED FOR WPSMEN WPSUDK 69.3.0 M REPLACEMENT MODULE ISSUED FOR WPSUDK RMS-11 V2.0 Access Methods 75.2.1 M INDEX FILE CORRUPTION IN ALTERNATE KEY PATH V9.0 V9.X 75.2.2 M CORRUPTION IN VERY LARGE FILES V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 75.2.3 M RMS-11 INDEXED FILE CORRUPTION V9.2 V9.2 Sep 86 BASIC-PLUS-2 V2.3 79.2.1 N PROBLEM WITH PRINT USING V9.0 Jan 86 V9.0 Jan 8 6 FORTRAN IV/RSX V2.6 OTS 90.1.1 N LIST-DIRECTED READ 23 1 SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) SUBMISSIONS Digital Equipment Corporation guarantees a response to every SPR submitted by DIGIT AL specialists and customers who purchase software product service agreements. Blank SPR forms are available upon request in desired quantities from SPR Administration. P.O. Box F, Maynard, MA 01754, or your local DIGITAL office. » I Inquiries on the progress of submitted SPRs should be directed to your local DIGITAL office or SPR Administration at (617) 493-4722. An SPR Answer Survey Card is enclosed with each SPR response. Please complete the survey card; it provides essential feedback for monitoring the quality of our SPR responses. Completing an SPR Form Complete the entire form by either typing or printing clearly. Remove "Customer File Copy” for your records. Leave carbon in tact. Include customer name and complete mailing address. To expedite the processing of your SPR, enter your Customer Number in the space provided. This number is located in the upper left-hand corner of your Dispatch label. It can also be obtained from your local DIGITAL office or by calling SPR Administration at (617) 493-6683. If you do not want your SPR to be published, check the " DO NOT PUBLISH" box on the SPR form. However, if the SPR is determined to be of universal value and it does not describe a security problem, DIGITAL may elect to publish it. For SPRs which describe security prob¬ lems, it is imperative that the "DO NOT PUBLISH" box be marked. Describe one problem per SPR form. If an SPR is submitted with more than one problem, it can lengthen the turnaround time. State the problem clearly. If necessary, summarize the problem, then describe in detail. Include all the information needed to reproduce the problem. The easiest problems to fix are those reported in statements similar to the following: if you do X, Y happens when Z should. State all version numbers and all inserted patches. The problem can be fixed sooner if the version is known. Please include the operating system version even on operating system SPRs, since operating system bugs sometimes manifest themselves as "bugs" in other pro¬ grams. A statement of patches inserted in the relevant software is also helpful. State the type of terminal or work station on which the software is running, e g., VT100. VT220. PRO 350. DECmate. Include as much information as possible; too much information is better than not enough. Send all information in machine-readable format if it occupies more than half a page. Please include the following: 1. Program causing the problems 2. All necessary auxiliary files, such as DBMS or LIBRARY files 3. Assembly switches which are on (if applicable) 4. Switches handed to the software, since different switches cause different sections of the code to be executed 5. All necessary run-time files for language run-time problems 6. A directory listing of media, when included; label media carefully 25 SUGGESTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TAPES WITH SPRs To insure timely processing of SPRs submitted with tapes, please follow the suggestions below: 1. Use either a floppy or a magnetic tape. 2. If a magnetic tape is used, it should be either 800, 1600. or 6250 bpi. 3. Include a directory with each tape submitted. 4. Label each tape with the following information: a. b. c. d. e. 5. » Customer name Tape format bpi Track Preprinted number of the SPR submitted with the tape Remove from the tape any unnecessary or confidential files. Thank you. J 26 SOFTWARE PROBLEMS OR ENHANCEMENTS Questions and problems regarding, and enhancements to, DIGITAL software should be reported on a Software Performance Report (SPR) form and mailed to the SPR Center at one of the following DIGITAL offices (SPR forms are available from the SPR Center): AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER United States Corporate Administrative Services Group P.O. Box F Maynard, MA 01754 Canada Digital Equipment of Canada, Ltd. P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario Canada, K2K 2A6 Mexico Digital Equipment de Mexico S.A. deC.V. Apartado Postal 12-1009 Mexico 12, O.F. Mexico Puerto Rico Digital Equipment Latin America P.O. Box 11038 Fernandez Juncos Station Santurce 00910 Puerto Rico Australia, New Zealand Digital Equipment Aust Pty Ltd 754 Pacific Hwy 1st floor M/SSNH/B-1 Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Brazil Digital Equipment Comercio e Industria Ltda. Avenida Augusto Severo, 156-A 20021 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brazil China Digital Equipment Hong Kong Ltd. 5-7th Floor Intercontinental Plaza 94 Granville Road Tsimshatsui East Kowloon Hong Kong Remainder of General International Area (GIA) Digital Equipment Corp. General International District - SWS 100 Nagog Park Acton, MA 01720-3499 United States United Kingdom, Bahrein, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Qatar, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Syria, United Arab Emirates, Yemen Arab Republic Digital Equipment Co. Ltd. Jays Close Basingstoke, Hampshire RG22 4DE England France Digital Equipment France Zone Industrielle Bois de L’Epine 11 Avenue Joliot Curie BP 202 91007 Evry Cedex France C \ 27 DECUS CHAPTER OFFICES - WORLDWIDE DECUS U.S. DECUS, U.S. Chapter 219 Boston Post Road (BP02) Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 U.S. Activities: (617) 480-3259 (3302) Library: (617) 480-3521 Finance and Administration: (617) 480-3634 DECUS Europe DECUS At Large (in Europe) C.P. 510 CH-1213 PETIT-LANCY 1/GE Switzerland DECUS Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark DECUS France BP. 136 F-91004 EVRY CEDEX DECUS Italia Viale Fulvio Testi 11 1-20092 CINISELLO BALSAMO DECUS Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Sweden S-172 89 SUNDBYBERG Sweden DECUS Holland Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV UTRECHT The Netherlands DECUS U.K., Ireland and Middle East P.O. Box 53 READING, RG2 OTW UK. DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91 D-8000 MUENCHEN 81 Federal Republic of Germany DECUS Switzerland Schaffhauserstrasse 144 8302 Kloten Switzerland DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS Australia Northern Tower, Chatswood Plaza Railway Street Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Phone: (02) 412.5237 DECUS Canada 100 Herzberg Road P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario K2K 2A6 Canada Phone: (613) 592-5111, ext. 2115 DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1, Higashi Ikeburo 3-Chome Toshima-ku, Tokyo 170 Japan Phone: [81]-(3)-9897111 DECUS GIC 100 Nagog Park AKOI-1/BII Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. Phone: (617) 264-6561 November 1985 30 I * 3O3HO0D digital equipment corporation > . i t* Printed in U.S.A. The Software Dispatch The Software Dispatch RSTS/E August 1987 AD-5514G-23 ■ PRODUCT AVAILABILITY DATES - RSTS/E AUGUST 1987 The following list contains date and version of the latest release of supported software products. Customers who are in warranty or have a software product service agreement during the month the product became available, are eligible to receive the new release. Eligible customers who have not received the new release should contact their local DIGITAL office. PRODUCT VERSION ADE/RSTS 2.4 RETIRED BASIC-PLUS-2 for 2.4 RSTS/E,PDP-11 COBOL,PDP-11 4.4 COBOL-81/RSTS/E 2.4 DATATRIEVE-11 3.1 DECdx/RSTS 1.0 DECmail-11 for RSTS/E 3.0 and Micro/RSTS DECnet/E 4.01 DECtap 1.5A DECWORD/DP 1.2 SPD ONLY DMS-500 2.1 FMS-11/RSTS 1.5 FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E 2.6 PDP-11 SYMBOLIC 2.0 DEBUGGER/RSTS (formerly FORTRAN-77 DEBUG/RSTS/E, PDP-11) FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E,PDP-11 5.0 GIGI Software 1.0 RETIRED INDENT 1.4 MENU-11/RSTS 2.0 Message Router for RSTS/E 1.0 RETIRED RPG II,PDP-11 8.8 RETIRED RSTS Smart Mailer 1.1 RETIRED RSTS/E 9.3 RSTS/E DECgraph-11 1.2 RSTS/E DIBOL 5.2 SPD ONLY RSTS/E High Performance 1.1 RETIRED 2780/3780 Emulator RSTS/E V8.0 UPDATE G RSTS/E 3271 Protocol 2.1 RETIRED Emulator AVAILABLE APR 87 JUN 87 MAY 82 MAY 86 SEP 84 NOV 84 DEC 86 JAN 87 DEC 86 MAY 85 JUL 82 APR 85 JUN 83 APR 86 OCT FEB JUN DEC MAR JAN DEC JAN NOV MAY MAR 83 86 85 83 87 87 85 87 84 86 86 APR 85 MAR 86 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1987 RSTS/E V9.2 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.22 N 1 of 1 RSTS/E V9.2 TERMINATION NOTICE Digital's support policy for RSTS/E software products is to maintain each version for a period of six months after the release of a newer version. RSTS/E V9.3 was officially released 30 RSTS/E V9.2 terminated 30 July 1987. January 1987. Therefore, support for All customers are expected to have installed RSTS/E V9.3 or later their systems if they are to be supported after this date. c 3 software on RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1987 RSTS/E V9.3 General Notes System Notes Seq. No. 0.1.23 N 3 of 3 o RSTS/E System Directives Manual, Order No. AD-EZ10A-T2 This has devices. also been updated to describe programming the Ethernet o Release Notes. Order No. AA-KL99A-TC The Release Notes lists all changes, corrections to bugs since previous releases, and currently known restrictions and problems. Availability RSTS/E V9.4 is currently available. Contact your Digital account manager for specific pricing information on RSTS/E V9.4. 6 service availability and RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1987 RSTS/E V9.4 Initialization INIT.SYS Program Patches Seq. No. 1.1.10 M 1 of 2 ENABLE SUPPORT OF DELQA FOR RSTS/E V9.4 PROBLEM: Without the following patch, you will have XHO: initialization failures when booting your system disk. This patch will enable the new DELQA Ethernet device to work with your RSTS/E V9.4 system. This problem will be fixed in the next release of RSTS/E. SOLUTION: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E INIT.SYS Program. Since patching the distribution medium is not recommended, the patch must be installed every time the COPY option is used to copy INIT.SYS from the distribution medium. Any copy of the patched INIT.SYS will propagate the fix. 2. The patch described in option of INIT.SYS: step 4 below can be installed using the PATCH Option: PATCH File to patch? INIT.SYS 3. This patch can be program: installed RUN $0NLPAT Command File Name? <cr> File to patch? INIT.SYS File found in account [0,1] 4. manually using ONLPAT, the online (RETURN for manual patch installation) The patch is as follows: File to patch? SY:[0,1]INIT.SYS Base address? ONE Offset address? 16776 Base Offset Old New? ? 4737 117064 016776 012711 ? PATCH 117064 017000 000001 ? AZ 117064 017002 032721 (CTRL/Z for new offset) 7 patching RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1987 Seq. No. 3 .7.6 M RSTS/E V9.3 Monitor Device Driver Patches 4. 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: Module name? MVR Base address? MSDVRM0OVR Offset address? 230 New? Offset Old Base ?????? 000230 152763 ? 4737 ?????? 000232 000040 ? MVRPAT@0VR ?????? ? 240 000234 000021 ? ~Z ?????? (CTRL/Z for new offset) 000236 004767 Offset address? 2336 New? Base Offset Old ? 4737 ?????? 105363 002336 ? ?????? MVRPAT@OVR+14 002340 000032 ?????? ? "Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) 002342 132763 (CTRL/Z for new base) Offset address? Base address? MVRPAT@0VR Offset address? 0 Base Offset New? Old 120000 000000 000000 ? 152763 ? 40 120000 000002 000000 120000 000004 000000 ? 21 ? 052711 000000 120000 000006 120000 000010 000000 ? 10000 120000 000012 000000 ? 207 120000 000014 000000 ? 012763 120000 000016 000000 ? 60.*10. 120000 000020 000000 ? 32 ? 207 120000 000022 000000 ?????? ? ~Z 120000 000024 (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? ~z (CTRL/Z for new base) Base address? * z (CTRL/Z for new module) Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0307 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000000 ?????? ? Q!40 ?????? 000002 ?????? ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 10 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1987 RSTS/E V9.3 Monitor Device Driver Patches Seq. No. 3.7.7 M 1 of 2 ANSI FILES CREATED ON MS-TYPE DRIVES MAY HAVE INVALID E0F1 TRAILER RECORD PROBLEM: ANSI magnetic tape files that are created on TS11/TSV05/TU80/TK25 tape drives using anything except the COPY command or the PIP utility will have an invalid EOF1 trailer record. The block count field of the trailer record will always contain zeros, regardless of how many records were actually written to the tape. SOLUTION: The following patching procedure corrects the above problem. This problem i$ fixed in source in RSTS/E V9.4 and later. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the installed in all target monitor TU80/TS11/TSV05/TK25 magnetic tapes. RSTS/E V9.3 executive. It must be SILs that include support for 2. The patch described in step 4 below can option of INIT.SYS: be installed using the PATCH Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) 3. This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the online patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $ONLPAT Command File Name? <cr> (RETURN for manual patch installation) File to patch? <lf> (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) File found in account [0,1] 11 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1987 RSTS/E V9.3 Monitor Device Driver Patches 4. Seq. No. 3 .7.8 M 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: Module name? BBR Base address? MUDVRM0OVR Offset address? 1726 Offset Old New? Base ?????? ? 414 001726 105764 ?????? ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) 001730 000012 Offset address? 2054 New? Base Offset Old ?????? ? 4737 002054 016461 ?????? 002056 000016 ? BBRPAT0OVR ?????? ? 240 002060 000014 ?????? ? ~Z 002062 012746 (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? (CTRL/Z for new base) Base address? BBRPAT0OVR Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ? 112746 120000 000000 000000 120000 000002 000000 ? 177620 ? 146426 120000 000004 000000 120000 000006 000000 ? 12 120000 000010 000000 ? 1006 120000 000012 000000 ? 010146 120000 000014 000000 ? 016401 120000 000016 000000 ? 30 ? 5261 120000 000020 000000 ? 120000 000022 000000 22 ? 012601 120000 000024 000000 120000 000026 000000 ? 016461 120000 000030 000000 ? 16 120000 000032 000000 ? 14 ? 207 120000 000034 000000 ?????? ? ~Z 120000 000036 (CTRL/Z for new offset) Offset address? (CTRL/Z for new base) Base address? ~ z (CTRL/Z for new module) Module name? RSTS Base address? $$0307 Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old New? ?????? 000000 ?????? ? Q!200 ?????? 000002 ?????? ? ~C (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 14 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1987 RSTS/E V9.4 Monitor Device Driver Patches Seq. No. 3.7.10 M 1 of 2 XEDVR CONTROLLER ERRORS CAN CAUSE SYSTEM CRASH PROBLEM: The device driver for the DEUNA and DELUA Ethernet Controllers is designed to reinitialize in the event of a severe controller error. If this reinitialization fails, it is possible under some conditions to crash the system instead of disabling the controller. SOLUTION: The patch included in this article prevents the driver from crashing the system, and results in the controller being (correctly) disabled when it ceases to function during normal operation. This problem will be fixed in the next release of RSTS/E. PROCEDURE: 1. This is a required patch to the RSTS/E V9.3 and It must be installed in all target monitor SILs. 2. The patch described option of INIT.SYS: Option: PATCH File to patch? <lf> 3. in step 4 below can RSTS/E V9.4 executives. be installed using the PATCH (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) This patch can be installed manually using ONLPAT, the online patching program. Note, however, that if the patch is applied on line to the installed monitor SIL, it will not take effect until the system is rebooted. RUN $0NLPAT Command File Name? <cr> (RETURN for manual patch installation) File to patch? <lf> (LINE FEED for installed monitor SIL) File found in account [0,1] RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1987 RSTS/E V9.3 System Files BACKUP.TSK 4. Seq. No. 6.2.2 M 2 of 2 The patch is as follows: Base address? BCKREC Offset address? 162 Base Offset Old 045546 000162 004737 045546 000164 055150 045546 000166 004737 Offset address? ~Z Base address? PATCH Offset address? 0 Base Offset Old 044736 000000 000000 044736 000002 000000 044736 000004 000000 044736 000006 000000 044736 000010 •?????? Offset address? ~z Base address? 1 :55150 Offset address? 254 Base Offset Old 055150 000254 004737 055150 000256 054132 New? ? <LF> ? PATCH ? ~Z (no change; verify only) (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 4737 ? 55150 ? 137 ? 55430 ? ~Z (CTRL/Z for new offset) (CTRL/Z for new base) New? ? 137 ? -c (up-arrow/C to exit;CTRL/C for INIT) 18 RSTS/E Software Dispatch, August 1987 RSTS/E V9.3 Print/Batch Services Package Package Notes Seq. No. 15.1.4 R 1 of 2 PBS PERFORMANCE DEGRADES AS PBS.SYS CONTINUALLY GROWS PROBLEM: Some sites are having problems with the performance of the Print/Batch Services (PBS) package degrading as the file PBS$:PBS.SYS grows at a seemingly fast rate. Some sites experience growth at a rate of one block per entry while others experience rates of only one block per four to six entries. The varying growth rates are the result of the file being organized as an RMSindexed file with variable length records. As entries in the file are created and deleted, some RMS overhead exists in the file for each record. Also, the order in which entries are added and deleted can possibly cause a lot of wasted space in the file. And finally, the number of files queued by an entry affects the size of the record. The RMS overhead and wasted space are currently reclaimed only when the PBS package is restarted. This means that by stopping and restarting the queue manager, the work file is compressed to its minimum size. As the file size and RMS overhead grow, the performance of PBS slowly degrades: commands take longer to be acknowledged and PBS itself slows down. Systems that are brought down regularly for preventative maintenance or other offline operations will probably not be affected by this problem. Systems that remain up for months at a time and/or have heavy PBS usage are the sites that exhibit the problem. SOLUTION: We are considering ways for PBS to automatically perform compression as the work file grows. Until then, Digital recommends that the following action be taken: Periodically shut down the queue manager. By restarting the queue manager, PBS will compress the work file, reducing its size as well as regaining performance by reducing overhead. Since each system varies as to which aspect of the problem (performance versus file size) is the limiting factor, we cannot recommend a time interval at which to perform this action. PBS must either be monitored or restarted often enough so that the problem is prevented. 19 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr 0.1.4 N WARNING ON USE OF THE PEEK() FUNCTION V9.0 N/A Nov 85 0.1.5 N FPJll FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND V9.0 N/A Jan 86 0.1.6 N ANNOUNCING NEW HARDWARE SUPPORT IN RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Apr 86 0.1.7 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.1—SUPPORT FOR TK50 AND RD53 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 0.1.8 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.0 V9.1 N/A Jun 86 0.1.9 N FPJll FLOATING-POINT ACCELERATOR WITH PDP-11/84 AND Micro PDP-11/83 SYSTEMS V9.1 0.1.10 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.2 V9.2 N/A Jun 86 0.1.11 N HARDWARE PROBLEM USING TK50 TAPE DRIVE ON SOME Q-BUS Aug 86 MicroPDP-11/83 SYSTEMS SYSTEMS Jun 86 V9.2 N/A 0.1.12 N RSTS/E V9.0 SUPPORT TERMINATED V9.0 N/A Aug 86 0.1.13 N ANNOUNCING Micro/RSTS VERSION 2.1 V9.2 N/A Aug 86 0.1.14 N UPGRADING RQDX1 AND RQDX2 CONTROLLERS TO RQDX3 V9.2 V9.2 Sep 86 0.1.15 N WRITING NON-FILE-STRUCTURED TO MOUNTED DISKS V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 0.1.16 N SYSTEM PERFORMANCE LOSS SINCE RSTS/E VERSION 9.0 V9.1 N/A Dec 86 0,1.17 N RSTS/E V9.1 SUPPORT TERMINATED V9.2 N/A Dec 86 0.1.18 N ANNOUNCING NEW HARDWARE SUPPORT FOR THE LA75 IN RSTS/E V9.2 V9.3 Jan 87 0.1.19 N RSTS/E SUPPORTS TU81-PLUS TAPE SUBSYSTEM V9.2 N/A Feb 87 0.1.20 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E V9.3 V9.3 V9.3 Feb 87 3.1.21 N USING "REVERSE LAT" ETHERNET TERMINAL SERVERS ON V9.2 N/A Apr 87 0.1.22 N RSTS/E V9.2 TERMINATION NOTICE V9.2 N/A Aug 87 0.1.23 N ANNOUNCING RSTS/E VERSION 9.4 V9.3 N/A Aug 87 0.2.1 N USING SAVE/RESTORE ON A TWO-DISK SYSTEM V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.3 N/A Apr 87 V9.0 V9.1 Oct 85 V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 RSTS/E System Management Guidelines Initialization INIT.SYS 1.1.1 Program Patches RESERVED 1.1.2 RESERVED 1.1.3 N MSCP DISK SIZE VARIANCES BETWEEN SAVESETS CREATED 1.1.4 M DSKINT OPTION OF INIT.SYS MAY NOT DETECT BAD BLOCKS 1.1.5 M TMSCP DRIVES ARE NOT MARKED AS AVAILABLE AFTER 1.1.6 M OFF-LINE SAVRES INVALIDATES ALL BUT LAST VOLUME 1.1.7 M INIT SAV/RES TO TMSCP TAPE MAY ABORT WITH 1.1.8 M MICRO-DIAGNOSTIC FAILURES ON MSCP AND TMSCP DEVICES V9.2 V9.3 Jan 87 1.1.9 M INIT MAY DISABLE PRIMARY RQDX CONTROLLER V9.3 V9.4 Apr 87 1.1.10 M ENABLE SUPPORT OF DELQU FOR RSTS/E V9.4 V9.4 N/A Aug 87 1.2.1 N DEVICES WITH NON-STANDARD UNIBUS ADDRESSES AND VECTORS V9.0 INIT MAY START TIMESHARING WITH NO MONITOR INSTALLED V9.1 N/A Jun 85 N/A Nov 86 ONLINE AND OFFLINE REWIND-OFFLINE OPERATIONS OF MULTIVOLUME MAGTAPE SAVE SET "TRAP THROUGH 4" MANDATORY PATCH INIT.SYS 1.2.2 R Program Notes 22 Sequence Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr System Installation and Update Installation/Update Notes 2.1.1 N 2.1.2 N CSPLIB.TSK AND CSPLIB.STB MISSING FROM V9.0 PBUILD.TSK SHOULD NOT BE INCLUDED IN V9.0 KIT KIT V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 V9.0 V9.1 Sep V9.0 N/A Jun 85 V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 V9.2 V9.3 Jan 87 85 Executive Monitor Patches 3.1.1 F DISABLING THE USE OF DATA SPACE 3.1.2 M LARGE OVERLAID I- AND D-SPACE TASKS MAY FAIL 3.1.3 M RANDOM SYSTEM CRASHES DURING HEAVY ACTIVITY-MANDATORY RANDOMLY - MANDATORY MONITOR PATCH MONITOR PATCH * Terminal Services Patches 3.3.1 F CHANGING SPECIAL LOGIN TERMINAL V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.3.2 F INPUT ESCAPE SEQUENCE HANDLING V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 3.3.3 RESERVED 3.3.4 RESERVED 3.3.5 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.0 V9.2 Jun 3.3.6 M CORRECT AUTOBAUD DETECTION PROBLEM V9.1 V9.2 Jun 86 3.3.7 M FIX CONTROL/O PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL V9.0 V9.3 Jan V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 V9.1 V9.3 Nov 86 V9.1 V9.3 Dec 86 V9.1 N/A Mar 87 V9.2 V9.4 Apr 87 V9.2 V9.4 Jul 87 Jun 85 SERVICE PATCH 3.3.8 M 3.3.9 M CORRECT DHUl1/DHV11 3.3.10 M CORRECT DHU11/DHV11 3.3.11 M PROBLEM WITH SETTING MULTIPLE PRIVATE DELIMITERS - 3.3.12 M PROBLEM WITH DETACHED JOBS AND CAPTIVE ACCOUNTS - 3.3.13 M PROBLEM WITH HARDWARE ERRORS ON DHU11/DHV11 SERVICE PROBLEMS - MANDATORY TERMINAL PATCH FLOW CONTROL PROBLEM - MANDATORY TERMINAL. SERVICE PATCH MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH MANDATORY TERMINAL SERVICE PATCH MULTIPLEXERS C 87 FIX PROBLEMS WITH USING PRINT DEVICES ON TERMINAL LINES € 86 Terminal Service Notes 3.4.1 N UNDERSTANDING TERMINAL PARITY AND STOP BIT SETTINGS V9.0 N/A 3.4.2 N MODEM CONTROL ON PRIVATE, V9.0 N/A Jun 8 5 3.4.3 N MODEM SUPPORT ON RSTS/E V9.0 N/A Jun 86 3.4.4 M CONNECTING V9.2 N/A Apr 87 V9.2 N/A Jul 87 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 Sep 85 "REVERSE LAT" LEASED LINES ETHERNET TERMINAL SERVERS TO RSTS/E 3.4.5 N UNDERSTANDING ESCAPE SEQUENCES AND TRANSPARENT CONTROLS MODE File Processor Patches 3.5.1 F CONTROLLING EMT LOGGING 3.5.2 M SET TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS SYS CALL MAY V9.0 V9.1 3.5.3 M ERROR IN HANDLING OF PUBLIC DISKS V9.0 V9.1 Sep 85 3.5.4 M FIX CORRUPTION OF LOW-CORE V9.0 V9.2 Jan 86 3.5.5 M ALLOW MULTIPLE OPENS ON NONMOUNTED NFS V9.0 V9.3 Aug 86 HANG THE SYSTEM LOCATIONS 23 DISK Title Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.1 N/A Feb 87 o\ > Sequence N/A Jun 85 V9.3 V9.4 Jul 87 V9.4 V9.4 Jun 87 UTLMGR 10.16.1 R SHOW DEVICES INCORRECTLY DISPLAYS MSCP CONTROLLER ADDRESSES Error Control Package (ERROR$) Package Notes UNDERSTANDING "PA MEMORY SYSTEM" ERROR LOGS o 12.1.1 N * ANALYS.TSK 12.5.0 N ANALYS "7SUBSCRIPT OUT OF RANGE AT LINE RESTOR Package 4300" ERROR (RESTOR$) RESTOR.TSK 13.13.0 N RESTOR$:RESTOR CAN FAIL WHEN USING PRELOADED INDEX WORK FILE Operator Services and Spooling Package (OPSER$) Package Notes 14.1.1 N NOTES ON USE OF THE SERIAL LA180 (LA180S) TERMINAL 14.1.2 N USING TWO OR MORE PRINTERS TO SERVE A QUEUE 14.1.3 R QUE /DELETE 14.1.4 N QUMRUN HIBERNATES UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS 14.1.5 R OPSER BATCH PACKAGE MUST BE LOCATED ON SYSTEM DISK GWRITE V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * IGNORED UNLESS USER HAS WWRITE OR PRIVILEGES (SY: ) Print/Batch Services Package V9.2 V9.3 Dec 86 V9.1 V9.3 Dec 86 V9.3 V9.4 May 87 (PB$) Package Notes 15.1.1 R PBS MUST BE STARTED FROM A PRIVILEGED ACCOUNT V9.1 V9.2 Feb 86 15.1.2 R SET ENTRY/PRIORITY MAY NOT REPOSITION ENTRY V9.1 V9.3 Jan 87 15.1.3 R LOG FILE V9.1 V9.3 Jan 15.1.4 R PBS V9.3 N/A Aug 87 15.3.1 M PBS HANGS V9.1 V9.3 Mar 87 V9.2 V9.3 Apr 87 V9.2 V9.4 Apr 87 V9.2 V9.4 May 87 V9.0 N/A Sep 85 IN QUEUE DEFAULT PPN IN USER REQUEST PACKET INCOMPATIBLE WITH SUBMIT PERFORMANCE DEGRADES AS PBS.SYS CONTINUALLY GROWS 87 PBS.TSK IF BATCH OWNER CANNOT CREATE LOG FILE - MANDATORY PBS.TSK PATCH 15.3.2 M PBS PERFORMS 15.3.3 M PBS 15.3.4 M PBS LINE PRINTER FILL ON KB SERVERS - MANDATORY PBS PATCH INCORRECTLY PRINTS TABS AT TOP OF FORM - MANDATORY PBS PATCH INCORRECTLY HANDLES WIDTH 255 SERVERS - MANDATORY PBS.TSK PATCH RSTS/E Documentation Documentation Installation and Update Guide 19.4.1 N PBUILD.TSK NO LONGER INCLUDED IN RSTS/E 26 Sequence Title 19.5.1 N ACCOUNT Released Corrected Mon/Yr V9.0 N/A Sep 85 System Manager's Guide [0,200] NOT AVAILABLE FOR CUSTOMER USE Run-Time Systems Support DCL Package Notes 20.1.1 N FILE SPECIFICATIONS V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 20.1.2 N SETTING UP THE DCL LINK COMMAND V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * 20.1.3 N PROPER ERROR MESSAGE FORMAT V9.1 V9.3 Oct 86 20.1.4 R DCL IGNORES LEADING V9.1 V9.3 Jan 87 20.1.5 R PARAMETERS NOT PASSED WHEN CHAINING TO COMMAND V9.1 N/A Jan 20.1.6 M CHAINING TO DCL COMMAND PROCEDURES - MANDATORY V9.3 V9.4 May 87 V9.1 N/A Feb 87 V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * IN DCL "+" ON FIRST @ COMMAND PARAMETER PROCEDURES PATCH 87 Common User Interface 20.5.1 R DUPLICATE PARAMETER QUALIFIERS CAN CAUSE ?ODD ADDRESS TRAP RSX Utilities Package Notes 21.1.1 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS CRF.TSK 21.2.1 N USING THE RSX CRF UTILITY RT-11 Run-Time System and Utilities PACKAGE NOTES 22.1.1 N USE OF UNDERSCORE 22.1.2 N USING RTSODT FOR DEBUGGING RUN-TIME SYSTEMS IN RT-11 EMULATOR UTILITIES V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.0 N/A Jun 85 * V9.2 V9.4 May 87 V9.3 V9.4 Jul 87 V9.3 N/A Apr 87 HOOK.SAV 22.3.1 N NOTES ON HOOK.SAV PIP-SAV 22.9.0 R PIP FAILS WITH ANSI TAPE RECORD LENGTH GREATER 22.9.1 N PIP PROBLEMS FIXED IN NEXT RELEASE 22.11.0 N MSCP DISK SIZE VARIANCES THAN 2048 SAVRES.SAV BETWEEN SAVESETS CREATED ONLINE AND OFFLINE Optional Software RSTS/E 2780 Package V3.0 RJ2780 25.2.1 M FAILURE TO CLEAR 25.2.2 M LOCAL BINARY TRANSMIT FAILURE 'JOB ACTIVE' ON ATTACH 27 V9.0 Jun 85 * V9.0 Jun * 85 ■ 5 ir • - ■ . SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE REPORT (SPR) SUBMISSIONS Digital Equipment Corporation guarantees a response to every SPR submitted by DIGITAL specialists and customers who purchase software product service agreements. Blank SPR forms are available upon request in desired quantities from SPR Administration, P.O. Box F, Maynard, MA 01754, or your local DIGITAL office. s Inquiries on the progress of submitted SPRs should be directed to your local DIGITAL office or SPR Administration at (617) 493-4722. An SPR Answer Survey Card is enclosed with each SPR response. Please complete the survey card; it provides essential feedback for monitoring the quality of our SPR responses. Completing an SPR Form Complete the entire form by either typing or printing clearly. Remove “Customer File Copy” for your records. Leave carbon in tact. Include customer name and complete mailing address. To expedite the processing of your SPR, enter your Customer Number in the space provided. This number is located in the upper left-hand corner of your Dispatch label. It can also be obtained from your local DIGITAL office or by calling SPR Administration at (617) 493-6683. If you do not want your SPR to be published, check the "DO NOT PUBLISH” box on the SPR form. However, if the SPR is determined to be of universal value and it does not describe a security problem, DIGITAL may elect to publish it. For SPRs which describe security prob¬ lems, it is imperative that the “DO NOT PUBLISH” box be marked. € Describe one problem per SPR form. If an SPR is submitted with more than one problem, it can lengthen the turnaround time. State the problem clearly. If necessary, summarize the problem, then describe in detail. Include all the information needed to reproduce the problem. The easiest problems to fix are those reported in statements similar to the following: if you do X. Y happens when Z should. C State all version numbers and all inserted patches. The problem can be fixed sooner if the version is known. Please include the operating system version even on operating system SPRs, since operating system bugs sometimes manifest themselves as "bugs" in other pro¬ grams. A statement of patches inserted in the relevant software is also helpful. State the type of terminal or work station on which the software is running, e.g., VT100. VT220 PRO 350 DECmate. Include as much information as possible; too much information is better than not enough. Send all information in machine-readable format if it occupies more than half a page. Please include the following: > « 1. Program causing the problems 2. All necessary auxiliary files, such as DBMS or LIBRARY files 3. Assembly switches which are on (if applicable) 4. Switches handed to the software, since different switches cause different sections of the code to be executed 5. All necessary run-time files for language run-time problems 6. A directory listing of media, when included; label media carefully 31 AREAS COVERED SPR CENTER Italy Digital Equipment S.p.A. Viale Fulvio Testi, 11 Ang. Via Gorki 105 1-20092 Cinisello Balsamo Milan Italy Japan Nihon Digital Equipment Corp. Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1 Higashi Ikebukuro 3-Chome, Toshima-Ku, Tokyo, 170 Japan Belgium, Luxemburg Digital Equipment N.V./S.A. Rue De L’Aeronef 1 B-1140 Brussels Belgium Holland Digital Equipment B.V. Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV Utrecht Holland Sweden Digital Equipment AB SPR Admin. M-B Duff/CSC Allen 6 S-172 89 Sundbyberg Sweden Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark Finland Digital Equipment Corp OY Box 16 02201 ESPOO Finland Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway Austria, East Germany, West Germany, Poland, Hungary, Rumania, Czechoslovakia, Russia, Bulgaria Digital Equipment Corp. GmbH SPR Centre - D2 Freischuetzstrasse 91 8000 Muenchen 81 West Germany Israel Digital Equipment Ltd. Digital House Acadia Junction Herzlia 46 733 Israel Greece, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland, Yugoslavia, (Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Cyprus, Turkey, Malta) Digital Equipment Corp. AG Kanalstrasse 21 CH-8152 Glattbrugg (Zurich) Switzerland 34 DIGITAL EQUIPMENT COMPUTER USERS SOCIETY BENEFITS OF BELONGING The Digital Equipment Computer Users Society (DECUS) is one of the largest and most respected users groups in the computer industry today. Mem¬ bership in DECUS, which is free and voluntary, pro¬ vides the individual user with information and serv¬ ices not found anywhere else. Symposia DECUS holds symposia each year in the different chapters, two per year in the U.S. These meetings provide a unique opportunity for users with a wide spectrum of experience to meet for up to five days of intensive technical exchange. Symposium activities include workshops, clinics, panels, tuto¬ rials, and formal paper presentations. DIGITAL parti¬ cipates in symposia by sending Product Group managers and developers to discuss strategies, products, problems, and solutions. DECUS provides an environment where users of Digital Equipment Corporation products can share information with other users and with DIGITAL. Members can find out the latest news on DIGITAL’S hardware, software, and educational products. The feedback exchange with DIGITAL allows the users of DIGITAL’S products to have a voice in the com¬ pany’s future. Publications The flow of information among users, as well as between users and DIGITAL, is the primary goal of DECUS. Various publications generated by DECUS support this communication. They include chapter newsletters and The Proceedings, a technical volume published after each symposium. DECUS also publishesSpecial Interest Groups’ newsletters that pro¬ vide information pertaining to specific DIGITAL products. Founded in 1961, DECUS now has three autono¬ mous areas worldwide- DECUS U.S., DECUS Europe, made up of eight independent chapters, and DECUS GIA (General International Area), made up of four independent chapters. DECUS services and activi¬ ties are shared between these chapters through mutual agreements. Program Library All DECUS services promote the exchange of infor¬ mation in a noncommercial environment. Included in these services are: The DECUS Program Library is the main vehicle for the exchange of software among users of all DIGITAL systems. The Library contains over 1000 software programs written and voluntarily submit¬ ted by users. These programs include compilers, editors, utilities, numerical and statistical functions, as well as games and graphic routines. The Library publishes an annual software catalog that lists and describes all the DECUS programs available to all users for a minimal charge. Special Interest Groups (SIGs) These groups, formed around an area of common interest, exist for a variety of hardware, operating systems, languages, applications, and marketing areas. Participation in these groups allows fellow users to exchange information and share technical expertise in the areas of most interest to the users. You are cordially invited to join over 60,000 other users of DIGITAL products around the world and begin to share your experiences, both successes and problems. Local Users Groups (LUGs) and National Users Groups (NUGs) LUGs and NUGs are licensed groups of individuals who gather to share information with other users on a periodic basis. Not only do they have common professional interest, but they also have geographic and cultural ties. DIGITAL representatives attend¬ ing these meetings often unveil new products and services and supply updates on existing policies and procedures. For more information, contact the appropriate DECUS chapter office listed here. 35 DECUS CHAPTER OFFICES - WORLDWIDE DECUS U.S. DECUS, U.S. Chapter 219 Boston Post Road (BP02) Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752 U.S. Activities: (617) 480-3259 (3302) Library: (617) 480-3521 Finance and Administration: (617) 480-3634 DECUS Europe DECUS At Large (in Europe) C.P. 510 CH-1213 PETIT-LANCY 1/GE Switzerland DECUS Denmark Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Sandtoften 9 DK-2820 Gentofte Denmark DECUS France BP. 136 F-91004 EVRY CEDEX DECUS Italia Viale Fulvio Testi 11 1-20092 CINISELLO BALSAMO DECUS Norway Digital Equipment Corp. A/S Ammerudveien 22 N-0958 Oslo 9 Norway DECUS Sweden S-172 89 SUNDBYBERG Sweden DECUS Holland Kaap Hoorndreef 38 NL-3563 AV UTRECHT The Netherlands DECUS U.K., Ireland and Middle East P.O. Box 53 READING, RG2 OTW U.K. DECUS Muenchen Freischuetzstrasse 91 D-8000 MUENCHEN 81 Federal Republic of Germany DECUS Switzerland Schaffhauserstrasse 144 8302 Kloten Switzerland DECUS GIA (General International Area) DECUS Australia Northern Tower, Chatswood Plaza Railway Street Chatswood, New South Wales 2067 Australia Phone: (02) 412.5237 DECUS Canada 100 Herzberg Road P.O. Box 13000 Kanata, Ontario K2K 2A6 Canada Phone: (613) 592-5111, ext. 2115 DECUS Japan Nihon Digital Equipment KK Sunshine 60, P.O. Box 1135 1-1, Higashi Ikeburo 3-Chome Toshima-ku, Tokyo 170 Japan Phone: [81 ]-(3)-9897111 DECUS GIC 100 Nagog Park AK01-1/B11 Acton, Massachusetts 01720 U.S.A. Phone: (617) 264-6561 November 1985 DECUS 36 digital equipment corporation C Software Product Description PRODUCT NAME: RSTS/E, Version 9.4 SPD 13.01.31 DESCRIPTION • Intertask communication RSTS/E is a multi-user, general purpose timesharing system. Its uses include interactive timesharing, batch processing, indirect command file processing, program development using a variety of languages and tools, and a wide variety of special purpose applications. Up to 127 concurrent terminal users in both local and remote loca¬ tions, through multi-terminal services, can interact with application tasks. Without multi-terminal services there can be a maximum of 63 users. Tasks can share compu¬ tational, storage, and input/output services provided by the RSTS/E system. • Disk file and device backup and restore utilities with streaming support for streaming tape drives supported by RSTS/E The RSTS/E system is comprised of the RSTS/E moni¬ tor, device drivers, Commonly Used System Programs (CUSPs) and standard software components. Some of the major features of RSTS/E include: • Interactive timesharing • Dynamic allocation of system resources • DCL (Digital Command Language) • DCL command file processing • CCL system manager defined command interface • System security features • System reliability and maintainability features • DCL, RT-11, RSX, and BASIC-PLUS run-time system support • Program Development Tools Programs can be written in any of several languages. The following languages are included on RSTS/E sys¬ tems: • BASIC-PLUS • MACRO-11 assembly language (RT-11 and RSX-11) The following is a partial list of languages which are optionally available for use on RSTS/E. Refer to the RSTS/E Optional Software Cross Reference Table (SPD 20.97.xx) for a complete list of layered products sup¬ ported by RSTS/E: • PDP-11 BASIC-PLUS-2 for RSTS/E • COBOL-81/RSTS/E • PDP-11 COBOL • User and job privileges and resource quotas allocated to accounts as required • RSTS/E DIBOL • Batch services using DCL command files • FORTRAN IV/RSTS/E • Print services using DCL • Extensive file processing including file sharing, protec¬ tion mechanisms, and virtual (memory) disk support • Integrated system and account management using DCL • Magnetic tape processing (single or multi-volume) • Terminal handler designed for interactive environ¬ ments • Shared common code • Software-maintained cache of frequently accessed disk data • PDP-11 FORTRAN-77/RSTS/E BASIC-PLUS-2, COBOL-81, and PDP-11 COBOL re¬ quire the support of the Record Management Services (RMS) software that is included with all RSTS/E systems. The optional DATATRIEVE-11 data management soft¬ ware also uses RMS. The use of RMS is optional for DIBOL-11, FORTRAN-77, and MACRO-11 assembly lan¬ guage programs. BASIC-PLUS and FORTRAN-IV do not use RMS. Tools are available to facilitate the design, incorporation and maintenance of forms into applications. The Forms Management System (FMS) and INDENT are optionally available for the design, use and maintenance of interac¬ tive forms. 1 June 1987 sotware AE-DE58F-TC SPD 13.01.31 RSTS/E, Version 9.4 Other utilities which are included as a standard part of the RSTS/E system are: RT-11 have additional commands to perform actions appropriate for those environments. • EDT, DIGITAL’S standard text editor Digital Command Language (DCL) DCL is based upon the DCL available on most DIGITAL operating systems. In particular, it is similar to the DCL implemented on VAX/VMS. In addition to fundamental operations such as listing directories and copying files, DCL includes features such as user defined command synonyms, string and numeric symbol substitution, read¬ ing and writing files, system and account management functions, setting passwords, submitting to batch, setting terminal characteristics, and terminal activity logging. DCL is required as the system default keyboard monitor. DCL need not be memory resident unless a user is accessing it. • PDP-11 SORT/MERGE, DIGITAL’S powerful file sort utility and subroutine package • RMS-11, DIGITAL’S standard Record Management System Timesharing Each user of a RSTS/E system is associated with a job on the system and normally interacts with that job by using a terminal. Jobs can also run detached (not using a terminal) or they can use pseudo keyboards. Although a RSTS/E system is limited to 63 jobs, some RSTS/E systems can support as many as 127 terminal users simultaneously. These limits (63 jobs and 127 multiple terminals) are not always achievable. Jobs such as Error Logger, Queue Manager, and batch jobs also affect the maximum limits. In addition, each job requires a minimum of 10 to 30 blocks of tempory disk on the public disk structure. DCL command file processing is an extension of the DCL keyboard monitor. A DCL command file is a collection of DCL commands in a file. Conceptually, the commands in the file appear to the system as a series of commands which are presented to DCL from the keyboard. All com¬ mand file processing is done within DCL so that no additional keyboards or job slots are required. Parame¬ ters can be passed to the command file processor at the time the file is invoked. DCL command files are consid¬ ered to be executable and can be “run" or “chained to as programs or can be invoked with the DCL “@ com¬ mand. Dynamic Allocation of System Resources RSTS/E schedules CPU time and memory residency among jobs based upon their priority and processing requirements. Jobs are rescheduled based upon time-slicing or as a result of waiting for system services. A round-robin algorithm is used to select among eligible jobs with the same priority. Job priorities can be altered by any user or program with the required privileges. In addition to standard DCL commands, the command file processor interprets a set of specialized commands that allow operations such as conditional branching, local and global symbols using 32 bit integers and 255 charac¬ ter strings, special purpose DCL Functions, error han¬ dling, "Control C” trapping, up to 13 nesting levels, selec¬ tive display, optional time stamping and user prompting. RSTS/E uses the memory management hardware capa¬ bilities to map a user’s job area and any shared code into the user job’s virtual address space. Jobs can be swapped out to disk storage when the memory is needed for other jobs to run. A job’s size can be expanded dynamically, subject to limits imposed by a user with the required privileges. For machines which do not support separate instruction and data (l&D) space the absolute limit for a job size is 64K bytes (32K words). For ma¬ chines which do support separate l&D space the abso¬ lute limit is 128K bytes (64K words). To take advantage of separate l&D space, programs can be written in RSX MACRO-11 or several of the high level languages. BASIC-PLUS programs cannot be larger than 32K bytes (16K words). For RT-11, MACRO-11 and FORTRAN IV the maximum is 28K words. DCL command files are used to start up the system and set up system, group and individual user environments through the use of command files which are executed as the user logs into the system A comprehensive set of help frames explaining the oper¬ ation of most DCL commands is available using the “HELP" command. This information is also available in the documentation which is provided as part of the RSTS/E product. Concise Command Language (CCL) The CCL feature allows each installation's system man¬ ager to define additional system-wide commands to run system utilities as well as other user programs. Each CCL command definition specifies the full form of the command and its abbreviation. User Command Languages User commands to the RSTS/E system are handled and interpreted by one of the run-time systems capable of acting as a keyboard monitor. Security and Privilege The Keyboard Monitors which are included as standard components of RSTS/E are DCL, RSX, RT-11, and BASIC-PLUS. All of these interpret sets of system com¬ mands, that is, English-like words followed by optional command parameters. These system commands allow users to perform all the fundamental functions required to use the RSTS/E system, such as logging on and off, copying files, and running programs. BASIC-PLUS and Access to the system is controlled by the use of pass¬ words which can be 6 to 14 characters in length. Initial assignment of passwords is done by the system man¬ ager. Each user, given the required privilege, can change the password assigned to his/her account. Passwords are normally stored in hashed form. This feature is avail¬ able on a per account basis at the option of the system manager. - 2 - SPD 13.01.31 RSTS/E, Version 9.4 update the same file while it remains open. The file system’s block interlock mechanism can be used to pre¬ vent different users from updating the same part of the file concurrently. The system manager may optionally define a system password which must be entered before the user is prompted to login to an account. This feature is available for different classes of access such as dial-up or network access. RSTS/E disk volumes, when used as file-structured de¬ vices, are either public or private. A public volume is the system disk or any volume initialized and mounted as a public volume. Other file-structured volumes are private. Files cannot span volumes. Access to a disk file is governed by its protection code, which specifies read and write access for the file’s owner, for users within the owner’s group, and for all users. For executable files, the protection code specifies execute and read/write access for owner, group, and all users on the system. As a resource sharing system, RSTS/E can give every user access to the system peripherals and resources, as well as a wide range of additional capabilities. Usage restrictions can be imposed on a per user or per system basis on some of these resources. RSTS/E provides 34 separate privilege attributes which can be assigned to any account on the system. Tasks which are resident on the system may require one or more of these attributes in order to run. The system manager can then restrict the privileges an account has to those required by the users of the account. There is no connection between the numbers which designate accounts (PPNs) and the privileges assigned to the ac¬ count. A utility (FIT) provides file transfer capabilities to and from volumes (including RX01/RX02 floppy diskettes) using RT-11 file structure and DOS (read-only) media. This is limited to disks up to 33.5 million bytes in storage capacity. A separate utility handles interchange of files on RX01/RX02 flexible diskettes using the IBM 3741 single density format (Format 1). With this utility EBCDIC to ASCII translation is a user-specifiable option. Print/Batch Services Batch jobs are a collection of DCL commands in a file which are placed (submitted) on a queue for execution. Batch services process each job in the queue in turn. Users can submit batch jobs to perform tasks that require no terminal interaction, or to run programs at a later time. For each batch job, the user can set limits on the system resources allocated to the job. Multiple queues can be defined. Each queue can have different attributes. Queues which are assigned to physical printers can be set up with a variety of attributes related to the form and quantity of output. A user with the required privilege can start up and control batch queues. For systems with memory in excess of the amount re¬ quired during the normal operation of the RSTS/E sys¬ tem, RSTS/E supports a "Virtual” or memory resident disk. This disk appears no different to the user than any other disk, however, since it is actually an allocated block of memory, I/O to the virtual disk operates at memory speeds. This disk can be used for most of the same purposes that a physical disk can but can be especially effective for use in storing commonly accessed read-only user files or system files. Account Management The following capabilities are not provided through Print/Batch Services but continue to be available through the use of OPSER utilities provided with the RSTS/E system. DCL commands are provided to create and delete ac¬ counts, set account attributes, and display account infor¬ mation. Account templates can be created and used to set the defaults for a class of accounts. • Operator logging Several different types of accounts can be defined. User accounts allow access to the RSTS/E system. Captive accounts cause the system to startup a specific, applica¬ tion such as word processing or a menu. When the user leaves the application the job is killed and the user is logged off. Guest accounts can be set up causing the system not to prompt for the password for the account during login. Accounts can be designated as non-interactive, causing the system not to allow a user to login. • Operator request processing Both Print/Batch Services and OPSER print spooling packages support printing on hard copy terminals, such as receive-only printers. Note however, that data integrity is not checked on the serial line. File System Disk files can be created, updated, extended, deleted, and renamed under program control, or they can be created, deleted, and renamed using terminal com¬ mands. Files can be created and extended dynamically with the RSTS/E file system automatically allocating disk space wherever available. Alternatively, to enhance sys¬ tem performance, a file’s location can be specified and/or a file can be preallocated to use physically contiguous space. A disk file’s size is limited by the storage capacity of the volume on which it resides. One file cannot extend across multiple disk volumes. Accounts have privileges associated with them. The priv¬ ilege attributes assigned to an account determine what a user logged into the account can do on the system. Accounts can be set up with an expiration date. After the expiration date has passed, users can no longer login to the account. The account is not automatically deleted. Magnetic Tape Processing RSTS/E can be instructed to read and write tapes of a specific density such as 800, 1600, or 6250 BPI if the density is supported by the controller for the tape drive. Files can be accessed by multiple users simultaneously. When opened for shared update, multiple users can - 3 - SPD 13.01.31 RSTS/E, Version 9.4 Alternatively, the user can specify that either the mini¬ mum or maximum density supported by the controller be selected automatically. Supported tape formats are DOS-11 and ANSI. DOS-11 format is used for interchange between PDP-11 and VAX systems running RSTS/E, RT-11, RSX-11M, RSX-11MPLUS, IAS, and VAX/VMS. ANSI format is used for interchange with the above systems as well as other computer systems. RSTS/E implements a subset of the ANSI format, defined by American National Standard Institute Specification X3.27-1978, which is used for interchange between sys¬ tems that support the standard. When using ANSI label¬ ing format, RSTS/E processes only volume-header, file-header, end-of-file, and end-of-volume labels. RSTS/E does not perform access checking. A tape vol¬ ume is considered private to the job which has access to that volume. RMS uses ANSI tape labeling format exclu¬ sively. Files may be processed using F (fixed-length) or D (variable-length) record formats. The RSTS/E BACKUP utility uses ANSI tape format. Terminal Handling The RSTS/E terminal handler is designed for interactive environments and features: • Full-duplex communications • Modem control • Type-ahead with immediate echo • Programmable echo control • Multi-terminal I/O for individual jobs • Pseudo keyboard capability • Auto baud detection The echo control feature allows programs to handle ter¬ minal input one field at a time and to retain control of the screen display. This feature gives application programs the capability to use nonblock mode transfer terminals to simulate block mode input. RSTS/E does not support block mode transfer terminals. Each RSTS/E system includes at least one terminal, the system console terminal, and potentially as many as 126 additional terminals. On systems purchased as DIGITAL supported, the console terminal must be either: have input and output buffers to which a program can send output, and from which it can receive input. Using a pseudo keyboard as a communications device, a user can write a program to control other jobs. Each RSTS/E system includes at least one pseudo keyboard. The maximum total number of terminals and pseudo key¬ boards is 127. Terminal Servers RSTS/E can not act as a Local Area Transport (LAT) host. However, RSTS/E systems or LANs (Local Area Network) that include RSTS/E nodes can achieve the major features and benefits of terminal servers by mak¬ ing use of a terminal server feature known as “reverse LAT.” The RSTS/E system can be accessed from a LAT terminal server if it is connected via a supported terminal multi-plexer to a Ethernet Communications Server (DECSA) running Terminal Server, at a minimum of Ver¬ sion 2.1 (maximum 32 lines) or DECserver 200/MC at a minimum of Version 1.0 (maximum 8 lines). These termi¬ nal servers provide reverse LAT capabilty with full mo¬ dem control. Shared Common Code RSTS/E allows the sharing of code that is common to multiple jobs. The code that resides in the resident library must be written in the MACRO assembly language. It is possible to create cluster libraries: that is, resident libraries that share the same address window in the user task’s virtual address space. Disk Data Cache RSTS/E can minimize accesses to disk for frequently used data by keeping data in a software-maintained cache, a specially designated area of system memory space. The data retained in this cache can be restricted to disk directory blocks only, or it can include data from disk files. In the latter case, a user with the required privileges has the option to allow all disk files to be cached or to allow only certain eligible files to be placed in the cache. Information on the virtual disk is never cached. It is recommended that data from disk files be stored in the software cache only on systems with greater than 512K bytes (256K words) of memory. Intertask Communication RSTS/E jobs can communicate with each other by send¬ ing and/or receiving intertask messages under program control. Jobs can send messages to valid message receivers. • A hard copy device • Any terminal supported by RSTS/E when a hard copy device is available on the system. Disk File and Device Backup The multi-terminal service feature allows any job to con¬ trol multiple terminals, up to the maximum number con¬ figured for the system, on one logical channel. This feature allows one program to control a number of termi¬ nals that are all performing the same function. RSTS/E provides the ability for total or selective backup of accounts and files to disks or to magnetic tapes using DCL commands. This is done through the use of multi¬ volume container files which may be placed on standard RSTS/E format disks or ANSI labeled magnetic tape. A separate utility is provided for making image copies. Pseudo keyboards are logical devices that have the logical characteristics of real, physical terminals but have no hardware associated with them. Pseudo keyboards Selective backup is done on-line. Image copies of disk volumes can be made on-line for all volumes except the . 4 . SPD 13.01.31 RSTS/E, Version 9.4 system disk and off-line for all volumes including the system disk. RSTS/E BACKUP produces BACKUP sets which are subset compatible with the VAX/VMS BACKUP and can read BACKUP sets produced by VAX/VMS BACKUP. This provides for easy transfer of data between ma¬ chines running these two operating systems. RSTS/E BACKUP provides streaming support for streaming tape drives. See Table 1 (hardware support) for a list of tape drives which BACKUP supports in streaming mode. System Reliability and Maintainability The error logging mechanism in RSTS/E records certain classes of hardware errors in a disk file. The system manager can print the error log and analyze it on-line. If a nonrecoverable hardware or system software error causes a system crash, RSTS/E will attempt to produce a crash dump and then attempt to reload the system and do a “cold restart.’’ The automatic restart capability is enabled at the system manager's option. The system manager can check the reliability of most peripherals on-line by running the Device Test package. EDT EDT is a text editor that can be used to create a file, enter and manipulate text in the file, and save or delete work done during editing sessions. EDT works with any kind of text file. EDT can be used as either a keypad or line editor. EDT offers many features to make text editing easier and more efficient. These features include: • On-line HELP that can be used any time during an editing session • Protection of editing sessions with journaling • Initialization command file to specify editing character¬ istics • Use of several files or parts of files at a time Record Management Services (RMS-11) RMS-11 includes a set of run-time service routines and utility programs that provide a data management subsys¬ tem. This allows a user to create and manipulate files, and create, access, and alter records within files. RMS supports sequential, relative, and indexed file orga¬ nizations. Software integrity is kept at a high level by using soft¬ ware maintenance tools that allow the system manager to correct software components that are found to be in error. Most parts of the RSTS/E system are maintained by replacing the component in error. Some layered prod¬ ucts are maintained by automatic patching procedures. The indexed file organization allows each indexed file to have one primary key and up to 254 alternate keys. In addition to random access based on key values, pro¬ grams can access records in an indexed file sequentially in ascending order by key values. Program Development Tools RMS supports fixed length, variable length, variable length with fixed control field, and stream record formats. Program development on a RSTS/E system is facilitated by a wide selection of system utilities. The DIGITAL Text Editor (EDT) can edit all types of text files, including RMS fixed length record files, variable length record files, and stream files. Indexed files are restricted to either fixed or variable record formats. The stream record format is restricted to sequential disk files only. Languages that do not use RMS (for example FORTRAN IV) cannot process RMS files unless the record format is stream. The RSX emulation provides a keyboard environment similar to that found in the RSX-11M-PLUS Operating System, by providing a subset of the RSX-11 M-PLUS system directives. Also included are TASK BUILDER and LIBRARIAN similar to those used by RSX. User programs are provided with logical data record access to RMS files through extended language syntax statements. The functions provided by RMS-11 include OPEN, CLOSE, READ/GET, WRITE/PUT, REWRITE/ UPDATE and DELETE. The form of the statement is dependent upon the application language. The RT-11 run-time system provides an environment similar to that found on the single-job monitor of the RT-11 Operating System, and provides a subset of the RT-11 directives. Also included are a LINKER and LIBRARIAN similar to those used by RT-11. RMS-11 supports cluster libraries for sharing application virtual address space between a resident library and resident libraries of other software systems that support cluster libraries. The use of separate instruction and data space is also allowed for machines which support this feature. Standard RSTS/E Software Components The following software components are supplied as inte¬ gral parts of RSTS/E: RMS-11 supports Digital Network Architecture (DNA) Data Access Protocol (DAP). This support allows access by RMS from a RSTS/E system with DECnet/E to files on remote DECnet nodes. The remote DECnet nodes may be RSTS/E, VAX/VMS, RSX-11M or RSX-11 M-PLUS, DECnet-20, DECnet-DOS, or DECnet-Ultrix systems. In general remote file access appears the same as local file access to the programmer. • EDT • RMS-11 • RMS Utility Programs • PDP-11 SORT/MERGE • BASIC-PLUS • MACRO-11 - 5 - SPD 13.01.31 RSTS/E, Version 9.4 RMS Utility Programs MACRO-11 The following set of utility programs support RMS file-structured operations: The MACRO-11 assembly language, which uses the PDP-11 instruction set, can be used for development of programs and/or subroutines. The MACRO-11 assembler generates standard relocatable object modules from MACRO-11 source code. FILE DESIGN (DES) and FILE DEFINE (DEF) - Interac¬ tive utilities to assist the user in designing files for opti¬ mum performance. RMS BACKUP (BCK) - Creates a backup copy of one or more RMS files from a disk to another disk or to mag¬ netic tape. RMS RESTORE (RST) - Recreates an original RMS file from the backup copy. CONVERT (CNV) - Initially loads or adds records to an output file from input data recorded on a sequential, relative or indexed file; creates, supersedes, or extends a sequential output file from an input file. SOURCE CODE INFORMATION Source code is available in two formats: • Machine-readable (magnetic tape) • Listings on Microfiche Source kits include sources for the RSTS/E Monitor, Run-Time systems, and Utilities. Refer to the Ordering Information section of this SPD or contact DIGITAL for complete information. DISPLAY (DSP) - Lists attributes of RMS files and re¬ cords. This source code is provided on an “AS IS” basis without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. INDEXED FILE LOAD (IFL) - Initial load utility for indexed files, optimized for performance and space. UNSUPPORTED SOFTWARE COMPONENTS File Sort Utility (PDP-11 SORT/MERGE) RSTS/E includes a file sort utility, PDP-11 SORT/MERGE that accepts as input up to 10 RMS files, and creates a second, reordered RMS file. The input file can contain data stored in binary or ASCII format. The file organization can be sequential, relative, or indexed and the record format can be fixed length, variable length, or stream. PDP-11 SORT/MERGE also includes a set of subrou¬ tines, callable from programs written in one of the lan¬ guages that use RMS. BASIC-PLUS The BASIC-PLUS language processor is comprised of a compiler and run-time system. The BASIC-PLUS com¬ piler produces a compact pseudo code that is interpreted by the run-time system. BASIC-PLUS programs can be saved in either source form or in compiled form (compact pseudo code). There are components included with the RSTS/E product which are unsupported but may be useful in specialized situations. They are not required for normal or recom¬ mended use of the system. A list of these components is included in the documentation supplied with the RSTS/E product. MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIRED A RSTS/E configuration must include: • Any PDP-11 CPU from the list below, with line clock or programmable (KW11-P) clock • Console terminal. Console terminal must be a hard copy device or VT100 or VT200 class terminal with a printer available on the supported system. • 248K bytes (124K words) of memory • 10M bytes of disk space • Software distribution device • Tape drive or removable disk for backup The immediate mode feature of BASIC-PLUS allows single-line statements typed without a line number to be compiled and executed immediately. This is a particularly useful feature in interactive debugging of BASIC-PLUS programs. OPTIONAL HARDWARE Refer to Tables 1, 2, and 3 for a list of all hardware supported by RSTS/E. Hardware limitations may limit the number of devices and/or memory that a particular system can support. BASIC-PLUS can serve as a powerful system program¬ ming language. The extensive file processing capabilities of BASIC-PLUS allow users to take full advantage of RSTS/E file processing features. Most system features of RSTS/E are accessible via the flexible SYS system func¬ tion call mechanism. PREREQUISITE SOFTWARE None OPTIONAL SOFTWARE The RSTS/E Optional Software Cross Reference Table (SPD 20.97.xx) lists the software which runs on RSTS/E. There may be several versions available of an optional software product. Refer to the RSTS/E Optional Software Cross Reference Table (SPD 20.97.xx) for the version of the product supported on this version of RSTS/E. In addition to standard features, BASIC-PLUS features long variable names (with extend mode), IF...THEN... ELSE construct, ON ERROR condition handlers, state¬ ment modifiers such as IF, UNLESS, WHILE, UNTIL, FOR, multi-line statements and program chaining. - 6 - I t RSTS/E, Version 9.4 SPD 13.01.31 Optional software products may require system re¬ sources (e.g., physical memory, disk space) over and above the requirements for RSTS/E. If these extra re¬ sources are not available, severe system performance degradation can occur. Refer to the SPD for specific resource requirements for each product. SOFTWARE WARRANTY Warranty for this software product is provided by DIGITAL with the purchase of a license for the product as defined in the Software Warranty Addendum of this SPD. To use this software product on additional CPUs, for each CPU you must purchase as a minimum: • Single-Use License Option In addition to the right to use, the license gives you the one-time right to copy the software from your original CPU installation to the additional CPU. Therefore, the Distribution and Documentation Option is not required, but optional. Distribution and Documentation Option The Distribution and Documentation Option provides the machine-readable software and the basic documenta¬ tion. You must have, or order, a Single-Use License to obtain this option. You will need this option to install the software for the first time. When revised versions of this software product become available, they may also be obtained by purchasing this option again. INSTALLATION DIGITAL requires that a customer’s first purchase of this software product include DIGITAL Installation Services. These services provide for installation of the software product by an experienced DIGITAL Software Specialist. For subsequent purchases of this product only experi¬ enced customers should attempt installation. DIGITAL recommends that all other customers purchase DIGITAL’S Installation Services. Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option The Right-To-Copy Option allows a customer with multi¬ ple CPUs to copy a revised version of a software product from one CPU to another. Each CPU must be licensed for that product. You first install the revised software on one CPU; then you can make copies for additional CPUs by purchasing the Right-To-Copy Option for each addi¬ tional CPU. ORDERING INFORMATION Single-Use licensed software is furnished under the li¬ censing provisions of DIGITAL’S Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale, which provide in part that the soft¬ ware and any part thereof may be used on only the single CPU on which the software is first installed, and may be copied, in whole or in part (with the proper inclusion of DIGITAL’S copyright notice and any propri¬ etary notices on the software) for use on that same CPU. Documentation-Only Option The Documentation-Only Option provides one copy of the basic documentation. Software Product Services You will need a separate license for each CPU on which you will be using the software product (except as other¬ wise specified by DIGITAL). Then, Materials and Service Options are selected to utilize the product effectively. THE LICENSE OPTIONS ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. IF YOU ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE SERVICE OP¬ TIONS, YOU MAY OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE SOFT¬ WARE PRODUCT SERVICE DESCRIPTION(S) FROM YOUR LOCAL DIGITAL OFFICE. If you are already familiar with these options, you may obtain the ordering information directly from the Software Options Chart. A variety of service options are available. For more information on these or other services, please contact your local DIGITAL office. SOURCE MATERIALS OPTIONS You can obtain optional source materials for this soft¬ ware product by signing DIGITAL’S Software Program Sources License Agreement and then purchasing the source option(s) you want. The agreement entitles you to use the source materials at one customer facility or location which is specified in the agreement. LICENSE OPTIONS Most users do not require source materials. They are used primarily to make modifications to the software product. Source kits provided by DIGITAL do not neces¬ sarily contain all source files used by DIGITAL to build binary kits. Single-Use License Option The Single-Use License is your right to use the software product on a single CPU. You purchase a Single-Use License according to the category to which your CPU belongs. Source License and Sources Distribution Option This option provides you with the machine-readable source code for this software product. It gives you the right to use the source code on any CPU at the facility/location specified in the agreement which has a Single-Use License for the object code. For your first installation of this software product you must purchase as a minimum: • Single-Use License Option, and • Distribution and Documentation Option Source License and Sources Listings Option The license gives you the right to use the software on a single CPU and the Distribution and Documentation Op¬ tion provides the machine-readable software and related documentation. This option provides you with listings of the source pro¬ grams for this software product. It gives you the right to use the listings for any CPU at the facility/location speci¬ fied in the agreement which has a Single-Use License for the object code. - 7 - I SPD 13.01.31 RSTS/E, Version 9.4 have purchased the Source License and Source Listings Option to obtain this option. Sources Update Distribution Option This option provides you with the revised version of the machine-readable source code for this software product. You must have purchased the Source License and Source Distribution Option to obtain this option. Sources Update Distribution and Listings Option This option provides you with the revised version of the machine-readable source code and listings for this soft¬ ware product. You must have purchased the Source License, Source Distribution and Listings Option to ob¬ tain this option. Sources Update Listings Option This option provides you with listings of source code for the revised version of the software product. You must SOFTWARE OPTIONS CHART The distribution Media Codes used in the Software Options Chart are described below. You specify the desired Media Code at the end of the Order Number, e.g. QR430-H5 = binaries on TK50 Tape Cartridge. 5 D H M = = * = TK50 Tape Cartridge 9-track 800 BPI Magtape (NRZI) RL02 Disk Cartridge 9-track 1600 BPI Magtape (PE) R V Z = = = Microfiche RK07 Disk Cartridge No hardware dependency NOTE: The availability of these software product options and services may vary by country. Customers should contact their local DIGITAL office for information on availability. OPTIONS ORDER NUMBER LICENSE OPTIONS: A LICENSE IS REQUIRED FOR EACH CPU. Single-Use License Class H' QR430-UZ Single-Use License Class L2 QY430-UZ MATERIALS AND SERVICE OPTIONS: Start-Up Service Package, Level III QR430-B5 QR430-BD QR430-BH QR430-BM QR430-BV Start-Up Service Package, Level II QR430-75 QR430-7D QR430-7H QR430-7M QR430-7V Start-Up Service Package, Level 1 QR430-55 QR430-5D QR430-5H QR430-5M QR430-5V Distribution and Documentation Option QR430-H5 QR430-HD QR430-HH QR430-HM QR430-HV Software Revision Right-To-Copy Option QR430-HZ - 8 - RSTS/E, Version 9.4 S PD 13.01.31 OPTIONS ORDER NUMBER Documentation-Only Option QR430-GZ System Manager Documentation QR432-GZ Installation Service Option QR430-I5 QR430-ID QR430-IH QR430-IM QR430-IV DECsupport Service QR430-95 QR430-9D QR430-9H QR430-9M QR430-9V Basic Service QR430-85 QR430-8D QR430-8H QR430-8M QR430-8V Self-Maintenance Service QR430-35 QR430-3D QR430-3H QR430-3M QR430-3V SOURCE MATERIALS OPTIONS: Source License and Sources Distribution for RSTS/E Monitor, Run-Time Systems and Utilities QR430-EM Source License and Sources Listings for RSTS/E Monitor, Run-Time Systems and Utilities QR430-FR Sources Distribution for RSTS/E Monitor, Run-Time Systems and Utilities QR430-NM Sources Listings for RSTS/E Monitor, Run-Time Systems and Utilities QR430-NR Interim Update of Source Distribution for RSTS/E Monitor, Run-Time Systems and Utilities QR430-LM Interim Update of Source Listings for RSTS/E Monitor, Run-Time Systems and Utilities QR430-LR 1 Class H Single-Use License (for high-end systems) — All UNIBUS models and systems — MicroPDP-11/83 2 Class L Single-Use License (for low-end systems) — All Q-BUS models and systems except MicroPDP-11/83 — KD11, KDF11, KDJ11 CPU modules — DCT11, DCF11, DCJ11 microprocessor chips - 9 - - f t SPD 13.01.31 RSTS/E, Version 9.4 TABLE 1 Supported Processor Information Processor Type 11/23-PLUS MicroPDP-11/23/ 11/24 11/34A 53/73/83 Processor Features 11/34 KEF11-B (on /23) KEF11-B KEF11-B KEF11-AA (on /23) KEF11-AA KEF11-AA FPF11 (on /23) FPF11 FPF11 FPP FPP (Std on 53/73/83) FPJ (Opt on /73/83) Parity or ECC Min. Memory 256KB 256KB 248KB 248KB Max. Memory 4088KB 4088KB 3840KB 248KB Cache Memory None on 11 /23/53 None None 2KB Opt on 11/34A Q-BUS UNIBUS UNIBUS 8KB Std on 11/73/83 Peripheral Q-BUS Interface TABLE 1 (Continued) Supported Processor Information Processor Type 11/35 11/40 11/45/50 11/55/60 11/44 11/70 11/84 Processor Features EIS (Req) FIS FPP FPP FPP Std on /60 CIS FP11-E Opt on /60 FPP FPP (Std) FP11-E Opt on /60 Min. Memory Max. Memory 248KB 248KB 248KB 248KB 512KB 3840KB 512KB 3840KB 512KB 4088KB Cache Memory None 2KB Std on 11/60 8KB Std 2KB Std 8KB Std Peripheral Interface UNIBUS UNIBUS UNIBUS UNIBUS MASSBUS UNIBUS Parity or ECC - 10 - RSTS/E, Version 9.4 SPD 13.01.31 TABLE 2 Supported Peripherals Processor MicroPDP-11/23/53/ 73/83/11/23-PLUS PDP-11/24/34/34A PDP-11/35/40/45 PDP-11/50/55/60 PDP-11/44/84 PDP-11/70 RX01/2 (Non-RSTS File Structure) 8 X RX01 8 8 RX501 16 16 16 RX33’ 16 - - RD31/32/RD51/2/3/4' 16 - - RK05 (data disk only) - 8 85 RK06/72 - 8 85 RL01/24 4 RL02 4 45 RP02/3 - 8 - RH11 - RP04/5/6, RM023 - 16 - RH70 - RP04/5/6, RM02/3/5/803 - - 16 RA80/81/601-2 16 16 165 RC251 16 16 165 Tape Units Up to 4: TSV05 or TK25 Up to 8: TE10, TU10, TS03 or up to 4: TS11.TU80 UNIBUS Tapes Up to 8: TE10, TU10, TS03 Or up to 4: TS11, TU80 Maximum Number of Disk Units Up to 2: TK507 Up to 8: TU56 Up to 2: TK507 TU817 Up to 8: TU56 Up to 2: TK507 TU81/7> TU81E7-9 Up to 8: TE16, TUI6 TU45, TU77 (4max.) 11 MASSBUS Tapes Up to 8: TE16, TUI6, TU45, TU77 (4max.) RSTS/E, Version 9.4 Distribution Media SPD 13.01.31 RL02 1600 bpi tape TK50 cart, tape 800 bpi tape (2400 FT) 1600 bpi tape RK07, RL02, TK50 800 bpi tape (2400 FT) 1600 bpi tape RK07, RL02, TK50 Terminals Up to 26 Supported Terminals Up to 127 Supported Terminals Up to 127 Supported Terminals Interfaces Up to 3: DZV11-C DZQ11 DHV11 DHQ11 Up to 31: DL11-A/B/C/D Up to 32: DL11-E Up to 16: DJ11 DH116, DHU11, DZ11 Up to 31: DL11-A/B/C/D Up to 32: DL11-E Up to 16: DJ11 DH116, DHU11, DZ11 Printers Up to 8 LPV11 and supported printer Up to 8 LP11 and supported printer Up to 8 LP11 and supported printer Modems DF01-A DF02, DF03 DF112 DF224 DF01-A DF02, DF03, DF1128 DF224 DF01-A DF02, DF03, DF1128 DF224 Bell 103A.212 Compatible Bell 103A.212 Compatible Bell 103A.212 Compatible With DMC11 and DMR11: DF126, DF127, DF129 With DMC11 and DMR11: DF126, DF127, DF129 Card Readers 1 CM11 or 1 CR11 and 1 CD11 1 CM11 or 1 CR11 and 1 CD11 Paper Tape Reader/Punch 1 PC11 1 PC11 Other Peripherals Table 2 Footnotes 1 RSTS/E supports up to four (4) MSCP class controllers per system. Each controller supports up to four (4) MSCP class disk units. 2 These dual ported disks cannot be used from two (2) systems simultaneously. 3 These dual ported disks can be accessed as READONLY from two (2) systems simultaneously. 4 A minimum of two (2) RL01 capacity disks plus a software distribution device is required. 5 On the PDP-11/70 when MSCP class disks (for example UDA50/RA81/RA60/RC25) are present, combinations of these disks must be the only disks on the UNIBUS. 6 DM11-BB is required for DH11 dial up. 7 RSTS/E supports up to two (2) TMSCP class controllers. Each controller supports one (1) TMSCP class tape unit. 8 The DF112 DIALOUT capability is not supported on DH11 interfaces. 9 TU81E must be unit #0. - 12 - RSTS/E, Version 9.4 SPD 13.01.31 TABLE 3 Supported Terminals and Printers Terminals Printers LAI 2, LA34, LA36, LA38, LA50, LA75, LAI 00, LAI 20, LAI 80, LA210 LP11 - A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/J/K LP11 - R/S/V/W/X/Y/Z LN01, LG01, LG02 VT52, VT55, VT100, VT101, VT102, VT125 (as VT100 in ANSI mode only) VT131 (as VT100 or VT102 only) VT220, VT240, VT241 VT330/40 (as a Level 2 (VT2xx) only) (These LP11 options include LP11 interface plus desig¬ nated printer) DECserver 200 DECmate l/ll/lll in CX Mode PC 300 Series (P/OS with VT102 subset terminal emula¬ tion) Rainbow 100 series (with VT102 subset terminal emulation software) LQP02, LQP03, LN03, LN03+ - 13 - i
Home
Privacy and Data
Site structure and layout ©2025 Majenko Technologies